Law Compilation, Consti 1, Chapter 2 Syllabus (2011)

Law Compilation
Constitutional Law I
Michael Vernon Guerrero Mendiola

2011
Collection shared under Creative Commons Attribution-

NonCommercial-ShareAlike 3.0 Philippines license.
Some Rights Reserved.

Table of Contents
1899 Malolos Constitution …......... 1

McKinley’s Instructions (7 April 1900) …......... 12
The Philippine Bill of 1902 …......... 17
The Philippine Autonomy Act (1916, Jones Law) …......... 34
The Philippine Independence Act (1934, Tydings-McDuffie Law) …......... 46
1935 Philippine Constitution …......... 54
Proclamation 1 (1986) …......... 97
Proclamation 3 (1986) …......... 98
Proclamation 58 (1987) …......... 101

ends at 142
This collection contains twelve (12) legal documents,

referred in the second chapter of the course syllabus,
compiled by Atty. Michael Vernon M. Guerrero
during the First Semester, school year 2011-2012
as Professor for Constitutional Law I
at the Arellano University School of Law (AUSL).
Compiled as PDF, July 2011.
Berne Guerrero entered AUSL in June 2002

and eventually graduated from AUSL in 2006.
He passed the Philippine bar examinations immediately after (April 2007).
He started teaching law (Technology and the Law) at AUSL in 2008
and began to teach Constitutional Law I in 2011.
www.berneguerrero.com
Notes in Constitutional Law I (Atty. Berne Guerrero)
Annex A
1899 Malolos Constitution
For a copy of the original text, see

http://www.lawphil.net/consti/consmalo.html
The President of the Council,

Apolinario Mabini.
PREAMBLE
We, the Representatives of the Filipino people, lawfully covened, in order to establish justice, provide for common
defense, promote the general welfare, and insure the benefits of liberty, imploring the aid of the Sovereign Legislator of
the Universe for the attainment of these ends, have voted, decreed, and sanctioned the following:
POLITICAL CONSTITUTION
TITLE I
THE REPUBLIC
Article 1. The political association of all Filipinos constitutes a nation, whose state shall be known as the Philippine
Republic
Article 2. The Philippine Republic is free and independent
Article 3. Sovereignty resides exclusively in the people.
TITLE II
THE GOVERNMENT
Article 4. The Government of the Republic is popular, representative, alternative, and responsible, and shall exercise
three distinct powers: namely, the legislative, the executive, and the judicial. Any two or more of these three powers shall
never be united in one person or cooperation, nor the legislative power vested in one single individual.
TITLE III
RELIGION
Article 5. The State recognizes the freedom and equality of all religions, as well as the separation of the Church and the
State.
TITLE IV
THE FILIPINOS AND THEIR NATIONAL
AND INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS
Article 6. The following are Filipinos:
1. All persons born in the Philippine territory. A vessel of Philippine registry is considered, for this purpose, as part
of Philippine territory.
2. Children of a Filipino father or mother, although born outside of the Philippines.
3. Foreigners who have obtained certification of naturalization.
(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 1 )

4. Those who, without such certificate, have acquired a domicile in any town within Philippine territory.
It is understood that domicile is acquired by uninterrupted residence for two years in any locality within Philippine
territory, with an open abode and known occupation, and contributing to all the taxes imposed by the Nation.
The condition of being a Filipino is lost in accordance with law.
Article 7. No Filipino or foreigner shall be detained nor imprisoned except for the commission of a crime and in
accordance with law.
Article 8. All persons detained shall be discharged or delivered to the judicial authority within 24 hours following the act
of detention. All detentions shall be without legal effect, unless the arrested person is duly prosecuted within 72 hours
after delivery to a competent court. The accused shall be duly notified of such proceeding within the same period.
Article 9. No Filipino shall be imprisoned except by virtue of an order by a competent court. The order of imprisonment
shall be ratified or confirmed within 72 hours following the said order, after the accused has been heard.
Article 10. No one shall enter the dwelling house of any Filipino or a foreigner residing in the Philippines without his
consent except in urgent cases of fire, inundation, earthquake or similar dangers, or by reason of unlawful aggression
from within, or in order to assist a person therein who cries for help. Outside of these cases, the entry into the dwelling
house of any Filipino or foreign resident in the Philippines or the search of his papers and effects can only be decreed by
a competent court and executed only in the daytime. The search of papers and effects shall be made always in the
presence of the person searched or of a member of his family and, in their absence, of two witnesses resident of the same
place. However, when a criminal caught in fraganti should take refuge in his dwelling house, the authorities in pursuit
may enter into it, only for the purpose of making an arrest. If a criminal should take refuge in the dwelling house of a
foreigner, the consent of a latter must first be obtained.
Article 11. No Filipino shall be compelled to change his residence or domicile except by virtue of a final judgment.
Article 12. In no case may correspondence confided to the post office be detained or opened by government authorities,
nor any telegraphic or telephonic message detained. However, by virtue of a competent court, correspondence may be
detained and opened in the presence of the sender.
Article 13. All orders of imprisonment, of search of a dwelling house, or detention of written correspondence, telegraph
or telephone, must be justified. When an order lacks this requisite, or when the grounds on which the act was founded is
proven in court to be unlawful or manifestly insufficient, the person to be detained or whose imprisonment has not been
ratified within the period prescribed in Art. 9, or whose correspondence has been detained, shall have the right to recover
damages.
Article 14. No Filipino shall be prosecuted or sentenced, except by a judge or court of proper jurisdiction and according
to the procedure prescribed by law.
Article 15. Exept in the cases provided by the Constitution, all persons detained or imprisoned not in accordance with
legal formalities shall be released upon his own petition or upon petition of another person. The law shall determine the
manner of proceeding summarily in this instance, as well as the personal and pecuniary penalties which shall be imposed
upon the person who ordered, executed or to be executed the illegal detention or imprisonment.
Article 16. No one shall be temporarily or permanently deprived of rights or dstured in his enjoyment thereof, except by
virtue of judicial sentence. The officials who, under any pretext whatsoever, should violate this provision, shall be
personally liable for the damages caused.
Article 17. No one shall be deprived of his property by expropriation except on grounds of public necessity and benefit,
previously declared and justified by proper authorities, and indemnifying the owner thereof prior to expropriation.
Article 18. No one shall be obliged to pay any public tax which had not been approved by the National Assembly or by
local popular governments legally so authorized, and which is not in the manner prescribed by the law.
Article 19. No Filipino who is in full enjoyment of his civil or political rights, shall be impeded in the free exercise of
said rights.
Article 20. Neither shall any Filipino be deprived:
1. Of the right to freely express his ideas or opinions, orally or in writing, through the use of the press or other

similar means.
2. Of the right of association for purposes of human life and which are not contrary to public morals; and lastly
3. Of the right to send petitions to the authorities, individually or collectively.
The right of petition shall not be exercised through any kind of armed force.
Article 21. The exercise of the rights provided for in the preceding article shall be subject to general provisions
regulating the same.
Article 22. Crimes committed on the occasion of the exercise of rights provided for in this title, shall be punished by the
courts in accordance with the laws.
Article 23. Any Filipino may establish and maintain institutions of learning, in accordance with the laws authorizing
them. Public education shall be free and obligatory in all schools of the nation.
Article 24. Foreigners may freely reside in Philippine territory, subject to legal dispositions regulating the matter; may
engage in any occupation or profession for the exercise of which no special license is required by law to be issued by the
national authorities.
Article 25. No Filipino who is in full enjoyment of his political and civil rights shall be impeded in his right to travel
freely abroad or in his right to transfer his residence or possessions to another country, except as to his obligations to
contribute to military service or the maintenance of public taxes.
Article 26. No foreigner who has not been naturalized may exercise in the Philippines any office which carries with it
any authority or jurisdictional powers.
Article 27. All Filipinos are obliged to defend his country with arms when called upon by law, and to contribute to the
expenses of the State in proportion to his means.
Article 28. The enumeration of the rights provided for in this title does not imply the denial of other rights not
mentioned.
Article 29. The prior authorization to prosecute a public official in the ordinary courts is not necessary, whatever may be
the crime committed.
A superior order shall not exempt a public official from liability in the cases which constitute apparent and clear
violations of constitutional precepts. In others, the agents of the law shall only be exempted if they did not exercise the
authority.
Article 30. The guarantees provided for in Articles 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 and paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 20 shall not be
suspended, partially or wholly, in any part of the Republic, except temporarily and by authority of law, when the security
of the State in extraordinary circumstances so demands.
When promulgated in any territory where the suspension applies, there shall be a special law which shall govern during
the period of the suspension, according to the circumstances prevailing.
The law of suspension as well as the special law to govern shall be approved by the National Assembly, and in case the
latter is in recess, the Government shall have the power to decree the same jointly with the Permanent Commission,
without prejudice to convoking the Assembly without the least delay and report to it what had been done.
However, any suspension made shall not affect more rights than those mentioned in the first paragraph of this Article nor
authorize the Government to banish or deport from the Philippines any Filipino.
Article 31. In the Republic of the Philippines, no one shall be judged by a special law nor by special tribunals. No person
or corporation may enjoy privileges or emoluments which are not in compensation for public service rendered and
authorized by law. War and marine laws shall apply only for crimes and delicts which have intimate relation to military
or naval discipline.
Article 32. No Filipino shall establish laws on primogeniture, nor institutions restrictive of property rights, nor accept
honors, decorations, or honorific titles or nobility from foreign nations without the consent of the Government. Neither
shall the Government establish in the Republic institutions mentioned in the preceding paragraph, nor confer honors,
decorations, or honorific titles of nobility to any Filipino.

The Nation, however, may reward by special law approved by the Assembly, conspicuous services rendered by citizens
of the country.
TITLE V
THE LEGISLATIVE POWER
Article 33. Legislative power shall be exercised by an Assembly of Representatives of the Nation.
This Assembly shall be organized in the form and manner determined by law.
Article 34. The Members of the Assembly shall represent the who nation and not exclusively the electors who elected
them.
Article 35. No representative shall receive from his electors any imperative mandate whatsoever.
Article 36. The Assembly shall meet every year. The President of the Republic has the right to convoke it, suspend and
close its sessions, and dissolve the same, within the periods prescribed by law enacted by the Assembly or by the
Permanent Commission.
Article 37. The Assembly shall be open at least three months each year, without including in this period the time spent in
its organization.
The President of the Republic shall convoke the Assembly, not later than the 15th day of April.
Article 38. In extraordinary cases, he may convoke the Assembly outside of the period fixed by law, as determined by
the Permanent Commission, and prolong its law-making, provided the extended period does not exceed one month and
provided further that such extensions do not take place more than twice during the same legislative term.
Article 39. The National Assembly, jointly with the special Representatives, shall organize committees for the
organization of the Assembly and for the election of the new President of the Republic, which shall be formed at least
one month before the expiration of the term of office of the Representatives.
In case of death or resignation of the President of the Republic, the Assembly shall meet in session by its own right or by
initiative of the President or of the Permanent Commission.
Article 40. In the meantime that the new President has not been chosen, his functions shall be exercised by the Chief
Justice of the Supreme Court whose office shall be taken over by one of the Justices of the Court, in accordance with
law.
Article 41. Any session of the Assembly held outside the period of ordinary legislature shall be unlawful and void. The
case provided in Article 30 and in which the Assembly has constituted itself into a Tribunal of Justice shall be excepted,
but in the latter case no other functions shall be exercised except that pertaining to judicial functions.
Article 42. The sessions of the Assembly shall be public. However, sessions may be held in secret upon petition of a
certain number of its members fixed by the Rules, deciding afterwards by an absolute majority of votes of the members
present if the discussion on the same subject has to continue in public.
Article 43. The President of the Republic shall communicate with the Assembly by means of messages, which shall be
read by a Department Secretary.
The Department Secretaries shall have the right to be heard in the Assembly, upon their request, and they may be
represented in the discussion of certain bills by Commissioners appointed by decrees of the President of the Republic.
Article 44. The Assembly may constitute itself into a Tribunal of Justice to hear and determine crimes committed against
the security of the State by the President of the Republic and members of the Council of Government, by the Chief
Justice of the Supreme Court, and by the Solicitor General of the Nation, by means of a decree promulgating it, or by the
Permanent Commission, or by the President of the Republic upon petition of the Solicitor General or Council of
Government.
The law shall determine the mode and manner of the accusation, instruction, and disposition of the proceedings.
Article 45. No member of the Assembly shall be prosecuted nor held accountable for the opinions expressed by him, nor

by the vote taken by him in the discharge of his office.

Article 46. No member of the Assembly shall be prosecuted criminally without authority of the Assembly or of the
Permanent Commission to which an immediate report of the facts shall be made, for its proper action.
The imprisonment, detention, or apprehension of a member of the Assembly shall not be carried out without the prior
authority of the same or by the Permanent Commission. The moment the Assembly is notified of the order of
imprisonment, it shall incur liability if, within two days following the notification, it does not authorize the imprisonment
or give sufficient reason upon which the refusal is based.
Article 47. The National Assembly shall have the following additional powers:
1. To approve Rules for its internal government.
2. To examine the legality of the elections and the legal qualifications of the elected members.
3. To elect its President, Vice-Presidents, and Secretaries.
Until the Assembly has been dissolved, the President, Vice-Presidents, and Secretaries shall continue to exercise
their office for the period of four legislative terms; and
4. To accept the resignations of its members and grant privileges in accordance with the Rules.
Article 48. No bill shall become law without having been voted on by the Assembly. To approve a bill, the presence in
the Assembly of at least one-fourth of the total number of the members whose elections have been duly approved and
taken the oath of office shall be necessary.
Article 49. No bill shall be approved by the Assembly until after it has been voted upon as a whole and subsequently
article by article.
Article 50. The Assembly shall have the right of censure, and each of the members the right of interpellation.
Article 51. The initiative in the presentation of bills belongs to the President of the Republic and to the Assembly.
Article 52. Any member of the Assembly who accepts from the Government any pension, employment, or office with
salary, is understood to have renounced his membership. From this shall be excepted the employment as Secretary of the
Government of the Republic and other offices provided for by special laws.
Article 53. The office of Representatives shall be for a term of four years, and shall be compensated by a sum fixed by
law, according to the circumstances.
Those who absent themselves during the entire period of the legislative sessions shall not be entitled to any
compensation; but they may be allowed to recover the right to compensation should they attend subsequently.
TITLE VI
THE PERMANENT COMMISSION
Article 54. The Assembly, before adjournment, shall elect seven of its members to form the Permanent Commission
during the period of adjournment, which shall designate at its first session, the President and the Secretary.
Article 55. The Permanent Commission, during the adjournment of the Assembly, shall have the following attributes:
1. Declare if there is sufficient cause to proceed against the President of the Republic, the Representatives,
Department secretaries, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, and the Solicitor-General in the cases provided
by this Constitution.
2. Convoke the Assembly to a special session in the cases where the latter should constitute itself into a Tribunal of
Justice.
3. To act upon pending matters which require proper action.
4. Convoke the Assembly in special sessions when the exigencies of the situation so demand.
5. Supplement the powers of the Assembly in accordance with the Constitution, excepting the act of voting and

approving laws.
The Permanent Commission shall meet in session whenever convoked by the presiding officer, in accordance with this
Constitution.
TITLE VII
THE EXECUTIVE POWER
Article 56. The Executive Power shall be vested in the President of the Republic, who shall exercise it through his
Department Secretaries.
Article 57. The administration of the particular interests of towns, provinces, and of the State shall correspond,
respectively, to the Popular Assembles, the Provincial Assemblies, and to the Administration in power, in accordance
with the laws, and observing the most liberal policy of decentralization and administrative autonomy.
TITLE VIII
THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC
Article 58. The President of the Republic shall be elected by absolute majority of votes by the Assembly and by the
special Representatives, convened in chamber assembles. His term of office shall be four years, and may be reelected.
Article 59. The President of the Republic shall have the right to initiate the introduction of bills equally with the
members of the Assembly, and promulgate the laws when duly voted and approved by the latter, and shall see to it that
the same are duly executed.
Article 60. The power to execute the laws shall extend to all cases conducive to the preservation of internal public order
and to the external security of the State.
Article 61. The President shall promulgate the laws duly approved by him within 20 days following their transmittal to
him by the Assembly.
Article 62. If within this period, the President should fail to promulgate them, he shall return them to the Assembly with
his reasons for the return, in which case the Assembly may reconsider same, and it shall be presumed by a vote of at least
two-thirds of the members of the Assembly present in a quorum. If repassed in the manner indicated, the Government
shall promulgate same within ten days, with a manifestation of its non-conformity. The obligation is imposed upon the
Government if it allows twenty days to elapse without returning the bill to the Assembly.
Article 63. When the promulgation of a law has been declared urgent by express will of an absolute majority of votes of
the Assembly, the President of the Republic may require the Assembly to re-approve same which cannot be refused, and
if the same bill is repassed, the President shall promulgate it within the legal period, without prejudice to his making of
record his non-conformity with the bill.
Article 64. The promulgation of laws shall be made by publishing them in the official gazette of the Republic, and shall
have the force of law thirty days following such publication.
Article 65. The President of the Republic shall have at his disposal the army and the navy, and may declare war and
make and ratify treaties with the prior consent of the Assembly.
Article 66. Treaties of peace shall not take effect until voted upon by the Assembly.
Article 67. The President of the Republic, in addition to his duty to execute the laws, shall:
1. Supervise civil and military employees in accordance with the laws.
2. Appoint the Secretaries of the Government.
3. Direct the diplomatic and commercial relations with foreign powers.
4. See to it that justice is duly and promptly administered throughout the Philippines.
5. Grant pardon to convicted criminals in accordance with the laws, except any special provision relating to the

Secretaries of the Government.

6. Preside over all national functions and receive ambassadors and accredited representatives of foreign powers.
Article 68. The President of the Republic may be authorized by special law:
1. To alienate, transfer or exchange any portion of Philippine territory.
2. To incorporate any other territory to the Philippine territory.
3. To admit the stationing of foreign troops in Philippine territory.
4. To ratify of alliance, defensive as well as offensive, special treaties of commerce, those which stipulate to grant
subsidies to a foreign power, and those which may compel Filipinos to render personal service.
Secret treaties in no case may prevail over the provisions of open treaties or treaties made publicly.
5. To grant general amnesties and pardons.
6. To coin money.
Article 69. To the President belongs the power to issue regulations for the compliance and application of the laws in
accordance with the requisites prescribed in said laws.
Article 70. The President of the Philippines, with the prior approval by majority vote of the Representatives, may
dissolve the Assembly before the expiration of its legislation term. In this case, new elections shall be called within three
months.
Article 71. The President of the Republic may be held liable only for cases of high treason.
Article 72. The salary of the President of the Republic shall be fixed by special law which may not be changed except
after the presidential term has expired.
TITLE IX
THE SECRETARIES OF GOVERNMENT
Article 73. The Council of Government is composed of one President and seven secretaries, each of whom shall have
under his charge the portfolios of Foreign Relations, Interior, Finance, War and Marine, Public Education,
Communications and Public Works, and Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce.
Article 74. All the acts done by the President of the Republic in the discharge of his duties shall be signed by the
corresponding Secretary. No public official shall give official recognition to any act unless this requisite is complied
with.
Article 75. The Secretaries of Government are jointly responsible to the Assembly for the general administration of the
Government, and individually for their respective personal acts.
Article 76. In order to exempt them from responsibility, when held guilty by the Assembly, a petition to this effect
approved by absolute majority of the Representatives is necessary.
TITLE X
THE JUDICIAL POWER
Article 77. To the Court corresponds exclusively the power to apply the laws, in the name of the Nation, in all civil and
criminal trials. The same codes of laws shall be applied throughout the Republic, without prejudice to certain variations
according to circumstances as determined by law. In all trials, civil, criminal, and administrative, all citizens shall be
governed by one code of laws and procedure.
Article 78. The courts of justice shall not apply general local regulations, except when they conform to the laws.
Article 79. The exercise of judicial power shall be vested in one Supreme Court and in other courts established by law.
Their composition, organization, and other attributes shall be determined by the laws creating them.

Article 80. The Chief Justice of the Supreme Court and the Solicitor-General shall be chosen by the National Assembly
in concurrence with the President of the Republic and the Secretaries of the Government, and shall be absolutely
independent of the Legislative and Executive Powers.
Article 81. Any citizen may file suit against any member exercising the Judicial Power for any crime committed by them
in the discharge of their office.
TITLE XI
PROVINCIAL AND POPULAR ASSEMBLIES
Article 82. The organization and attributes of provincial and popular assemblies shall be governed by their respective
laws. These laws shall conform to the following principles:
1. The government and management of the particular interests of the province or town shall be discharged by their
respective corporations, the principle of direct and popular elections being the basis underlying each of them.
2. Publicity of their sessions, within the limits provided by law.
3. Publication of all appropriations, accounts, and agreements affecting same.
4. Government interference and, in the absence thereof, by the National Assembly, to prevent provinces and
municipalities exceeding their powers and attributes to the prejudice of the interest of individuals and of the
Nation at large.
5. Power of taxation shall be exercised to the end that provincial and municipal taxation do not come into conflict
with the power of taxation of the State.
TITLE XII
ADMINISTRATION OF THE STATE
Article 83. The Government shall submit every year to the Assembly a budget of expenditures and income, indicating
the changes made from those of the preceding year, accompanying the same with a balance sheet as of the end of the
year, in accordance with law. This budget shall be submitted to the Assembly within ten days following the
commencement of its session.
Article 85. The Government, in order to dispose of the property and effects of the State, and to borrow money secured
by mortgage or credit of the Nation, must be authorized by special law.
Article 86. Public debts contracted by the Government of the Republic, in accordance with the provisions of this
Constitution, shall be under the special guarantee of the Nation.
No debt shall be contracted unless the means of paying the same are voted upon.
Article 87. All laws relating to income, public expenses, or public credits shall be considered as part of the appropriation
and shall be published as such.
Article 88. The Assembly shall determine every year, upon the recommendation of the President of the Republic, the
military forces by land and sea.
TITLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION
Article 89. The Assembly, on its own initiative or that of the President of the Republic, may propose amendments to the
Constitution, indicating what Article or Articles are to be amended.
Article 90. This proposal having been made, the President of the Republic shall dissolve the Assembly, and shall
convoke a Constituent Assembly which shall meet within three months. In the decree convoking the Constituent
Assembly, the resolution mentioned in the preceding Article shall be inserted.

TITLE XIV
CONSTITUTIONAL OBSERVANCE,
OATH, AND LANGUAGE
Article 91. The President of the Republic, the Government, the Assembly, and all Filipino citizens shall faithfully
observe the provisions of the Constitution; and the Legislative Power, upon approval of the Appropriations Act, shall
examine if the Constitution has been strictly complied with and whether violations, if any, have been duly corrected and
those responsible for the violations held liable.
Article 92. The President of the Republic and all other officials of the Nation shall not enter into the discharge of their
office without having taken the prescribed oath. The oath of the President of the Republic shall be taken before the
National Assembly. The other officials of the Nation shall take their oath before the authorities determined by law.
Article 93. The use of languages spoken in the Philippines shall be optional. Their use cannot be regulated except by
virtue of law, and solely for acts of public authority and in the courts. For these acts the Spanish language may be used in
the meantime.
TRANSITORY PROVISIONS
Article 94. Meanwhile and without prejudice to the provisions of Article 48 and to the acts of the commissions
designated by the Assembly to translate and submit to the same the organic laws in the development and application of
the rights granted to Filipino citizens and for the government of public powers therein mentioned, the laws of the
Republic shall be considered those found existing in these islands before the emancipation of the same.
The provisions of the Civil Code relating to marriage and civil registry, suspended by the Governor General of these
islands; the Instructions of April 26, 1888 to carry into effect Articles 77, 78, 79, and 82 of said Code; the law on civil
registry of June 17, 1870 which refers to Article 332 of the same, and the Regulation of December 13 following for the
enforcement of this law, without prejudice to the Chiefs of towns continuing to be in charge of inscriptions in the civil
registry and intervening in the celebration of marriage between Catholics, shall also be deemed in force and effect.
Article 95. In the meantime that the laws referred to in the preceding Article have not been approved or enforced, the
Spanish laws which said article allows to be enforced provisionally may be amended by special law.
Article 96. Once the laws approved by the Assembly have been promulgated in accordance with Article 94, the Article
94, the Government of the Republic shall have the power to issue decrees and regulations necessary for the immediate
organization of the various organs of the State.
Article 97. The present President of the Revolutionary Government shall assume later the title of President of the
Republic and shall discharge the duties of this office until the Assembly when convoked proceeds to the election of one
who shall definitely exercise the duties of the office.
Article 98. The present Congress, composed of members by suffrage or by decree, shall last for four years, or for the
duration of the present legislative term commencing on the 15th of April of next year.
Article 99. Notwithstanding the general rule established in part 2 of Article 4, in the meantime that the country is
fighting for its independence, the Government is empowered to resolve during the closure of the Congress all questions
and difficulties not provided for in the laws, which give rise to unforeseen events, of which the Permanent Commission
shall be duly apprised as well as the Assembly when it meets in accordance with this Constitution.
Article 100. The execution of Article 5, Title III shall be suspended until the constituent Assembly meets in session. In
the meantime, municipalities which require spiritual ministry of a Filipino priest may provide for his necessary
maintenance.
Article 101. Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 62 and 63, bills returned by the President of the Republic to the
Congress may not be repassed except in the legislature of the following year, this suspension being under the
responsibility of the President and his Council of Government. When these conditions have been fulfilled, the
promulgation of said laws shall be obligatory within ten days, without prejudice to the President making of record his
non-conformity. If the reapproval is made in subsequent legislative terms, it shall be deemed law approved for the first
time.

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE
All the estates, edifices, and other property possessed by the religious corporations in these islands shall be deemed
restored to the Philippine State as of May 24, 1898 when the Dictatorial Government has been constituted in Cavite.
BARASOAIN, the twentieth of January, 1899.
The President of the Congress
PEDRO A. PATERNO
The Secretaries
PABLO TECSON
PABLO OCAMPO
Aguedo Velarde Alberto Barretto Ambrosio Rianzares Bautista
Antonio Luna Antonio Feliciano Arcadio del Rosario
Ariston Bautista Ariston Gella Arsenio Cruz-Herrera
Basilio Teodoro Benito Legarda Ceferino de Leon
Domingo Samson Esteban de la Rama Felipe Buencamino
Felipe Calderon Felix Bautista Felix Ferrer Pascual
Fernando Cañon Graciano Cordero Gregorio Aguilera
Gregorio Aglipay Higinio Benitez Hipolito Magsalin
Hugo Ilagan Ignacio Villamor Isidro Torres
Isidro Paredes Javier Gonzales Salvador Joaquin Gonzales
Joaquin Luna Jose Basa Jose Salamanca
Jose R. Infante Jose F. Oliveros Jose Tuason
Jose Santiago Jose M. de la Vina Jose M. Lerma
Jose Albert Jose Coronel Jose Alejandrino
Jose Fernandez Jose Luna Juan Nepomuceno
Juan Manday Juan Tuason Justo Lucban
Leon Apacible Leon Guerrero Lorenzo del Rosario
Lucas Gonzales Maninang Manuel Xerex Burgos Manuel Gomez Martinez
Manuel Calleja Marciano V. del Rosario Mariano Abella
Mariano Lopez Mariano Crisostomo Martin Garcia
Mateo Gutierrez Ubaldo Mateo del Rosario Melecio Figueroa
Narciso Hidalgo
Mena Crisologo Miguel Zaragoza
Resurreccion
Pablo Ocampo Pablo Tecson Roque Patricio Bailon
Pedro A. Paterno Perfecto Gabriel Pio del Pilar
Raymundo Alindada Ricardo Paras Salvador V. del Rosario
Santiago Barcelona Santiago Icasiano Sebastian de Castro
Simplicio del Rosario Sofio Alandi Sotero Laurel
Telesforo Chuidian Teodoro Sandico Teodoro Gonzales
Tomas Arejola Tomas G. del Rosario Trinidad H. Pardo de Tavera
Vicente Foz Vicente Guzman Pagulayan Vicente Somoza
Vito Belarmino
Presidency of the Revolutionary Government of the Philippines. D. Emilio Aguinaldo y Famy, President of the
Revolutionary Government of the Philippines and Captain General and Commander-in-Chief of its Army. Know all

Filipino citizens: That the Assembly of Representatives of the nation, by virtue of its sovereign power, has decreed and I
have sanctioned the political Constitution of the state.
Therefore:
I command all the authorities, civil as well as military, of whatever class or rank, to keep it and cause it to be kept,
complied with and executed in all its parts, because it is the sovereign will of the Filipino people.
Done at Malolos, on the twenty-first of January in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-nine.
EMILIO AGUINALDO

Annex B
Mckinley’s Instructions

http://www.filipiniana.net/publication/instructions-of-the-president-to-the-philippine-commission-07-april-
1900/12791881749457/1/0
INSTRUCTIONS OF THE PRESIDENT

TO THE PHILIPPINE COMMISSION
APRIL 7, 1900
Commissioners
HON. WILLIAM H. TAFT, of Ohio
PROF. DEAN C. WORCESTER, of Michigan
HON. LUKE E. WRIGHT, of Tennessee
HON. HENRY C. IDE, of Vermont
PROF. BERNARD MOSES, of California
WAR DEPARTMENT,
Washington, April 7, 1900.
Sir: I transmit to you herewith the instructions of the President for the guidance of yourself and your associates as
Commissioners to the Philippine Islands.
Very respectfully,
ELIHU ROOT,
Secretary of War.
Hon. WILLIAM H. TAFT,

President Board of Commissioners
to the Philippine Islands.
EXECUTIVE MANSION, April 7, 1900.
The SECRETARY OF WAR,

Washington.
SIR: In the message transmitted to the Congress on the 5th of December, 1899, I said, speaking of the Philippine Islands:
“As long as the insurrection continues the military arm must necessarily be supreme. But there is no reason why steps
should not be taken from time to time to inaugurate governments essentially popular in their form as fast as territory is
held and controlled by our troops. To this end I am considering the advisability of the return of the commission, or such
of the members thereof as can be secured, to aid the existing authorities and facilitate this work throughout the islands.” 1
To give effect to the intention thus expressed I have appointed Hon. William H. Taft, of Ohio; Prof. Dean C. Worcester,
of Michigan; Hon. Luke E. Wright, of Tennessee; Hon. Henry C. Ide, of Vermont, and Prof. Bernard Moses, of
California, commissioners to the Philippine Islands to continue and perfect the work of organizing and establishing civil
government already commenced by the military authorities, subject in all respects to any laws which Congress may
1 The first American Commission to the Philippines, composed of Jacob G. Schurman, Rear-Admiral George Dewey,
Major General Elwell S. Otis, Charles Denby, and Dean C. Worcester, was tasked to investigate the social and
political conditions of the Philippines, as well as, to recommend the form of government to be established in the
islands.

hereafter enact.2
The commissioners named will meet and act as a board, and the Hon. William H. Taft is designated as president of the
board. It is probable that the transfer of authority from military commanders to civil officers will be gradual and will
occupy a considerable period. Its successful accomplishment and the maintenance of peace and order in the meantime
will require the most perfect cooperation between the civil and military authorities in the island, and both should be
directed during the transition period by the same Executive Department. The commission will therefore report to the
Secretary of War, and all their action will be subject to your approval and control.
You will instruct the commission to proceed to the city of Manila, where they will make their principal office, and to
communicate with the military governor of the Philippine Islands, 3 whom you will at the same time direct to render to
them every assistance within his power in the performance of their duties. Without hampering them by too specific
instructions, they should in general be enjoined, after making themselves familiar with the conditions and needs of the
country, to devote their attention in the first instance to the establishment of municipal governments, in which the natives
of the islands, both in the cities and in the rural communities, shall be afforded the opportunity to manage their own local
affairs to the fullest extent of which they are capable, and subject to the least degree of supervision and control which a
careful study of their capacities and observations of the workings of native control show to be consistent with the
maintenance of law, order, and loyalty.
The next subject in order of importance should be the organization of government in the larger administrative divisions
corresponding to counties, departments, or provinces, in which the common interests of many or several municipalities
falling within the same tribal lines, or the same natural geographical limits, may best be subserved by a common
administration. Whenever the commission is of the opinion that the condition of affairs in the islands is such that the
central administration may safely be transferred from military to civil control, they will report that conclusion to you,
with their recommendations as to the form of central government to be established for the purpose of taking over the
control.
Beginning with the 1st day of September, 1900, the authority to exercise, subject to my approval, through the Secretary
of War, that part of the power of government in the Philippine Islands which is of a legislative nature is to be transferred
from the military governor of the islands to this commission, to be thereafter exercised by them in the place and stead of
the military governor, under such rules and regulations as you shall prescribe, until the establishment of the civil central
government for the islands contemplated in the last foregoing paragraph, or until Congress shall otherwise provide.
Exercise of this legislative authority will include the making of rules and orders, having the effect of law, for the raising
of revenue by taxes, customs duties, and imposts; the appropriation and expenditure of public funds of the islands; the
establishment of an educational system throughout the islands; the establishment of a system to secure an efficient civil
service; the organization and establishment of courts; the organization and establishment of municipal and departmental
governments, and all other matters of a civil nature for which the military governor is now competent to provide by rules
or orders of a legislative character.
The commission will also have power during the same period to appoint to office such officers under the judicial,
educational, and civil-service systems and in the municipal and departmental governments as shall be provided for. Until
the complete transfer of control the military governor will remain the chief executive head of the government of the
islands, and will exercise the executive authority now possessed by him and not herein expressly assigned to the
commission, subject, however, to the rules and orders enacted by the commission in the exercise of the legislative
powers conferred upon them. In the meantime the municipal and departmental governments will continue to report to the
military governor and be subject to his administrative supervision and control, under your direction, but that supervision
and control will be confined within the narrowest limits consistent with the requirement that the powers of government
in the municipalities and departments shall be honestly and effectively exercised and that law and order and individual
freedom shall be maintained.
All legislative rules and orders, establishments of government, and appointments to office by the commission will take
2 United States President William McKinley appointed the members of the Second Philippine Commission (Taft
Commission) on 16 March 1900, and placed the Commission under the supervision of the U.S. War Department.
3 General Arthur MacArthur, Jr. served as Military Governor of the Philippine Islands from 5 May 1900 to 4 July 1901.

effect immediately, or at such times as they shall designate, subject to your approval and action upon the coming in of the
commission's reports, which are to be made from time to time as their action is taken. Wherever civil governments are
constituted under the direction of the commission, such military posts, garrisons, and forces will be continued for the
suppression of insurrection and brigandage, and the maintenance of law and order as the military commander shall deem
requisite, and the military forces shall be at all times subject under his orders to the call of the civil authorities for the
maintenance of law and order and the enforcement of their authority.
In the establishment of municipal governments the commission will take as the basis of their work the governments
established by the military governor under his order of August 8, 1899, and under the report of the board constituted by
the military governor by his order of January 29, 1900, to formulate and report a plan of municipal government, of which
his honor Cayetano Arellano, president of the audiencia, was chairman, and they will give to the conclusions of that
board the weight and consideration which the high character and distinguished abilities of its members justify.
In the constitution of departmental or provincial governments, they will give especial attention to the existing
government of the island of Negros, constituted, with the approval of the people of that island, under the order of the
military governor of July 22, 1899, and after verifying, so far as may be practicable, the reports of the successful
working of that government, they will be guided by the experience thus acquired, so far as it may be applicable to the
condition existing in other portions of the Philippines. They will avail themselves to the fullest degree practicable of the
conclusions reached by the previous commission to the Philippines.
In the distribution of powers among the governments organized by the commission, the presumption is always to be in
favor of the smaller subdivision, so that all the powers which can properly be exercised by the municipal government
shall be vested in that government, and all the powers of a more general character which can be exercised by the
departmental government shall be vested in that government, and so that in the governmental system, which is the result
of the process, the central government of the islands, following the example of the distribution of the powers between the
States and the National Government of the United States, shall have no direct administration except of matters of purely
general concern, and shall have only such supervision and control over local governments as may be necessary to secure
and enforce faithful and efficient administration by local officers.
The many different degrees of civilization and varieties of custom and capacity among the people of the different islands
preclude very definite instruction as to the part which the people shall take in the selection of their own officers; but
these general rules are to be observed: That in all cases the municipal officers, who administer the local affairs of the
people, are to be selected by the people, and that wherever officers of more extended jurisdiction are to be selected in
any way, natives of the islands are to be preferred, and if they can be found competent and willing to perform the duties,
they are to receive the offices in preference to any others.
It will be necessary to fill some offices for the present with Americans, which, after a time, may well be filled by natives
of the islands. As soon as practicable a system for ascertaining the merit and fitness of candidates for civil office should
be put in force. An indispensable qualification for all offices and positions of trust and authority in the islands must be
absolute and unconditional loyalty to the United States, and absolute and unhampered authority and power to remove
and punish any officer deviating from that standard must at all times be retained in the hands of the central authority of
the islands.
In all the forms of government and administrative provisions which they are authorized to prescribe, the commission
should bear in mind that the government which they are establishing is designed not for our satisfaction, or for the
expression of our theoretical views, but for the happiness, peace, and prosperity of the people of the Philippine Islands,
and the measures adopted should be made to conform to their customs, their habits, and even their prejudices, to the
fullest extent consistent with the accomplishment of the indispensable requisites of just and effective government.
At the same time the commission should bear in mind, and the people of the islands should be made plainly to
understand, that there are certain great principles of government which have been made the basis of our governmental
system which we deem essential to the rule of law and the maintenance of individual freedom, and of which they have,
unfortunately, been denied the experience possessed by us; that there are also certain practical rules of government which
we have found to be essential to the preservation of these great principles of liberty and law, and that these principles and

these rules of government must be established and maintained in their islands for the sake of their liberty and happiness,
however much they may conflict with the customs or laws of procedure with which they are familiar.
It is evident that the most enlightened thought of the Philippine Islands fully appreciates the importance of these
principles and rules, and they will inevitably within a short time command universal assent. Upon every division and
branch of the Government of the Philippines, therefore, must be imposed these inviolable rules:
That no person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law; that private property shall not be
taken for public use without just compensation; that in all criminal prosecutions the accused shall enjoy the right to a
speedy and public trial, to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation, to be confronted with the witnesses
against him, to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance of counsel for
his defense; that excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishment
inflicted; that no person shall be put twice in jeopardy for the same offense, or be compelled in any criminal case to be a
witness against himself; that the right to be secure against unreasonable searches and seizures shall not be violated; that
neither slavery nor involuntary servitude shall exist except as a punishment for crime; that no bill of attainder, or ex-post-
facto law shall be passed; that no law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech or of the press, or the rights of the
people to peaceably assemble and petition the Government for a redress of grievances; that no law shall be made
respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof, and that the free exercise and enjoyment
of religious profession and worship without discrimination or preference shall forever be allowed.
It will be the duty of the commission to make a thorough investigation into the titles to the large tracts of land held or
claimed by individuals or by religious orders; into the justice of the claims and complaints made against such landholders
by the people of the island or any part of the people, and to seek by wise and peaceable measures a just settlement of the
controversies and redress of wrongs which have caused strife and bloodshed in the past. In the performance of this duty
the commission is enjoined to see that no injustice is done; to have regard for substantial rights and equity, disregarding
technicalities so far as substantial right permits, and to observe the following rules:
That the provision of the Treaty of Paris, pledging the United States to the protection of all rights of property in the
islands, and as well the principle of our own Government which prohibits the taking of private property without due
process of law, shall not be violated; that the welfare of the people of the islands, which should be a paramount
consideration, shall be attained consistently with this rule of property right; that if it becomes necessary for the public
interest of the people of the islands to dispose of claims to property which the commission finds to be not lawfully
acquired and held disposition shall be made thereof by due legal procedure, in which there shall be full opportunity for
fair and impartial hearing and judgment; that if the same public interests require the extinguishment of property rights
lawfully acquired and held due compensation shall be made out of the public treasury therefor; that no form of religion
and no minister of religion shall be forced upon any community or upon any citizen of the islands; that upon the other
hand no minister of religion shall be interfered with or molested in following his calling, and that the separation between
state and church shall be real, entire, and absolute.
It will be the duty of the commission to promote and extend, and, as they find occasion, to improve, the system of
education already inaugurated by the military authorities. In doing this they should regard as of first importance the
extension of a system of primary education which shall be free to all, and which shall tend to fit the people for the duties
of citizenship and for the ordinary avocations of a civilized community. This instruction should be given in the first
instance in every part of the islands in the language of the people. In view of the great number of languages spoken by
the different tribes, it is especially important to the prosperity of the islands that a common medium of communication
may be established, and it is obviously desirable that this medium should be the English language. Especial attention
should be at once given to affording full opportunity to all the people of the islands to acquire the use of the English
language.
It may be well that the main changes which should be made in the system of taxation and in the body of the laws under
which the people are governed, except such changes as have already been made by the military government, should be
relegated to the civil government which is to be established under the auspices of the commission. It will, however, be
the duty of the commission to inquire diligently as to whether there are any further changes which ought not to be
delayed; and if so, they are authorized to make such changes, subject to your approval. In doing so they are to bear in

mind that taxes which tend to penalize or repress industry and enterprise are to be avoided; that provisions for taxation
should be simple, so that they may be understood by the people; that they should affect the fewest practicable subjects of
taxation which will serve for the general distribution of the burden.

Annex C
The Philippine Bill of 1902

http://www.chanrobles.com/philippinebillof1902.htm
THE PHILIPPINE BILL OF JULY 1, 1902
ACT OF CONGRESS OF JULY FIRST, NINETEEN HUNDRED AND TWO, "THE PHILIPPINE BILL." AN
ACT TEMPORARILY TO PROVIDE FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE AFFAIRS OF CIVIL
GOVERNMENT IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES.
Section 1. That the action of the President of the United States in creating the Philippine Commission and authorizing
said Commission to exercise the powers of government to the extent and in the manner and form and subject to the
regulation and control set forth in the instructions of the President to the Philippine Commission, dated April seventh,
nineteen hundred, and in creating the offices of Civil Governor and Vice-Governor of the Philippine Islands, and
authorizing said Civil Governor and Vice-Governor to exercise the powers of government to the extent and in the manner
and form set forth in the Executive order dated June twenty-first, nineteen hundred and one, and is establishing four
Executive Departments of government in said Islands as set forth in the Act of the Philippine Commission entitled "An
Act providing an organization for the Departments of the Interior, of Commerce and Police, of Finance and Justice, and
of Public Instruction," enacted September sixth, nineteen hundred and one, is hereby approved, ratified, and confirmed,
and until otherwise provided by law the said Islands shall continue to be governed as thereby and herein provided, and
all laws passed hereafter by the Philippine Commission shall have an enacting clause as follows. "By authority of the
United States, be it enacted by the Philippine Commission." The provisions of section eighteen hundred and ninety-one
of the Revised Statutes of eighteen hundred and seventy eight shall not apply to the Philippine Islands.
Future appointments of Civil Governor, Vice-Governor, members of said Commission and heads of Executive
Departments shall be made by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
Sec. 2. That the action of the President of the United States heretofore taken by virtue of the authority vested in him as
Commander in Chief of the Army and Navy, as set forth in his order of July twelfth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight,
whereby a land of duties and taxes as set forth by said order was to be levied and collected at all ports and places in the
Philippine Islands upon passing into the occupation and possession of the forces of the United States, together with the
subsequent amendments of said order, are hereby approved, ratified, and confirmed, and the actions of the authorities of
the Government of the Philippine Islands taken in accordance with the provisions of said order and subsequent
amendments, are hereby approved: Provided, That nothing contained in this section shall be held to amend or repeal an
Act entitled "An Act temporarily to provide revenue for the Philippine Islands, and for other purposes," approved March
eighth, nineteen hundred and two.
Sec. 3. That the President of the United States, during such time as and whenever the sovereignty and authority of the
United States encounter armed resistance in the Philippine Islands, until otherwise provided by Congress, shall continue
to regulate and control commercial intercourse with and within said Islands by such general rules and regulations as he,
in his discretion, may deem more conducive to the public interests and the general welfare.
Sec. 4. That all inhabitants of the Philippine Islands continuing to reside therein who were Spanish subjects on the
eleventh day of April, eighteen hundred and ninety-nine, and then resided in the Philippine Islands, and their children
born subsequent thereto, shall be deemed and held to be citizens of the Philippine Islands and as such entitled to the
protection of the United States, except such as shall have elected to preserve their allegiance to the Crown of Spain in
accordance with the provisions of the treaty of peace between the United States and Spain signed at Paris December
tenth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight.
Sec. 5. That no law shall be enacted in said Islands which shall deprive any person of life, liberty, or property without

due process of law, or deny to any person therein the equal protection of the laws.
That in all criminal prosecutions the accused shall enjoy the right to be heard by himself and counsel, to demand the
nature and cause of the accusation against him, to have a speedy and public trial, to meet the witnesses face to face, and
to have compulsory process to compel the attendance of witnesses in his behalf.
That no person shall be held to answer for a criminal offense without due process of law; and no person for the same
offense shall be twice put in jeopardy of punishment, nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against
himself.
That all persons shall before conviction be bailable by sufficient sureties, except for capital offenses.
That no law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be enacted.
That no person shall be imprisoned for debt.
That the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended, unless when in cases of rebellion, insurrection, or
invasion the public safety may require it, in either of which events the same may be suspended by the President, or by
the Governor, with the approval of the Philippine Commission, wherever during such period the necessity for such
suspension shall exist.
That no ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted.
That no law granting a title of nobility shall be enacted, and no person holding any office of profit or trust in said Islands,
shall without the consent of the Congress of the United States, accept any present, emolument, office, or title of any kind
whatever from any king, queen, prince, or foreign State.
That excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishment inflicted.
That the right to be secure against unreasonable searches and seizures shall not be violated.
That neither slavery, nor involuntary servitude, except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly
convicted, shall exist in said Islands.
That no law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech or of the press, or the right of the people peaceably to
assemble and petition the Government for redress of grievances.
That no law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion or prohibiting the free exercise thereof, and that the
free exercise and enjoyment of religious profession and worship, without discrimination or preference, shall forever be
allowed.
That no money shall be paid out of the Treasury except in pursuance of an appropriation by law.
That the rule of taxation in said Islands shall be uniform.
That no private or local bill which may be enacted into law shall embrace more than one subject, and that subject shall be
expressed in the title of the bill.
That no warrant shall issue but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the
place to be searched and the person or things to be seized.
That all money collected on any tax levied or assessed for a special purpose shall be treated as a special fund in the
Treasury and paid out for such purpose only.

Sec. 6. That whenever the existing insurrection in the Philippine Islands shall have ceased and a condition of general
and complete peace shall have been established therein and the fact shall be certified to the President by the Philippine
Commission, the President, upon being satisfied thereof, shall order a census of the Philippine Islands to be taken by said
Philippine Commission; such census in its inquiries relating to the population shall take and make so far as practicable
full report for all the inhabitants, of name, age, sex, race, or tribe, whether native or foreign born, literacy in Spanish
native dialect, or language, or in English, school attendance, ownership of homes, industrial and social statistics, and
such other information separately for each island, each province, and municipality, or other civil division, as the
President and said Commission may deem necessary: Provided, That the President may, upon the request of said
Commission, in his discretion, employ the service of the Census Bureau in compiling and promulgating the statistical
information above provided for, and may commit to such Bureau any part or portion of such labor as to him may seem
wise.
Sec. 7. That two years after the completion and publication of the census, in case such condition of general and
complete peace with recognition of the authority of the United States shall have continued in the territory of said Islands
not inhabited by Moros or other non-Christian tribes and such facts shall have been certified to the President by the
Philippine Commission, the President upon being satisfied thereof shall direct Commission to call, and the Commission
shall call, a general election for the choice of delegates to a popular assembly of the people of said territory in the
Philippine Islands, which shall be known as the Philippine Assembly. After said Assembly shall have convened and
organized, all the legislative power heretofore conferred on the Philippine Commission in all that part of said Islands not
inhabited by Moros or other non-Christian tribes shall be vested in a Legislature consisting of two Houses — the
Philippine Commission and the Philippine Assembly. Said Assembly shall consist of not less than fifty nor more than one
hundred members to be apportioned by said Commission among the provinces as nearly as practicable according to
population: Provided, That no province shall have less than one member: And provided further, That provinces entitled
by population to more than one member may be divided into such convenient district as the said Commission may deem
best.
Public notice of such division shall be given at least ninety days prior to such election, and the election shall be held
under rules and regulations to be prescribed by law. The qualification of electors of such election shall be the same as is
now provided by law in case of electors in municipal elections. The members of Assembly shall hold office for two years
from the first day of January next following their election, and their successors shall be chosen by the people every
second year thereafter. No person shall be eligible to such election who is not a qualified elector of the election district in
which he may be chosen, owing allegiance to the United States and twenty-five years of age.
The Legislature shall hold annual sessions, commencing on the first Monday of February in each year and continuing not
exceeding ninety days thereafter (Sundays and holidays not included); Provided, That the first meeting of the Legislature
shall be held upon the call of the Governor within ninety days after the first election: And provided further, That if at the
termination of any session the appropriations necessary for the support of Government shall not have been made, an
amount equal to the sums appropriated in the last appropriation bills for such purposes shall be deemed to be
appropriated; and until the Legislature shall act in such behalf the Treasurer may, with the advice of the Governor, make
the payments necessary for the purposes aforesaid.
The Legislature may be called in special session at any time by the Civil Governor for general legislation, or for action
on such specific subjects as he may designate. No special session shall continue longer than thirty days, exclusive of
Sundays.
The Assembly shall be the judge of the elections, returns, and qualifications of its members. A majority shall constitute a
quorum to do business, but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day and may be authorized to compel the
attendance of absent members. It shall choose its Speaker and other officers, and the salaries of its members and officers
shall be fixed by law. It may determine the rule of its proceedings, punish its members for disorderly behavior, and with
the concurrence of two-thirds expel a member. It shall keep a journal of its proceedings, which shall be published, and
the yeas and nays of the members on any question shall, on the demand of one-fifth of those present, be entered on the
journal.
Sec. 8. That at the same time with the first meeting of the Philippine Legislature, and biennially thereafter, there shall be

chosen by said Legislature, each House voting separately, two resident Commissioners to the United States, who shall be
entitled to an official recognition as such by all departments upon presentation to the President of a certificate of election
by the Civil Governor of said Islands, and each of whom shall be entitled to a salary payable monthly by the United
States at the rate of five thousand dollars per annum, and two thousand dollars additional to cover all expenses: Provided,
That no person shall be eligible to such election who is not a qualified elector of said Islands, owing allegiance to the
United States, and who is not thirty years of age.
Sec. 9. That the Supreme Court and the Courts of First Instance of the Philippine Islands shall possess and exercise
jurisdiction as heretofore provided and such additional jurisdiction as shall hereafter be prescribed by the Government of
said Islands, subject to the power of said Government to change the practice and method of procedure. The municipal
courts of said Islands shall possess and exercise jurisdiction as heretofore provided by the Philippine Commission,
subject in all matters to such alteration and amendment as may be hereafter enacted by law; and the Chief Justice and
Associate Justices of the Supreme Court shall hereafter be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and
consent of the Senate, and shall receive the compensation heretofore prescribed by the Commission until otherwise
provided by Congress. The judges of the Court of First Instance shall be appointed by the Civil Governor, by and with
the advice and consent of the Philippine Commission: Provided, That the admiralty jurisdiction of the Supreme Court
and Courts of First Instance shall not be changed except by Act of Congress.
Sec. 10. That the Supreme Court of the United States shall have jurisdiction to review, revise, reverse, modify, or affirm
the final judgments and decrees of the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands in all actions, cases, causes, and
proceedings now pending therein or hereafter determined thereby in which the Constitution or any statute, treaty, title,
right, or privilege of the United States is involved, or in causes in which the value in controversy exceeds twenty-five
thousand dollars, or in which the title or possession of real estate exceeding in value the sum of twenty-five thousand
dollars, to be ascertained by the oath of either party or of other competent witnesses, is involved or brought in question;
and such final judgments or decrees may and can be reviewed, revised, reversed, modified, or affirmed by said Supreme
Court of the United States on appeal or writ of error by the party aggrieved, in the same manner, under the same
regulations, and by the same procedure, as far as applicable, as the final judgments and decrees of the Circuit Courts of
the United States.
Sec. 11. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is hereby authorized to provide for the needs of commerce by
improving the harbors and navigable waters of said Islands and to construct and maintain in said navigable waters and
upon the shore adjacent thereto bonded warehouses, wharves, piers, light-houses, signal and life-saving stations, buoys,
and like instruments of commerce, and to adopt and enforce regulations in regard thereto, including bonded warehouses
wherein articles not intended to be imported into said Islands nor mingled with the property therein, but brought into a
port of said Islands for reshipment to another country may be deposited in bond and reshipped to another country without
the payment of customs duties or charges.
Sec. 12. That all the property and rights which may have been acquired in the Philippine Islands by the United States
under the treaty of peace with Spain, signed December tenth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, except such land or
other property as shall be designated by the President of the United States for military and other reservations of the
Government of the United States, are hereby placed under the control of the Government of said Islands, to be
administered for the benefit of the inhabitants thereof, except as provided in this Act.
Sec. 13. That the Government of the Philippine Islands, subject to the provisions of this Act and except as herein
provided, shall classify according to its agricultural character and productiveness, and shall immediately make rules and
regulations for the lease, sale, or other disposition of the public lands other than timber or mineral lands, but such rules
and regulations shall not go into effect or have the force of law until they have received the approval of the President,
and when approved by the President they shall be submitted by him to Congress at the beginning of the next ensuing
session thereof and unless disapproved or amended by Congress at said session they shall at the close of such period
have the force and effect of law in the Philippine Islands: Provided, That a single homestead entry shall not exceed
sixteen hectares in extent.
Sec. 14. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is hereby authorized and empowered to enact rules and
regulations and to prescribe terms and conditions to enable persons to perfect their title to public lands in said Islands,

who, prior to the transfer of sovereignty from Spain to the United States, had fulfilled all or some of the conditions
required by the Spanish laws and royal decrees of the Kingdom of Spain for the acquisition of legal title thereto, yet
failed to secure conveyance of title; and the Philippine Commission is authorized to issue patents, without compensation,
to any native of said Islands, conveying title to any tract of land not more than sixteen hectares in extent, which were
public lands and had been actually occupied by such native or his ancestors prior to and on the thirteenth of August,
eighteen hundred and ninety-eight.
Sec. 15. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is hereby authorized and empowered, on such terms as it may
prescribe, by general legislation, to provide for the granting or sale and conveyance to actual occupants and settlers and
other citizens of said Islands such parts and portions of the public domain, other than timber and mineral lands, of the
United States in said Islands as it may deem wise, not exceeding sixteen hectares to any one person and for the sale and
conveyance of not more than one thousand and twenty-four hectares to any corporation or association of persons:
Provided, That the grant or sale of such lands, whether the purchase price be paid at once or in partial payments, shall be
conditioned upon actual and continued occupancy, improvement, and cultivation of the premises sold for a period of not
less than five years, during which time the purchaser or grantee can not alienate or encumber said land or the title
thereto; but such restriction shall not apply to transfers of rights and title of inheritance under the laws for the distribution
of the estates of decedents.
Sec. 16. That in granting or selling any part of the public domain under the provisions of the last preceding section,
preference in all cases shall be given to actual occupants and settlers; and such public lands of the United States in the
actual possession or occupancy of any native of the Philippine Islands shall not be sold by said Government to any other
person without the consent thereto of said prior occupant or settler first had and obtained: Provided, That the prior right
hereby secured to an occupant of land, who can show no other proof of title than possession, shall not apply to more than
sixteen hectares in any one tract.
Sec. 17. That timber, trees, forests, and forest products on lands leased or demised by the Government of the Philippine
Islands under the provisions of this Act shall not be cut, destroyed, removed, or appropriated except by special
permission of said Government and under such regulations as it may prescribe.
All moneys obtained from lease or sale of any portion of the public domain or from licenses to cut timber by the
Government of the Philippine Islands shall be covered into the Insular Treasury and be subject only to appropriation for
insular purposes according to law.
Sec. 18. That the forest laws and regulations now in force in the Philippine Islands, with such modifications and
amendments as may be made by the Government of said Islands, are hereby continued in force, and no timber lands
forming part of the public domain shall be sold, leased, or entered until the Government of said Islands, upon the
certification of the Forestry Bureau that said lands are more valuable for agriculture than for forest uses, shall declare
such lands so certified to be agricultural in character: Provided, That the said Government shall have the right and is
hereby empowered to issue licenses to cut, harvest, or collect timber or other forest products on reserved or unreserved
public lands in said Islands in accordance with the forest laws and regulations hereinbefore mentioned and under the
provisions of this Act, and the said Government may lease land to any person or persons holding such licenses, sufficient
for a mill site, not to exceed four hectares in extent, and may grant rights of way to enable such person or persons to get
access to the lands to which such licenses apply.
Sec. 19. That the beneficial use shall be the basis, the measure, and the limit of all rights to water in said Islands, and
the Government of said Islands is hereby authorized to make such rules and regulations for the use of water, and to make
such reservations of public lands for the protection of the water supply, and for other public purposes not in conflict with
the provisions of this Act, as it may deem best for the public good.
Sec. 20. That in all cases public lands in the Philippine Islands valuable for minerals shall be reserved from sale, except
as otherwise expressly directed by law.
Sec. 21. That all valuable mineral deposits in public lands in the Philippine Islands, both surveyed and unsurveyed, are
hereby declared to be free and open to exploration, occupation, and purchase, and the land in which they are found to

occupation and purchase, by citizens of the United States, or of said Islands: Provided, That when on any lands in said
Islands entered and occupied as agricultural lands under the provisions of this Act, but not patented, mineral deposits
have been found, the working of such mineral deposits is hereby forbidden until the person, association, or corporation
who or which has entered and is occupying such lands shall have paid to the Government of said Islands such additional
sum or sums as will make the total amount paid for the mineral claim or claims in which said deposits are located equal
to the amount charged by the Government for the same as mineral claims.
Sec. 22. That mining claims upon land containing veins or lodes of quartz or other rock in place bearing gold, silver,
cinnabar, lead, tin, copper, or other valuable deposits, located after the passage of this Act, whether located by one or
more persons qualified to locate the same under the preceding section, shall be located in the following manner and
under the following conditions: Any person so qualified desiring to locate a mineral claim shall, subject to the provisions
of this Act with respect to land which may be used for mining, enter upon the same and locate a plot of ground
measuring, where possible, but not exceeding, one thousand feet in length by one thousand feet in breadth, in as nearly
as possible a rectangular form; that is to say: All angles shall be right angles, except in cases where a boundary line of a
previously surveyed claim is adopted as common to both claims, but the lines need not necessarily be meridional. In
defining the size of a mineral claim, it shall be measured horizontally, irrespective of inequalities of the surface of the
ground.
Sec. 23. That a mineral claim shall be marked by two posts placed as nearly as possible on the line of the ledge or vein,
and the posts shall be numbered one and two, and the distance between posts numbered one and two shall not exceed one
thousand feet, the line between posts numbered one and two to be known as the location line; and upon posts numbered
one and two shall be written the name given to the mineral claim, the name of the locator, and the date of the location.
Upon post numbered one there shall be written, in addition to the foregoing, "Initial post," the approximate compass
bearing of post numbered two, and a statement of the number of feet lying to the right and to the left of the line from post
numbered one to post numbered two, thus: "Initial post Direction of post numbered two _________ feet of this claim lie
on the right and ____________ feet on the left of the line from number one to number two post." All the particulars
required to be put on number one and number two posts shall be furnished by the locator to the provincial secretary, or
such other officer as by the Philippine Government may be described as mining recorder, in writing, at the time the claim
is recorded, and shall form a part of the record of the sum claim.
Sec. 24. That when a claim has been located the holder shall immediately mark the line between posts numbered one
and two so that it can be distinctly seen. The locator shall also place a post at the point where he has found minerals in
place, on which shall be written "Discovery post:" Provided, That when the claim is surveyed the surveyor shall be
guided by the records of the claim, the sketch plan on the back of the declaration made by the owner when the claim was
recorded, posts numbered one and two, and the notice on number one, initial post.
Sec. 25.That it shall not be lawful to move number one post, but number two post may be moved by the deputy mineral
surveyor when the distance between posts numbered one and two exceeds one thousand feet, in order to place number
two post one thousand feet from number one post on the line of location. When the distance between posts numbered one
and two is less than one thousand feet the deputy mineral surveyor shall have no authority to extend the claim beyond
number two.
Sec. 26. That the "location line" shall govern the direction of one side of the claim, upon which the survey shall be
extended according to this Act.
Sec. 27. That the holder of a mineral claim shall be entitled to all minerals which may lie within his claim, but he shall
not be entitled to mine outside the boundary lines of his claim continued vertically downward: Provided, That this Act
shall not prejudice the rights of claim owners nor claim holders whose claims have been located under existing laws
prior to this Act.
Sec. 28. That no mineral claim of the full size shall be recorded without the application being accompanied by an
affidavit made by the applicant or some person on his behalf cognizant of the facts — that the legal notices and posts
have been put up; that mineral has been found in place on the claim proposed to be recorded; that the ground applied for
is unoccupied by any other person. In the said declaration shall be set out the name of the applicant and the date of the

location of the claim. The words written on the number one and number two posts shall be set out in full, and as accurate
a description as possible of the position of the claim given with reference to some natural object or permanent
monuments.
Sec. 29. That no mineral claim which at the date of its record is known by the locator to be less than a full-sized mineral
claim shall be recorded without the word "fraction" being added to the name of the claim, and the application being
accompanied by an affidavit or solemn declaration made by applicant or some person on his behalf cognizant of the
facts: That the legal posts and notices have been put up; that mineral has been found in place on the fractional claim
proposed to be recorded; that the ground applied for is unoccupied by any other person. In the said declaration shall be
set out the name of the applicant and the date of the location of the claim. The words written on the posts numbered one
and two shall be set out in full, and as accurate a description as possible of the position of the claim given. A sketch plan
shall be drawn by the applicant on the back of the declaration, showing as near as may be the position of the adjoining
mineral claims and the shape and size, expressed in feet, of the claim or fraction desired to be recorded: Provided, That
the failure on the part of the locator of a mineral claim to comply with any of the foregoing provisions of this section
shall not be deemed to invalidate such location, if upon the facts it shall appear that such locator has actually discovered
mineral in place on said location, and that there has been on his part a bona fide attempt to comply with the provisions of
this Act, and that the nonobservance of the formalities hereinbefore referred to is not of a character calculated to mislead
other persons desiring to locate claims in the vicinity.
Sec. 30. That in cases where, from the nature or shape of the ground, it is impossible to mark the location line of the
claim as provided by this Act, then the claim may be marked by placing posts as nearly as possible to the location line,
and noting the distance and direction such posts may be from such location line, which distance and direction shall be set
out in the record of the claim.
Sec. 31. That every person locating a mineral claim shall record the same with the provincial secretary or such other
officer as by the Government of the Philippine Islands may be described as mining recorder of the district within which
the same is situated, within thirty days after the location thereof. Such record shall be made in a book to be kept for the
purpose in the office of the said provincial secretary or such other officer as by said Government described as mining
recorder, in which shall be inserted the name of the claim, the name of each locator, the locality of the mine, the direction
of the location line, the length in feet, the date of location, and the date of the record. A claim which shall not have been
recorded within the prescribed period shall be deemed to have been abandoned.
Sec. 32. That in case of any dispute as to the location of a mineral claim the title to the claim shall be recognized
according to the priority of such location, subject to any question as to the validity of the record itself and subject to the
holder having complied with all the terms and conditions of this Act.
Sec. 33. That no holder shall be entitled to hold in his, its or their own name or in the name of any other person,
corporation or association more than one mineral claim on the same vein or lode.
Sec. 34. That a holder may at any time abandon any mineral claim by giving notice, in writing, or such intention to
abandon, to the provincial secretary or such other officer as by the Government of the Philippine Islands may be
described as mining recorder; and from the date of the record of such notice all his interest in such claim shall cease.
Sec. 35. That proof of citizenship under the clauses of this Act relating to mineral lands may consist in the case of an
individual, of his own affidavit thereof; in the case of an association of persons unincorporated, of the affidavit of their
authorized agent made on his own knowledge or upon information and belief, and in case of a corporation organized
under the laws of the United States, or of any State or Territory thereof, or of the Philippine Islands, by the filing of a
certified copy of their charter or certificate of incorporation.
Sec. 36. That the United States Philippine Commission or its successors may make regulations, not in conflict with the
provision of this Act, governing the location, manner of recording, and amount of work necessary to hold possession of a
mining claim, subject to the following requirements:
On each claim located after the passage of this Act, and until a patent has been issued therefor, not less than one hundred

dollars' worth of labor shall be performed or improvements made during each year: Provided, That upon a failure to
comply with these conditions the claim or mine upon which such failure occurred shall be open to relocation in the same
manner as if no location of the same had ever been made, provided that the original locators, their heirs, assigns, or legal
representatives have not resumed work upon the claim after failure and before such location. Upon the failure of any one
of several co-owners to contribute his proportion of the expenditures required thereby, the co-owners who have
performed the labor or made the improvements may, at the expiration of the year, give such delinquent co-owner
personal notice in writing or notice by publication in the newspaper published nearest the claim, and in two newspapers
published at Manila, one in the English language and the other in the Spanish language, to be designated by the Chief of
the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands, for at least once a week for ninety days, and, if at the expiration of ninety
days after such notice in writing or by publication such delinquent shall fail or refuse to contribute his proportion of the
expenditure required by this section his interest in the claim shall become the property of his co-owners who have made
the required expenditures. The period within which the work required to be done annually on all unpatented mineral
claims shall commence on the first day of January succeeding the date of location of such claim.
Sec. 37. That a patent for any land claimed and located for valuable mineral deposits may be obtained in the following
manner: Any person, association, or corporation authorized to locate a claim under this Act, having claimed and located a
piece of land for such purposes, who has or have complied with the terms of this Act may file in the office of the
provincial secretary, or such other officer as by the Government of said Islands may be described as mining recorder of
the province wherein the land claimed is located, an application for a patent, under oath showing such compliance,
together with a plat and field notes of the claim or claims in common, made by or under the direction of the Chief of the
Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands, showing accurately the boundaries of the claim, which shall be distinctly
marked by monuments on the ground, and shall post a copy of such plat, together with a notice of such application for a
patent, in a conspicuous place on the land embraced in such plat previous to the filing of the application for a patent, and
shall file an affidavit of at least two persons that such notice has been duly posted, and shall file a copy of the notice in
such office, and shall thereupon be entitled to a patent for the land, in the manner following: The provincial secretary, or
such other officer as by the Philippine Government may be described as mining recorder, upon the filing of such
application, plat, field notes, notices, and affidavits, shall publish a notice that such an application has been made, once a
week for the period of sixty days, in a newspaper to be by him designated as nearest to such claim and in two
newspapers published at Manila, one in the English language and one in the Spanish language, to be designated by the
Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands; and he shall also post such notice in his office for the same
period. The claimant at the time of filing this application, or at any time thereafter within the sixty days of publication,
shall file with the provincial secretary or such other officer as by the Philippine Government may be described as mining
recorder a certificate of the Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands that five hundred dollars' worth of
labor has been expended or improvements made upon the claim by himself or grantors; that the plat is correct, with such
further description by such reference to natural objects or permanent monuments as shall identify the claim, and furnish
an accurate description to be incorporated in the patent. At the expiration of the sixty days of publication the claimant
shall file his affidavit, showing that the plat and notice have been posted in a conspicuous place on the claim during such
period of publication. If no adverse claim shall have been filed with the provincial secretary or such other officer as by
the Government of said Islands may be described as mining recorder at the expiration of the sixty days of publication, it
shall be assumed that the applicant is entitled to a patent upon the payment to the provincial treasurer or the collector of
internal revenue of five dollars per acre and that no adverse claim exists, and thereafter no objection from third parties to
the issuance of a patent shall be heard, except it be shown that the applicant has failed to comply with the terms of this
Act: Provided, That where the claimant for a patent is not a resident of or within the province wherein the land
containing the vein, ledge, or deposit sought to be patented is located, the application for patent and the affidavits
required to be made in this section by the claimant for such patent may be made by his, her, or its authorized agent where
said agent is conversant with the facts sought to be established by said affidavits.
Sec. 38. That applicants for mineral patents, if residing beyond the limits of the province or military department
wherein the claim is situated, may make the oath or affidavit required for proof of citizenship before the clerk of any
court of record, or before any notary public of any province of the Philippine Islands, or any other official in said Islands
authorized by law to administer oaths.
Sec. 39. That where an adverse claim is filed during the period of publication it shall be upon oath of the person or
persons making the same, and shall show the nature, boundaries, and extent of such adverse claim, and all proceedings,

except the publication of notice and making and filing of the affidavits thereof, shall be stayed until the controversy shall
have been settled or decided by a court of competent jurisdiction or the adverse claim waived. It shall be the duty of the
adverse claimant, within thirty days after filing his claim, to commence proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction
to determine the question of the right of possession, and prosecute the same with reasonable diligence to final judgment,
and a failure so to do shall be a waiver of his adverse claim. After such judgment shall have been rendered the party
entitled to the possession of the claim, or any portion thereof, may, without giving further notice, file a certified copy of
the judgment roll with the provincial secretary or such other officer as by the Government of the Philippine Islands may
be described as mining recorder, together with the certificate of the Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public
Lands that the requisite amount of labor has been expended or improvements made thereon, and the description required
in other cases, and shall pay to the provincial treasurer or the collector of internal revenue of the province in which the
claim is situated, as the case may be, five dollars per acre for his claim, together with the proper fees, whereupon the
whole proceedings and the judgment roll shall be certified by the provincial secretary or such other officer as by said
Government may described as mining recorder to the Secretary of the Interior of the Philippine Islands, and a patent
shall issue thereon for the claim, or such portion thereof as the applicant shall appear, from the decision of the court,
rightly to possess. The adverse claim may be verified by the oath of any duly authorized agent or attorney in fact of the
adverse claimant cognizant of the facts stated; and the adverse claimant, if residing or at the time being beyond the limits
of the province wherein the claim is situated, may make oath to the adverse claim before the clerk of any court of record,
or any notary public of any province or military department of the Philippine Islands, or any other officer authorized to
administer oaths where the adverse claimant may then be. If it appears from the decision of the court that several parties
are entitled to separate and different portions of the claim, each party may pay for his portion of the claim, with the
proper fees, and file the certificate and description by the Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands,
whereupon the provincial secretary or such other officer as by the Government of said Islands may be described as
mining recorder shall certify the proceedings and judgment roll to the Secretary of the Interior for the Philippine Islands,
as in the preceding case, and patents shall issue to the several parties according to their respective rights. If in any action
brought pursuant to this section, title to the ground in controversy shall not be established by either party, the court shall
so find, and judgment shall be entered accordingly. In such case costs shall not be allowed to either party, and the
claimant shall proceed in the office of the provincial secretary or such other officer as by the Government of said Islands
may be described as mining recorder or be entitled to a patent for the ground in controversy until he shall have perfected
his title. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent the alienation of a title conveyed by a patent for a mining
claim to any person whatever.
Sec. 40. That the description of mineral claims upon surveyed lands shall designate the location of the claim with
reference to the lines of the public surveys, but need not conform therewith; but where a patent shall be issued for claims
upon unsurveyed lands, the Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands in extending the surveys shall adjust
the same to the boundaries of such patented claim according to the plat or description thereof, but so as in no case to
interfere with or change the location of any patented claim.
Sec. 41. That any person authorized to enter lands under this Act may enter and obtain patent to lands that are chiefly
valuable for building stone under the provisions of this Act relative to placer mineral claims.
Sec. 42. That any person authorized to enter lands under this Act may enter and obtain patent to lands containing
petroleum or other mineral oils and chiefly valuable therefor under the provisions of this Act relative to parcel mineral
claims.
Sec. 43. That no location of a placer claim shall exceed sixty-four hectares for any association of persons, irrespective
of the number of persons composing such association, and no such location shall include more than eight hectares for an
individual claimant. Such locations shall conform to the laws of the United States Philippine Commission, or its
successors, with reference to public surveys, and nothing in this section contained shall defeat or impair any bona fide
ownership of land for agricultural purposes or authorize the sale of the improvements of any bona fide settler to any
purchase.
Sec. 44. That where placer claims are located upon surveyed lands and conform to legal subdivisions, further survey or
plat shall be required, and all placer mining claims located after the date of passage of this Act shall conform as nearly as
practicable to the Philippine system of public-land surveys and the regular subdivision of such surveys; but where placer

claims can not be conformed to legal subdivisions, survey and plat shall be made as on unsurveyed lands; and where by
the segregation of mineral lands in any legal subdivision a quantity of agricultural land less than sixteen hectares shall
remain, such fractional portion of agricultural land may be entered by any party qualified by law for homestead
purposes.
Sec. 45. That where such person or association, they and their grantors have held and worked their claims for a period
equal to the time prescribed by the statute of limitations of the Philippine Islands, evidence of such possession and
working of the claims for such period shall be sufficient to establish a right to a patent thereto under this Act, in the
absence of any adverse claim; but nothing in this Act shall be deemed to impair any lien which may have attached in any
way whatever prior to the issuance of a patent.
Sec. 46. That the Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands may appoint competent deputy mineral
surveyors to survey mining claims. The expenses of the survey of vein or lode claims and of the survey of placer claims,
together with the cost of publication of notices, shall be paid by the applicants, and they shall be at liberty to obtain the
same at the most reasonable rates, and they shall also be at liberty to employ any such deputy mineral surveyor to make
the survey. The Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands shall also have power to establish the maximum
charges for surveys and publication of notices under this Act; and in case of excessive charges for publication he may
designate any newspaper published in a province where mines are situated, or in Manila, for the publication of mining
notices and fix the rates to be charged by such paper; and to the end that the Chief of the Bureau of Public Lands may be
fully informed on the subject such applicant shall file with the provincial secretary, or such other officer as by the
Government of the Philippine Islands may be described as mining recorder, a sworn statement of all charges and fees
paid by such applicant for publication and surveys, and of all fees and money paid the provincial treasurer or the
collector of internal revenue, as the case may be, which statement shall be transmitted, with the other papers in the case,
to the Secretary of the Interior for the Philippine Islands.
Sec. 47. That all affidavits required to be made under this Act may be verified before any officer authorized to
administer oaths within the province or military department where the claims may be situated, and all testimony and
proofs may be taken before any such officer, and, when duly certified by the officer taking the same, shall have the same
force and effect as if taken before the proper provincial secretary or such other officer as by the Government of the
Philippine Islands may be described as mining recorder. In cases of contest as to the mineral or agricultural character of
land the testimony and proofs may be taken as herein provided on personal notice of at least ten days to the opposing
party; or if such party can not be found, then by publication at least once a week for thirty days in a newspaper to be
designated by the provincial secretary or such other officer as by said Government may be described as mining recorder
published nearest to the location of such land and in two newspapers published in Manila, one in the English language
and one in the Spanish language, to be designated by the Chief of the Philippine Insular Bureau of Public Lands; and the
provincial secretary or such other officer as by said Government may be described as mining recorder shall require
proofs that such notice has been given.
Sec. 48. That where nonmineral land not contiguous to the vein or lode is used or occupied by the proprietor of such
vein or lode for mining or milling purposes, such nonadjacent surface ground may be embraced and included in an
application for a patent for such vein or lode, and the same may be patented therewith, subject to the same preliminary
requirements as to survey and notice as are applicable to veins or lodes; but no location of such nonadjacent land shall
exceed two hectares, and payment for the same must be made at the same rate as fixed by this Act for the superficies of
the lode. The owner of a quartz mill or reduction works not owning a mine in connection therewith may also receive a
patent for his mill site as provided in this section.
Sec. 49. That as a condition of sale the Government of the Philippine Islands may provide rules for working, policing,
and sanitation of mines, and rules concerning easements, drainage, water rights, right of way, right of Government
survey and inspection, and other necessary means to their complete development not inconsistent with the provisions of
this Act, and those conditions shall be fully expressed in the patent. The Philippine Commission or its successors are
hereby further empowered to fix the bonds of deputy mineral surveyors.
Sec. 50. That whenever by priority of possession rights to the use of water for mining, agricultural, manufacturing, or
other purposes have vested and accrued and the same are recognized and acknowledged by the local customs, laws, and

the decisions of courts, the possessors and owners of such vested rights shall be maintained and protected in the same,
and the right of way for the construction of ditches and canals for the purposes herein specified is acknowledged and
confirmed, but whenever any person, in the construction of any ditch or canal, injures or damages the possession of any
settler on the public domain, the party committing such injury or damage shall be liable to the party injured for such
injury or damage.
Sec. 51. That all patents granted shall be subject to any vested and accrued water rights, or rights to ditches and
reservoirs used in connection with such water rights as may have been acquired under or recognized by the preceding
section.
Sec. 52. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is authorized to establish land districts and provide for the
appointment of the necessary officers wherever they may deem the same necessary for the public convenience, and to
further provide that in districts where land offices are established proceedings required by this Act to be had before
provincial officers shall be had before the proper officers of such land offices.
Sec. 53. That every person above the age of twenty-one years, who is a citizen of the United States, or of the Philippine
Islands, or who has acquired the rights of a native of said Islands under and by virtue of the treaty of Paris, or any
association of persons severally qualified as above, shall, upon application to the proper provincial treasurer, have the
right to enter any quality of vacant coal lands of said Islands not otherwise appropriated or reserved by competent
authority, not exceeding sixty-four hectares to such individual person, or one hundred and twenty-eight hectares to such
association, upon payment to the provincial treasurer or the collector of internal revenue, as the case may be, of not less
than twenty-five dollars per hectare for such lands, where the same shall be situated more than fifteen miles from any
completed railroad or available harbor or navigable stream, and not less than fifty dollars per hectare for such lands as
shall be within fifteen miles of such road, harbor, or stream: Provided, That such entries shall be taken in squares of
sixteen or sixty-four hectares, in conformity with the rules and regulations governing the public-land surveys of the said
Islands in plotting legal subdivisions.
Sec. 54. That any person or association of persons, severally qualified as above provided, who have opened and
improved, or shall hereafter open and improve, any coal mine or mines upon the public lands, and shall be in actual
possession of the same, shall be entitled to a preference right of entry under the preceding section of the mines so opened
and improved.
Sec. 55. That all claims under the preceding section must be presented to the proper provincial secretary within sixty
days after the date of actual possession and the commencement of improvements on the land by the filing of a
declaratory statement therefor; and where the improvements shall have been made prior to the expiration of three months
from the date of the passage of this Act, sixty days from the expiration of such three months shall be allowed for the
filing of a declaratory statement; and no sale under the provisions of this Act shall be allowed until the expiration of six
months from the date of the passage of this Act.
Sec. 56. That the three preceding sections shall be held to authorize only one entry by the same person or association of
persons; and no association of persons, any member of which shall have taken the benefit of such sections, either as an
individual or as a member of any other association, shall enter or hold any other lands under the provisions thereof; and
no member of any association which shall have taken the benefit of such section shall enter or hold any other lands under
their provisions; and all persons claiming under section fifty-eight shall be required to prove their respective rights and
pay for the lands filed upon within one year from the time prescribed for filing their respective claims; and upon failure
to file the proper notice or to pay for the land within the required period, the same shall be subject to entry by any other
qualified applicant.
Sec. 57. That in case of conflicting claims upon coal lands where the improvements shall be commenced after the date
of the passage of this Act, priority of possession and improvement, followed by proper filing and continued good faith,
shall determine the preference right to purchase. And also where improvements have already been made prior to the
passage of this Act, division of the land claimed may be made by legal subdivisions, which shall conform as nearly as
practicable with the subdivisions of land provided for in this Act, to include as near as may be the valuable
improvements of the respective parties. The Government of the Philippine Islands is authorized to issue all needful rules

and regulations for carrying into effect the provisions of this and preceding sections relating to mineral lands.
Sec. 58. That whenever it shall be made to appear to the secretary of any province or the commander of any military
department in the Philippine Islands that any lands within the province are saline in character, it shall be the duty of said
provincial secretary or commander, under the regulations of the Government of the Philippine Islands, to take testimony
in reference to such lands, to ascertain their true character, and to report the same to the Secretary of the Interior for the
Philippine Islands; and if, upon such testimony, the Secretary of the Interior shall find that such lands are saline and
incapable of being purchased under any of the laws relative to the public domain, then and in such case said lands shall
be offered for sale at the office of the provincial secretary or such other officer as by the said Government may be
described as mining recorder of the province or department in which the same shall be situated, as the case may be,
under such regulations as may be prescribed by said Government and sold to the highest bidder, for cash, at a price of not
less than three dollars per hectare; and in case such lands fail to sell when so offered, then the same shall be subject to
private sale at such office, for cash, at a price not less than three dollars per hectare, in the same manner as other lands in
the said Islands are sold. All executive proclamations relating to the sales of public saline lands shall be published in only
two newspapers, one printed in the English language and one in the Spanish language, at Manila, which shall be
designated by said Secretary of the Interior.
Sec. 59. That no Act granting lands to provinces, districts, or municipalities to aid in the construction of roads, or for
other public purposes, shall be so construed as to embrace mineral lands, which, in all cases, are reserved exclusively,
unless otherwise specially provided in the Act or Acts making the grant.
Sec. 60. That nothing in this Act shall be construed to affect the rights of any person, partnership, or corporation having
a valid, perfected mining concession granted prior to April eleventh, eighteen hundred and ninety-nine, but all such
concessions shall be conducted under the provisions of the law in force at the time they were granted, subject at all times
to cancellation by reason of illegality in the procedure by which they were obtained, or for failure to comply with the
conditions prescribed as requisite to their retention in the laws under which they were granted: Provided, That the owner
or owners of every such concession shall cause the corners made by its boundaries to be distinctly marked with
permanent monuments within six months after this Act has been promulgated in the Philippine Islands, and that any
concessions the boundaries of which are not so marked within this period shall be free and open to exploration and
purchase under the provisions of this Act.
Sec. 61. That mining rights on public lands in the Philippine Islands shall, after the passage of this Act, be acquired only
in accordance with its provisions.
Sec. 62. That all proceedings for the cancellation of perfected Spanish concessions shall be conducted in the courts of
the Philippine Islands having jurisdiction of the subject-matter and of the parties, unless the United States Philippine
Commission, or its successors, shall create special tribunals for the determination of such controversies.
Authority for the Philippine Islands Government to Purchase Lands of Religious Orders and Others and Issue
Bonds for Purchase Price.
Sec. 63. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is hereby authorized, subject to the limitations and conditions
prescribed in this Act, to acquire, receive, hold, maintain, and convey title to real and personal property, and may acquire
real estate for public uses by the exercise of the right of eminent domain.
Sec. 64. That the powers hereinbefore conferred in section sixty-three may also be exercised in respect of any lands,
easements, appurtenances, and hereditaments which, on the thirteenth of August, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight,
were owned or held by associations, corporations, communities, religious orders, or private individuals in such large
tracts or parcels and in such manner as in the opinion of the Commission injuriously to affect the peace and welfare of
the people of the Philippine Islands. And for the purpose of providing funds to acquire the lands mentioned in this
section said Government of the Philippine Islands is hereby empowered to incur indebtedness, to borrow money, and to
issue, and to sell at not less than par value, in gold coin of the United States of the present standard value or the
equivalent in value in money of said Islands, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem best, registered or coupon
bonds of said Government for such amount as may be necessary, said bonds to be in denominations of fifty dollars or any

multiple thereof, bearing interest at a rate not exceeding four and a half per centum per annum, payable quarterly, and to
be payable at the pleasure of said Government after dates named in said bonds not less than five nor more than thirty
years from the date of their issue, together with interest thereon, in gold coin of the United States of the present standard
value or the equivalent in value in money of said Islands; and said bonds shall be exempt from the payment of all taxes
or duties of said Government, or any local authority therein, or of the Government of the United States, as well as from
taxation in any form by or under State, municipal, or local authority in the United States or the Philippine Islands. The
moneys which may be realized or received from the issue and sale of said bonds shall be applied by the Government of
the Philippine Islands to the acquisition of the property authorized by this section, and to no other purposes.
Sec. 65. That all lands acquired by virtue of the preceding section shall constitute a part and portion of the public
property of the Government of the Philippine Islands, and may be held, sold, and conveyed, or leased temporarily for a
period not exceeding three years after their acquisition by said Government on such terms and conditions as it may
prescribe, subject to the limitations and conditions provided for in this Act: Provided, That all deferred payments and the
interest thereon shall be payable in the money prescribed for the payment of principal and interest of the bonds
authorized to be issued in payment of said lands by the preceding section and said deferred payments shall bear interest
at the rate borne by the bonds. All moneys realized or received from sales or other disposition of said lands or by reason
thereof shall constitute a trust fund for the payment of principal and interest of said bonds, and also constitute a sinking
fund for the payment of said bonds at their maturity. Actual settlers and occupants at the time said lands are acquired by
the Government shall have the preference over all others to lease, purchase, or acquire their holdings within such
reasonable time as may be determined by said Government.
Municipal Bonds for Public Improvements
Sec. 66. That for the purpose of providing funds to construct sewers, to furnish adequate sewer and drainage facilities,
to secure a sufficient supply of water, and to provide all kinds of municipal betterments and improvements in
municipalities, the Government of the Philippine Islands, under such limitations, terms, and conditions as it may
prescribe, with the consent and approval of the President and the Congress of the United States, may permit any
municipality of said Islands to incur indebtedness, borrow money, and to issue and sell (at not less than par value in gold
coin of the United States) registered or coupon bonds in such amount and payable at such time as may be determined by
the Government of said Islands, with interest thereon not to exceed five per centum per annum: Provided, That the entire
indebtedness of any municipality under this section shall not exceed five per centum of the assessed valuation of the
property in said municipality and any obligation in excess of such limit shall be null and void.
Sec. 67. That all municipal bonds shall be in denominations of fifty dollars, or any multiple thereof, bearing interest at a
rate not exceeding five per centum per annum, payable quarterly, such bonds to be payable at the pleasure of the
Government of the Philippine Islands, after dates named in said bonds not less than five nor more than thirty years from
the date of their issue, together with the interest thereon, in gold coin of the United States of the present standard of
value, or its equivalent in value in money of the said Islands: and said bonds shall be exempt from the payment of all
taxes or duties of the Government of the Philippine Islands, or any local authority therein, or the Government of the
United States.
Sec. 68. That all moneys which may be realized or received from the issue and sale of said bonds shall be utilized under
authorization of the Government of the Philippine Islands in providing the municipal improvements and betterment
which induced the issue and sale of said bonds, and for no other purpose.
Sec. 69. That the Government of the Philippine Islands shall, by the levy and collection of taxes on the municipality, its
inhabitants and their property, or by other means, make adequate provision to meet the obligation of the bonds of such
municipality, and shall create a sinking fund sufficient to retire them and pay the interest thereon in accordance with the
terms of issue: Provided, That if said bonds or any portion thereof shall be paid out of the funds of the Government of
said Islands, such municipality shall reimburse said Government for the sum thus paid, and said Government is hereby
empowered to collect said sum by the levy and collection of taxes on such municipality.
Sec. 70. That for the purpose of providing funds to construct sewers in the city of Manila and to furnish it with an
adequate sewer and drainage system and supply of water the Government of the Philippine Islands, with the approval of

the President of the United States first had, is hereby authorized to permit the city of Manila to incur indebtedness, to
borrow money, and to issue and sell (at not less than par value in gold coin of the United States), upon such terms and
conditions as it may deem best, registered or coupon bonds of the city of Manila to an amount not exceeding four million
dollars, lawful money of the United States, payable at such time or times as may be determined by said Government,
with interest thereon not to exceed five per centum per annum.
Sec. 71. That said coupon or registered bonds shall be in denominations of fifty dollars or any multiple thereof, bearing
interest at a rate not exceeding five per centum per annum, payable quarterly, such bonds to be payable at the pleasure of
the Government of the Philippine Islands, after dates named in said bonds not less than five nor more than thirty years
from the date of their issue, together with the interest thereon in gold coin of the United States of the present standard
value, or the equivalent in value in money of the said Islands; and said bonds shall be exempt from the payment of all
taxes or duties of the Government of the said Islands, or of any local authority therein, or of the Government of the
United States.
Sec. 72. That all moneys which may be realized or received from the issue and sale of said bonds shall be utilized under
authorization of said Government of the Philippine Islands in providing a suitable sewer and drainage system and
adequate supply of water for the city of Manila and for no other purpose.
Sec. 73. That the Government of the Philippine Islands shall, by the levy and collection of taxes on the city of Manila,
its inhabitants and their property, or by other means, make adequate provision to meet the obligation of said bonds and
shall create a sinking fund sufficient to retire them and pay the interest thereon in accordance with the terms of issue:
Provided, That if said bonds or any portion thereof shall be paid out of the funds of the Government of said Islands, said
city shall reimburse said Government for the sum thus paid, and said Government is hereby empowered to collect said
sum by the levy and collection of taxes on said city.
Franchises
Sec. 74. That the Government of the Philippine Islands may grant franchises; privileges, and concessions, including the
authority to exercise the right of eminent domain for the construction and operation of works of public utility and
service, and may authorize said works to be constructed and maintained over and across the public property of the
United States, including streets, highways, squares, and reservations, and over similar property of the Government of
said Islands, and may adopt rules and regulations under which the provincial and municipal governments of the Islands
may grant the right to use and occupy such public property belonging to said provinces or municipalities: Provided, That
no private property shall be taken for any purpose under this section without just compensation paid or tendered therefor,
and that such authority to take and occupy land shall not authorize the taking, use, or occupation of any land except such
as is required for the actual necessary purposes for which the franchise is granted, and that no franchise, privilege, or
concession shall be granted to any corporation except under the conditions that it shall be subject to amendment,
alteration, or repeal by the Congress of the United States, and that lands or rights of use and occupation of lands thus
granted shall revert to the Governments by which they were respectively granted upon the termination of the franchises
and concession under which they were granted or upon their revocation or repeal. That all franchises, privileges, or
concessions granted under this Act shall forbid the issue of stock or bonds except in exchange for actual cash, or for
property at a fair valuation, equal to the par value of the stock or bonds so issued; shall forbid the declaring of stock or
bond dividends, and, in the case of public-service corporations, shall provide for the effective regulation of the charges
thereof, for the official inspection and regulation of the books and accounts of such corporations, and for the payment of
a reasonable percentage of gross earnings into the Treasury of the Philippine Islands or of the province or municipality
within which such franchises are granted and exercised: Provided further, That it shall be unlawful for any corporation
organized under this Act, or for any person, company, or corporation receiving any grant, franchise, or concession from
the Government of said Islands, to use, employ, or contract for the labor of persons claimed or alleged to be held in
involuntary servitude; and any person, company, or corporation so violating the provisions of this Act shall forfeit all
charters, grants, franchises, and concessions for doing business in said Islands, and in addition shall be deemed guilty of
an offense, and shall be punished by a fine of not less than ten thousand dollars.
Sec. 75. That no corporation shall be authorized to conduct the business of buying and selling real estate or be permitted
to hold or own real estate except such as may be reasonably necessary to enable it to carry out the purposes for which it

is created, and every corporation authorized to engage in agriculture shall by its charter be restricted to the ownership
and control of not to exceed one thousand and twenty-four hectares of land; and it shall be unlawful for any member of a
corporation engaged in agriculture or mining and for any corporation organized for any purpose except irrigation to be in
any wise interested in any other corporation engaged in agriculture or in mining. Corporations, however, may loan funds
upon real-estate security and purchase real estate when necessary for the collection of loans, but they shall dispose of
real state so obtained within five years after receiving the title. Corporations not organized in the Philippine Islands, and
doing business therein shall be bound by the provisions of this section so far as they are applicable.
Coinage
Sec. 76. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is hereby authorized to establish a mint at the city of Manila, in
said Islands, for coinage purposes, and the coins hereinafter authorized may be coined at said mint. And the said
Government is hereby authorized to enact laws necessary for such establishment: Provided, That the laws of the United
States relating to mints and coinage, so far as applicable, are hereby extended to the coinage of said Islands.
Sec. 77. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is authorized to coin, for use in said Islands, a coin of the
denomination of fifty centavos and of the weight of one hundred and ninety-two and nine-tenths grains, a coin of the
denomination of twenty centavos and of the weight of seventy-seven and sixteen one-hundredths grains, and a coin of
the denomination of ten centavos and of the weight of thirty-eight and fifty-eight one-hundredths grains, and the
standards of said silver coins shall be such that of one thousand parts by weight nine hundred shall be of pure metal and
one hundred of alloy, and the alloy shall be of copper.
Sec. 78. That the subsidiary silver coins authorized by the preceding section shall be coined under the authority of the
Government of the Philippine Islands in such amounts as it may determine, with the approval of the Secretary of War of
the United States, from silver bullion purchased by said Government, with the approval of the Secretary of War of the
United States: Provided, That said Government may in addition and in its discretion recoin the Spanish-Filipino dollars
and subsidiary silver coins issued under the authority of the Spanish Government for use in said Islands into the
subsidiary coins provided for in the preceding section at such rate and under such regulations as it may prescribe, and the
subsidiary silver coins authorized by this section shall be legal tender in said Islands to the amount of ten dollars.
Sec. 79. That the Government of the Philippine Islands is also authorized to issue minor coins of the denominations of
one-half centavo, one centavo, and five centavos, and such minor coins shall be legal tender in said Islands for amounts
not exceeding one dollar. The alloy of the five-centavo piece shall be of copper and nickel, to be composed of three
fourths copper and one-fourth nickel. The alloy of the one-centavo and one-half-centavo pieces shall be ninety-five per
centum of copper and five per centum of tin and zinc, in such proportions as shall be determined by said Government.
The weight of the five-centavo piece shall be seventy-seven and sixteen-hundredths grains troy, and of the one-centavo
piece eighty grains troy, and of the one-half centavo piece forty grains troy.
Sec. 80. That for the purchase of metal for the subsidiary and minor coinage, authorized by the preceding sections, an
appropriation may be made by the Government of the Philippine Islands from its current funds, which shall be
reimbursed from the coinage under said sections; and the gain or seigniorage arising therefrom shall be paid into the
Treasury of said Islands.
Sec. 81. That the subsidiary and minor coinage hereinbefore authorized may be coined at the mint of the Government of
the Philippine Islands at Manila, or arrangements may be made by the said Government with the Secretary of the
Treasury of the United States for their coinage at any of the mints of the United States, at a charge covering the
reasonable cost of the work.
Sec. 82. That the subsidiary and minor coinage hereinbefore authorized shall bear devices and inscriptions to be
prescribed by the Government of the Philippines Islands, and such devices and inscriptions shall express the sovereignty
of the United States, that it is a coin of the Philippine Islands, the denomination of the coin, and the year of the coinage.
Sec. 83. That the Government of the Philippine Islands shall have the power to make all necessary appropriations and
all proper regulations for the redemption and reissue of worn or defective coins and for carrying out all other provisions

of this Act relating to coinage.
Sec. 84. That the laws relating to entry, clearance, and manifests of steamships and other vessels arriving from or going
to foreign ports shall apply to voyages each way between the Philippine Islands and the United States and the
possessions thereof, and all laws relating to the collection and protection of customs duties not inconsistent with the Act
of Congress of March eighth, nineteen hundred and two, "temporarily to provide revenue for the Philippine Islands,"
shall apply in the case of vessels and goods arriving from said Islands in the United States and its aforesaid possessions.
The laws relating to seamen on foreign voyages shall apply to seamen on vessels going from the United States and its
possessions aforesaid to said Islands, the customs officers there being for this purpose substituted for consular officers in
foreign ports.
The provisions of chapters six and seven, title forty-eight, Revised Statutes, so far as now in force, and any amendments
thereof, shall apply to vessels making voyages either way between ports of the United States or its aforesaid possessions
and ports in said Islands; and the provisions of law relating to the public health and quarantine shall apply in the case of
all vessels entering a port of the United States or its aforesaid possessions from said Islands, where the customs officers
at the port of departure shall perform the duties required by such law of consular officers in foreign ports.
Section three thousand and five, Revised Statutes, as amended, and other existing laws concerning the transit of
merchandise through the United States, shall apply to merchandise arriving at any port of the United States destined for
any of its insular and continental possessions or destined from any of them to foreign countries.
Nothing in this Act shall be held to repeal or alter any part of the Act of March eighth, nineteen hundred and two,
aforesaid, or to apply to Guam, Tutuila, or Manua, except that section eight of an Act entitled "An Act to revise and
amend the tariff laws of the Philippine Archipelago," enacted by the Philippine Commission on the seventeenth of
September, nineteen hundred and one, and approved by an Act entitled "An Act temporarily to provide revenues for the
Philippine Islands, and for other purposes," approved March eighth, nineteen hundred and two, is hereby amended so as
to authorize the Civil Governor thereof in his discretion to establish the equivalent rates of the money in circulation in
said Islands with the money of the United States as often as once in ten days.
Sec. 85. That the Treasury of the Philippine Islands and such banking associations in said Islands with a paid-up capital
of not less than two million dollars and chartered by the United States or any State thereof as may be designated by the
Secretary of War and the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States shall be depositories of public money of the
United States, subject to the provisions of existing law governing such depositories in the United States: Provided,
That the Treasury of the Government of said Islands shall not be required to deposit bonds in the Treasury of the United
States, or to give other specific securities for the safe-keeping of public money except as prescribed, in his discretion, by
the Secretary of War.
Sec. 86. That all laws passed by the Government of the Philippine Islands shall be reported to Congress, which hereby
reserves the power and authority to annul the same, and the Philippine Commission is hereby directed to make annual
report of all its receipts and expenditures to the Secretary of War.
Bureau of Insular Affairs
Sec. 87. That the Division of Insular Affairs of the War Department, organized by the Secretary of War, is hereby
continued until otherwise provided, and shall hereafter be known as the Bureau of Insular Affairs of the War Department.
The business assigned to said Bureau shall embrace all matters pertaining to civil government in the island possessions
of the United States subject to the jurisdiction of the War Department; and the Secretary of War is hereby authorized to
detail an officer of the Army whom he may consider especially well qualified, to act under the authority of the Secretary
of War as the chief of said Bureau, and said officer while acting under said detail shall have the rank, pay, and
allowances of a colonel.
Sec. 88. That all Acts and parts of Acts inconsistent with this Act are hereby repealed.

Approved: July 1, 1902.

Annex D
The Philippine Autonomy Act (1916, Jones Law)

http://www.filipiniana.net/publication/jones-law-the-philippine-organic-law-act-of-congres-of-august-29-
1916/12791881749316/1/0
August 29, 1916
[Public, No. 240]
TITLE
AN ACT TO DECLARE THE PURPOSE OF THE PEOPLE OF THE UNITED STATES AS TO THE FUTURE
POLITICAL STATUS OF THE PEOPLE OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, AND TO PROVIDE A MORE
AUTONOMOUS GOVERNMENT FOR THOSE ISLANDS.
PREAMBLE
Whereas it was never the intention of the people of United States in the incipiency of the war with Spain to make it a war
of conquest or for territorial aggrandizement; and
Whereas it is, as it has always been, the purpose of the people of the United States to withdraw their sovereignty over
Philippine Islands and to recognize their independence as soon as a stable government can be established therein; and
Whereas for the speedy accomplishment of such purpose it is desirable to place in the hands of the people of the
Philippines as large a control of their domestic affairs as can be given them without, in the meantime, impairing the
exercise of the rights of sovereignty by the people of the United States, in order that, by the use and exercise of popular
franchise and governmental powers, they may be the better prepared to fully assume the responsibilities and enjoy all the
privileges of complete independence: Therefore
Section 1.―The Philippines
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the
provisions of this Act and the name "The Philippines" as used in this Act shall apply to and include the Philippine Islands
ceded to the United States Government by the treaty of peace concluded between the United States and Spain on the
eleventh day of April, eighteen hundred and ninety-nine, the boundaries of which are set forth in Article III of said treaty,
together with those islands embraced in the treaty between Spain and the United States concluded at Washington on the
seventh day of November, nineteen hundred.
Section 2.―Philippine Citizenship and Naturalization
That all inhabitants of the Philippine Islands who were Spanish subjects on the eleventh day of April, eighteen hundred
and ninety-nine, and then resided in said Islands, and their children born subsequent thereto, shall be deemed and held to
be citizens of the Philippine Islands, except such as shall have elected to preserve their allegiance to the Crown of Spain
in accordance with the provisions of the treaty of peace between the United States and Spain, signed at Paris December
tenth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, and except such others as have since become citizens of some other country:
Provided, That the Philippine Legislature, herein provided for, is hereby authorized to provide by law for the acquisition
of Philippine citizenship by those natives of the Philippine Islands who do not come within the foregoing provisions, the
natives of the insular possessions of the United States, and such other persons residing in the Philippine Islands who are
citizens of the United States, or who could become citizens of the United States under the laws of the United States if
residing therein.

Section 3.―Bill of Rights
(a) Due process and eminent domain.―That no law shall be enacted in said Islands which shall deprive any person of
life, liberty, or property without due process of law, or deny to any person therein the equal protection of the laws.
Private property shall not be taken for public use without just compensation.
(b) Rights of persons accused of crime.―That in all criminal prosecutions the accused shall enjoy the right to be heard
by himself and counsel, to demand the nature and cause of the accusation against him, to have a speedy and public trial,
to meet the witnesses face to face, and to have compulsory process to compel the attendance of witnesses in his behalf.
That no person shall be held to answer for a criminal offense without due process of law; and no person for the same
offense shall be twice put in jeopardy of punishment, nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against
himself.
That all persons shall before conviction be bailable by sufficient sureties, except for capital offenses.
(c) Obligation of contracts.―That no law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be enacted.
(d) Imprisonment for debt.―That no person shall be imprisoned for debt.
(e) Suspension of habeas corpus.―That the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended, unless when in
cases of rebellion, insurrection, or invasion the public safety may require it, in either of which event the same may be
suspended by the President, or by the Governor-General, wherever during such period the necessity for such suspension
shall exist.
(f) Ex post facto laws, primogeniture, titles of nobility.―That no ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted
nor shall the law of primogeniture ever be in force in the Philippines.
That no law granting a title of nobility shall be enacted, and no person holding any office of profit or trust in said Islands
shall, without the consent of the Congress of the United States, accept any present, emolument, office, or title of any kind
whatever from any king, queen, prince, or foreign state
(g) Bail and punishment.―That excessive bail shall not required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual
punishment inflicted.
(h) Unreasonable searches.―That the right to be secured against unreasonable searches and seizures shall not be
violated.
(i) Slavery.―That slavery shall not exist in said Islands; nor shall involuntary servitude exist therein except as a
punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted.
(j) Freedom of speech.―That no law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech or of the press, or the right of the
people peaceably to assemble and petition the Government for redress grievances.
(k) Freedom of religion.―That no law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion or prohibiting the free
exercise thereof, and that the free exercise and enjoyment of religious profession and worship, without discrimination or
preference, shall forever be allowed; and no religious test shall be required for the exercise of civil or political rights. No
public money or property shall ever be appropriated, applied, or used, directly or indirectly, for the use, benefit, or
support of any sect, church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of religion, or for the use, benefit, or support
of any priest, preacher, minister, or other religious teacher or dignitary as such.
(l) Poligamy.―Contracting of polygamous or plural marriages hereafter is prohibited. That no law shall be construed to
permit polygamous or plural marriages.

(m) How public funds to be spent.―That no money shall be paid out of the treasury except in pursuance of an
appropriation by law.
(n) Uniform tax.―That the rule of taxation in said Islands shall be uniform.
(o) Subject and title of bills.―That no bill which may be enacted into law shall embrace more than one subject, and that
subject shall be expressed in the title of the bill.
(p) Warrants of arrest.―That no warrant shall issue but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and
particularly describing the place to be searched and the person or things to be seized
(q) Special funds.―That all money collected on any tax levied or assessed for a special purpose shall be treated as a
special fund in the treasury and paid out for such purpose only.
Section 4.―Expenses of Government
That all expenses that may be incurred on account of the Government of the Philippines for salaries of officials and the
conduct of their offices and departments, and all expenses and obligations contracted for the internal improvement or
development of the Islands, not, however, including defenses, barracks, and other works undertaken by the United States,
shall except as otherwise specifically provided by the Congress, be paid by the Government of the Philippines.
Section 5.―Inapplicability of American Statutes
That the statutory laws of the United States hereafter enacted shall not apply to the Philippine Islands, except when
specifically so provided, or it is so provided in this Act.
Section 6.―Continuance of Philippine Laws
That the laws now in the Philippines shall continue in force and effect, except as altered, amended, or modified herein,
until altered, amended, or repealed by the legislative authority herein provided or by act of Congress of the United States.
Section 7.―Legislative Power to Change Laws
That the legislative authority herein provided shall have power, when not inconsistent with this act, by due enactment to
amend, alter, modify, or repeal any law, civil or criminal continued in force by this Act as it may from time to time see
fit.
This power shall specifically extend with the limitation herein provided as to the tariff to all laws relating to revenue and
taxation in effect in the Philippines.
Section 8.―General Legislative Power
That general legislative power, except as otherwise herein provided, is hereby granted to the Philippine legislature,
authorized by this Act.
Section 9.―Public Property and Legislation on Public Domain, Timber and Mining
That all the property and rights which may have been acquired in the Philippine Islands by the United States under the
treaty of peace with Spain, signed December tenth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, except such land or other property
as has been or shall be designated by the President of the United States for military and other reservations of the
Government of the United States, and all lands which may have been subsequently acquired by the Government of the
Philippine Islands by purchase under the provisions of sections sixty-three and sixty-four of the Act of Congress
approved July first, nineteen hundred and two, except such as may have heretofore been sold and disposed of in
accordance with the provisions of said act of Congress, are hereby placed under the control of the government of said

Islands to be administered or disposed of for the benefit of the inhabitants thereof, and the Philippine Legislature shall
have power to legislate with respect to all such matters as it may deem advisable; but acts of the Philippine Legislature
with reference to land of the public domain, timber, and mining hereafter enacted, shall not have the force of law until
approved by the President of the United States: Provided, That upon the approval of such an act by the Governor-
General, it shall be by him forthwith transmitted to the President of the United States, and he shall approve or disapprove
the same within six months from and after its enactment and submission for his approval, and if not disapproved within
such time it shall become a law the same as if it had been specifically approved: Provided, further, That where lands in
the Philippine Islands have been or may be reserved for any public purpose of the United States, and, being no longer
required for the purpose for which reserved, have been or may be, by order of the President, placed under the control of
the government of said Islands to be administered for the benefit of the inhabitants thereof, the order of the President
shall be regarded as effectual to give the government of said Islands full control and power to administer and dispose of
such lands for the benefit of the inhabitants of said Islands.
Section 10.―Laws on Tariff, Immigration and Coinage
That while this Act provides that the Philippine Government shall have the authority to enact a tariff law the trade
relations between the Islands and the United States shall continue to be governed exclusively by laws of the Congress of
the United States: Provided, That tariff acts or acts amendatory to the tariff of the Philippine Islands shall not become
law until they shall receive the approval of the President of the United States, nor shall any act of the Philippine
Legislature affecting immigration or the currency or coinage laws of the Philippines become a law until it has been
approved by the President of the United States: Provided, further, That the President shall approve or disapprove any act
mentioned in the foregoing proviso within six months from and after its enactment and submission for his approval, and
if not disapproved within such time it shall become a law the same as if it had been specifically approved.
Section 11.―Taxes and Public Debts
That no export duties shall be levied or collected on, exports from the Philippine Islands, but taxes and assessments on
property, and license fees for franchises and privileges, and internal taxes, direct or indirect, may be imposed for the
purposes of the Philippine Government and the provincial and municipal governments thereof, respectively, as may be
provided and defined by acts of the Philippine Legislature, and, where necessary to anticipate taxes and revenues, bonds
and other obligations may be issued by the Philippine Government or any provincial or municipal government therein, as
may be provided by law and to protect the public credit: Provided, however, That the entire indebtedness of the
Philippine Government created by the authority conferred therein shall not exceed at any one time the sum of
$15,000,000, exclusive of those obligations known as friar land bonds, nor that of any province or municipality a sum in
excess of seven per centum of the aggregate tax valuation of its property at any one time. 4
Section 12.―The Philippine Legislature
That general legislative powers in the Philippines, except as herein otherwise provided, shall be vested in a Legislature
which shall consist of two houses, one the Senate and the other the House of Representatives, and the two houses shall
be designated "the Philippine Legislature": Provided, That until the Philippine Legislature as herein provided shall have
been organized the existing Philippine Legislature shall have all legislative authority herein granted to the Government
of the Philippine Islands, except such as may now be within the exclusive jurisdiction of the Philippine Commission,
which is so continued until the organization of the Legislature herein provided for the Philippines. When the Philippine
Legislature shall have been organized, the exclusive legislative jurisdiction and authority exercised by the Philippine
Commission shall thereafter be exercised by the Philippine Legislature.
4 This section was amended first by Act of Congress of July 21, 1921, and subsequently by Act of Congress of May 31,
1922, by making the proviso read as follows: "Provided, however, That the entire indebtedness of the Philippine
Government created by the authority conferred herein, exclusive of those obligations known as friar land bonds, shall
not exceed at any one time 10 per centum of the aggregate tax valuation of its property, nor that of the City of Manila
10 per centum of the aggregate tax valuation of its property, nor that of any Province or municipality a sum in excess
of 7 per centum of the aggregate tax valuation of its property at any one time. In computing the indebtedness of the
Philippine Government, bonds not to exceed $10,000,000 in amount, issued by that Government, secured by an
equivalent amount of bonds issued by the Province or municipalities thereof, shall not be counted."

Section 13.―Election and Qualification of Senators
That the members of the Senate of the Philippines, except as herein provided, shall be elected for terms of six and three
years, as hereinafter provided, by the qualified electors of the Philippines. Each of the senatorial districts defined as
hereinafter provided shall have the right to elect two senators. No person shall be an elective member of the Senate of the
Philippines who is not a qualified elector and over thirty years of age, and who is not able to read and write either the
Spanish or English language, and who has not been a resident of the Philippines for at least two consecutive years and an
actual resident of the senatorial district from which chosen for a period of at least one year immediately prior to his
election.
Section 14.―Election and Qualifications of Representatives
That the members of the House of Representatives shall, except as herein provided, be elected triennially by the qualified
electors of the Philippines. Each of the representative districts hereinafter provided for shall have the right to elect one
representative. No person shall be an elective member of the House of Representatives who is not a qualified elector and
over twenty-five years of age, and who is not able to read and write either the Spanish or English language, and who has
not been an actual resident of the district from which elected for at least one year immediately prior to his election:
Provided, That the members of the present Assembly elected on the first Tuesday in June, nineteen hundred and sixteen,
shall be the members of the House of Representatives from their respective districts for the term expiring in nineteen
hundred and nineteen.
Section 15.―Qualifications of Voters
That at the first election held pursuant to this Act, the qualified electors shall be those having the qualifications of voters
under the present law; thereafter and until otherwise provided by the Philippine Legislature herein provided for the
qualifications of voters for senators and representatives in the Philippines and all officers elected by the people shall be
as follows:
Every male person who is not a citizen or subject of a foreign power twenty-one years of age or over (except insane and
feeble-minded persons and those convicted in a court of competent jurisdiction of an infamous offense since the
thirteenth day of August, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight) who shall have been a resident of the Philippines for one
year and of the municipality in which he shall offer to vote for six months next preceding the day of voting, and who is
comprised within one of the following classes:
(a) Those who under existing law are legal voters and have exercised the right of suffrage.
(b) Those who own real property to the value of 500 pesos, or who annually pay 30 pesos or more of the established
taxes.
(c) Those who are able to read and write either Spanish, English, or a native language.
Section 16.―Senate and Representative Districts, and Appointive Senators and Representatives
That the Philippine Islands shall be divided into twelve senate districts, as follows:
First district: Batanes, Cagayan, Isabela, Ilocos Norte, and Ilocos Sur.
Second district: La Union, Pangasinan, and Zambales.
Third district: Tarlac, Nueva Ecija, Pampanga, and Bulacan.
Fourth district: Bataan, Rizal, Manila, and Laguna.

Fifth district: Batangas, Mindoro, Tayabas, and Cavite.
Sixth district: Sorsogon, Albay, and Ambos Camarines.
Seventh district: Iloilo and Capiz.
Eight district: Negros Occidental, Negros Oriental, Antique, and Palawan.
Ninth district: Leyte and Samar.
Tenth district: Cebu.
Eleventh district: Surigao, Misamis, and Bohol.
Twelfth district: The Mountain Province, Baguio, Nueva Vizcaya, and the Department of Mindanao and Sulu.
The representative districts shall be the eighty-one now provided by law, and three in the Mountain Province, one in
Nueva Vizcaya, and five in the Department of Mindanao and Sulu.
The first election under the provisions of this Act shall be held on the first Tuesday of October, nineteen hundred and
sixteen, unless the Governor-General in his discretion shall fix another date not earlier than thirty nor later than sixty
days after the passage of this Act: Provided, That the Governor-General's proclamation shall be published at least thirty
days prior to the date fixed for the election, and there shall be chosen at such election one senator from each senate
district for a term of three years and one for six years. Thereafter one senator from each district shall be elected from
each senate district for a term of six years: Provided, That the Governor-General of the Philippine Islands shall appoint,
without the consent of the Senate and without restriction as to residence, senators and representatives who will, in his
opinion, best represent the senate district and those representative districts which may be included in the territory not
now represented in the Philippine Assembly: Provided further, That thereafter elections shall be held only on such days
and under such regulations as to ballots, voting, and qualifications of electors as may be prescribed by the Philippine
Legislature, to which is hereby given authority to redistrict the Philippine Islands and modify, amend, or repeal any
provision of this section, except such as refer to appointive senators and representatives.
Section 17.―Tenure of Senators and Representatives
That the terms of office of elective senators and representatives shall be six and three years, respectively, and shall begin
on the date of their election. In case of vacancy among the elective members of the Senate or in the House of
Representatives, special elections may be held in the districts wherein such vacancy occurred under such regulations as
may be prescribed by law, but senators or representatives elected in such cases shall hold office only for the unexpired
portion of the term wherein the vacancy occurred. Senators and representatives appointed by the Governor-General shall
hold office until removed by the Governor-General.
Section 18.―Organization of the Legislature and Privileges of Members
(a) Control of each house over its members and proceedings.―That the Senate and House of Representatives,
respectively, shall be the sole judges of the elections, returns, and qualifications of their elective members, and each
house may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its members for disorderly behavior, and, with the concurrence
of two-thirds, expel an elective member.
(b) Organization, quorum, and sessions.―Both houses shall convene at the capital on the sixteenth day of October next
following the election and organize by the election of a speaker or a presiding officer, a clerk, and a sergeant-at-arms for
each house, and such other officers and assistants as may be required. A majority of each house shall constitute a quorum
to do business, but a smaller number may meet, adjourn from day to day, and compel the attendance of absent members.
The Legislature shall hold annual sessions, commencing on the sixteenth day of October, or, if the sixteenth day of
October be a legal holiday, then on the first day following which is not a legal holiday, in each year. The Legislature may

be called in special session at any time by the Governor-General for general legislation, or for action on such specific
subjects as he may designate. No special session shall continue longer than thirty days, and no regular shall continue
longer than one hundred days, exclusive of Sundays.
The Legislature is hereby given the power and authority to change the date of the commencement of its annual sessions. 5
(c) Compensation and privileges of members.―The senators and representatives shall receive an annual compensation
for their services, to be ascertained by law, and paid out of the treasury of the Philippine Islands. The senators and
representatives shall, in all cases except treason, felony, and breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their
attendance at the session of their respective houses and in going to and returning from the same; and for any speech or
debate in either house they shall not be questioned in any other place.
(d) Disqualifications of members.―No senator or representative shall, during the time for which he may have been
elected, be eligible to any office the election to which is vested in the Legislature, nor shall be appointed to any office of
trust or profit which shall have been created or the emoluments of which shall have been increased during such term.
Section 19. ― Procedure for Law-Making
(a) Legislative journal and the veto power.―That each house of the Legislature shall keep a journal of its proceedings
and, from time to time, publish the same; and the yeas and nays of the members of either house, on any question, shall,
upon demand of one-fifth of those present, be entered on the journal, and every bill and joint resolution which shall have
passed both houses shall, before it becomes a law, be presented to the Governor-General. If he approve the same, he shall
sign it; but if not, he shall return it with his objections to that house in which it shall have originated, which shall enter
the objections at large on its journal and proceed to reconsider it. If, after such reconsideration, two-thirds of the
members elected to that house shall agree to pass the same, it shall be sent, together with the objections, to the other
house, by which it shall likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by two-thirds of all the members elected to that house
it shall be sent to the Governor-General, who, in case he shall then not approve, shall transmit the same to the President
of the United States. The vote of each house shall be by the yeas and nays, and the names of the members voting for and
against shall be entered on the journal. If the President of the United States approve the same, he shall sign it and it shall
become a law. If he shall not approve the same, he shall return it to the Governor-General, so stating, and it shall not
become a law: Provided, That if any bill or joint resolution shall not be returned by the Governor-General as herein
provided within twenty days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to him the same shall become a law in
like manner as if he had signed it, unless the Legislature by adjournment prevent its return, in which case it shall become
a law unless vetoed by the Governor-General within thirty days after adjournment: Provided, further, That the President
of the United States shall approve or disapprove an act submitted to him under the provisions of this section within six
months from and after its enactment and submission for its approval; and if not approved within such time, it shall
become a law the same as if it had been specifically approved.
(b) The veto on appropriations.―The Governor-General shall have the power to veto any particular item or items of an
appropriation bill, but the veto shall not affect the item or items to which he does not object. The item or items objected
to shall not take effect except in the manner heretofore provided in this section as to bills and joint resolutions returned to
the Legislature without his approval.
(c) Report of laws to Congress.―All laws enacted by the Philippine Legislature shall be reported to the Congress of the
United States, which hereby reserves the power and authority to annul the same.
(d) Revisal of former appropriations.―If at the termination of any fiscal year the appropriations necessary for the
support of Government for the ensuing fiscal year shall not have been made, the several sums appropriated in the last
appropriation bills for the objects and purposes therein specified, so far as the same may be done, shall be deemed to be
reappropriated for the several objects and purposes specified in said last appropriation bill; and until the Legislature shall
act in such behalf the treasurer shall, when so directed by the Governor-General, make the payments necessary for the
purposes aforesaid.
5 The Philippine Legislature transferred the date of the commencement of the annual sessions to July 16.

Section 20.―The Resident Commissioners
(a) Selection and tenure.―That at the first meeting of the Philippine Legislature created by this Act and triennially
thereafter there shall be chosen by the Legislature two Resident Commissioners to the United States, who shall hold their
office for a term of three years beginning with the fourth day of March following their election, and who shall be entitled
to an official recognition as such by all Departments upon presentation to the President of a certificate of election by the
Governor-General of said Islands.
(b) Compensation.―Each of said Resident Commissioners shall, in addition to the salary and the sum in lieu of mileage
now allowed by law, be allowed the same sum for stationery and for the pay of necessary clerk hires as is now allowed to
the members of the House of Representatives of the United States, to be paid out of the Treasury of the United States,
and the franking privilege allowed by law to members of Congress.
(c) Qualifications.―No person shall be eligible to election as Resident Commissioner who is not a bona fide elector of
said Islands and who does not owe allegiance to the United States and who is not more than thirty years of age and who
does not read and write the English language. The present two Resident Commissioners shall hold office until the fourth
of March, nineteen hundred and seventeen.
(d) Temporary vacancy.―In case of vacancy in the position of Resident Commissioner caused by resignation or
otherwise, the Governor-General may make temporary appointments until the next meeting of the Philippine Legislature,
which shall then fill such vacancy; but the Resident Commissioner thus elected shall hold office only for the unexpired
portion of the term wherein the vacancy occurred.
Section 21.―The Governor-General
(a) Title, appointment, residence.―That the supreme executive power shall be vested in an executive officer, whose
official title shall be "The Governor-General of the Philippine Islands." He shall be appointed by the President, by and
with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, and hold his office at the pleasure of the President and
until his successor is chosen and qualified. The Governor-General shall reside in the Philippine Islands during his official
incumbency, and maintain his office at the seat of Government.
(b) Powers and duties.―He shall, unless otherwise herein provided, appoint, by and with the consent of the Philippine
Senate, such officers as may now be appointed by the Governor-General, or such as he is authorized by this Act to
appoint, or whom may hereafter be authorized by law to appoint; but appointments made while the Senate is not in
session shall be effective either until disapproval or until the next adjournment of the Senate. He shall have general
supervision and control of all of the departments and bureaus of the Government in the Philippine Islands as far as is not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, and shall be commander in chief of all locally created armed forces and
militia. He is hereby vested with the exclusive power to grant pardons and reprieves and remit fines and forfeitures, and
may veto any legislation enacted as herein provided. He shall submit within ten days of the opening of each regular
session of the Philippine Legislature a budget of receipts and expenditures, which shall be the basis of the annual
appropriation bill. He shall commission all officers that he may be authorized to appoint. He shall be responsible for the
faithful execution of the laws of the Philippine Islands of the United States operative within the Philippine Islands, and
whenever it becomes necessary he may call upon the commanders of the military and naval forces of the United States in
the Islands, or summon the posse comitatus, or call out the militia or other locally created armed forces, to prevent or
suppress lawless violence, invasion, insurrection, or rebellion; and he may, in case of rebellion or invasion, or imminent
danger thereof, when the public safety requires it, suspend the privileges of the writ of habeas corpus, or place the
Islands, or any part thereof, under martial law: Provided, That whenever the Governor-General shall exercise his
authority, he shall at once notify the President of the United States thereof, together with the attending facts and
circumstances and the President shall have power to modify or vacate the act of the Governor-General.
(c) Report of the Governor-General.―He shall annually and at such other times as he may be required make such official
report of the transactions of the Government of the Philippine Islands to an executive department of the United States to
be designated by the President, and his said annual report shall be transmitted to the Congress of the United States; and
he shall perform such additional duties and functions as may in pursuance of the law be delegated or assigned to him by

the President.
Section 22.―The Executive Departments and the Legislature
(a) Temporary continuance of executive heads.―That, except as provided otherwise in this Act, the executive
departments of the Philippine Government shall continue as now authorized by law until otherwise provided by the
Philippine Legislature. When the Philippine Legislature herein provided shall convene and organize, the Philippine
Commission, as such, shall cease and determine, and the members thereof shall vacate their offices as members of said
Commission: Provided, That the heads of executive departments shall continue to exercise their executive functions until
the heads of departments provided by the Philippine Legislature pursuant to the provisions of this Act are appointed and
qualified.
(b) Legislative powers over the departments, and limitations of such.―The Philippine Legislature may thereafter by
appropriate legislation increase the number or abolish any of the executive departments, or make such changes in the
names and duties thereof as it may see fit, and shall provide for the appointment and removal of the heads of the
executive departments by the Governor-General: Provided, That all executive functions of the Government must be
directly under the Governor-General or within one of the executive departments under the supervision and control of the
Governor-General
(c) Provisions for a bureau for non-Christians.―There is hereby established a bureau, to be known as the Bureau of Non-
Christian Tribes, which said bureau shall be embraced in one of the executive departments to be designated by the
Governor-General, and shall have general supervision over the public affairs of the inhabitants of the territory
represented in the Legislature by appointive senators and representatives.
Section 23.―The Vice-Governor
(a) Appointment and powers; Bureaus of Education and Health.―That there shall be appointed by the President, by and
with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, a Vice-Governor of the Philippine Islands, who shall have
all the powers of the Governor-General in the case in the of a vacancy or temporary removal, resignation, or disability of
the Governor-General, or in case of his temporary absence; and the said Vice-Governor shall be the head of the executive
department, known as the Department of Public Instruction, which shall include the Bureau of Education and the Bureau
of Health, and he may be assigned such other executive duties as the Governor-General may designate.
(b) Bureaus under the Department of the Interior.―Other bureaus now included in the Department of Public Instruction
shall, until otherwise provided by the Philippine Legislature, be included in the Department of the Interior.
(c) Succession to the office of Governor-General.―The President may designate the head of an executive department of
the Philippine government to act as Governor-General in the case of a vacancy, the temporary removal, resignation, or
disability of the Governor-General and the Vice-Governor, or their temporary absence, and the head of the department
thus designated shall exercise all the powers and perform all the duties of the Governor-General during such vacancy,
disability, or absence.
Section 24.―The Insular Auditor
(a) Appointment, powers, duties.―That there shall be appointed by the President an Auditor, who shall examine, audit,
and settle all accounts pertaining to the revenues and receipts from whatever source of the Philippine Government and of
the provincial and municipal governments of the Philippines, including trust funds derived from bond issues; and audit,
in accordance with law and administrative regulations, all expenditures of funds or Property pertaining to or held in trust
by the Government or the Provinces or municipalities thereof. He shall perform a like duty with respect to all
Government branches.
He shall keep the general accounts of the Government and preserve the vouchers pertaining thereto.
It shall be the duty of the Auditor to bring to the attention of the proper administrative officer expenditures of funds or

property which, in his opinion, are irregular, unnecessary, excessive, or extravagant.
(b) Deputy Auditor and Assistant.―There shall be a Deputy Auditor appointed in the same manner as the Auditor. The
Deputy Auditor shall sign such official papers as the Auditor may designate and perform such other duties as the Auditor
may prescribe, and in case of the death, resignation, sickness, or other absence of the Auditor from his office, from any
cause, the Deputy Auditor shall have charge of such office. In case of the absence from duty, from any cause, of both the
Auditor and the Deputy Auditor, the Governor-General may designate an assistant, who shall have charge of the office.
(c) Jurisdiction of Auditor.―The administrative jurisdiction of the Auditor over accounts, whether of funds or property,
and all vouchers and records pertaining thereto, shall be exclusive. With the approval of the Governor-General he shall
from time to time make and promulgate general or special rules and regulations not inconsistent with law covering the
method of accounting for public funds and property, and funds and property held in trust by the Government or any of its
branches: Provided, That any officer accountable for public funds or property may require such additional reports or
returns from his subordinates or others as he may deem necessary for his own information and protection.
(d) Decisions of Auditor.―The decisions of the Auditor shall be final and conclusive upon the executive branches of the
Government, except that appeal therefrom may be taken by the party aggrieved or the head of the department concerned
within one year, in the manner hereinafter prescribed. The Auditor shall, except as hereinafter provided, have like
authority as that conferred by law upon the several auditors of the United States and the Comptroller of the United States
Treasury and is authorized to communicate directly with any persons having claims before him for settlement, or with
any department, officer, or person having official relations with his office.
(e) Financial reports.―As soon after the close of each fiscal year as the accounts of said year may be examined and
adjusted the auditor shall submit to the Governor-General and the Secretary of War an annual report of the fiscal
concerns of the Government, showing the receipts and disbursements of the various departments and bureaus of the
Government and of the various provinces and municipalities, and make such other reports as may be required of him by
the Governor-General or the Secretary of War.
(f) Right of investigation.―In the execution of their duties the Auditor and the Deputy Auditor are authorized to summon
witnesses, administer oaths, and to take evidence, and, in the pursuance of these provisions, may issue subpoenas and
enforce the attendance of witnesses, as now provided by law.
(g) Supervision.―The office of the Auditor shall be under the general supervision of the Governor-General and shall
consist of the Auditor and Deputy Auditor and such necessary assistants as may be prescribed by law.
Section 25.―Appeal from Auditor's Decision
(a) Time and form, of appeal.―That any person aggrieved by the action or decision of the Auditor in the settlement of
his account or claim may, within one year, take an appeal in writing to the Governor-General, which appeal shall
specifically set forth the particular action of the Auditor to which exception is taken with the reason and authorities relied
on for reversing such decision.
(b) Final decision.―If the Governor-General shall confirm the action of the Auditor, he shall so indorse the appeal and
transmit it to the Auditor, and the action shall thereupon be final and conclusive. Should the Governor-General fail to
sustain the action of the Auditor, he shall forthwith transmit his grounds of disapproval to the Secretary of War, together
with the appeal and the papers necessary to a proper understanding of the matter. The decision of the Secretary of War in
such case shall be final and conclusive.
Section 26.―The Judiciary
(a) Jurisdiction of courts and appointment of judges.―That the Supreme Court and the Courts of First Instance of the
Philippine Islands shall possess and exercise jurisdiction as heretofore provided and such additional jurisdiction as shall
hereafter be prescribed by law. The municipal courts of said Islands shall possess and exercise jurisdiction as now
provided by law, subject in all matters to such alteration and amendment as may be hereafter enacted by law; and the

chief justice and associate justices of the supreme court shall hereafter be appointed by the President, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. The judges of the court of first instance shall be appointed by the
Governor-General, by and with the advice and consent of the Philippine Senate: Provided, That the admiralty jurisdiction
of the supreme court and courts of first instance shall not be changed except by act of Congress. That in all cases pending
under the operation of existing laws, both criminal and civil, the jurisdiction shall continue until final judgment and
determination.
Section 27.―Cases Appealable to the United States Supreme Court
That the Supreme Court of the United States shall have jurisdiction to review, revise, reverse, modify, or affirm the final
judgments and decrees of the supreme court of the Philippine Islands in all actions, cases, causes, and proceedings now
pending therein or hereafter determined thereby in which the Constitution or any statute, treaty, title, right or privilege of
the United States is involved, or in causes in which the value in controversy exceeds $25,000, or in which the title or
possession of real estate exceeding in value the sum of $25,000, to be ascertained by the oath of either party or of other
competent witnesses, is involved or brought in question; and such final judgments or decrees may and can be reviewed,
revised, modified, or affirmed by said Supreme Court of the United States on appeal or writ of error by the party
aggrieved within the same time, in the same manner, under the same regulation, and by the same procedure, as far as
applicable, as the final judgments and decrees of the district courts of the United States. 6
Section 28.―Franchises
(a) Scope of franchises and power to change them.―That the Government of the Philippine Islands may grant franchises
and rights, including the authority to exercise the right of eminent domain, for the construction and operation of works of
public utility and service, and may authorize said works to be constructed and maintained over and across the public
property of the United States, including streets, highways, squares, and reservations, and over similar property of the
Government of said Islands, and may adopt rules and regulations under which the provincial and municipal governments
of the Islands may grant the right to use and occupy such public property belonging to said provinces or municipalities:
Provided, That no private property shall be damaged or taken for any purpose under this section without just
compensation, and that such authority to take and occupy land shall not authorize the taking, use, or occupation of any
land except such as is required for the actual necessary purposes for which the franchise is granted, and that no franchise
or right shall be granted to any individual, firm, or corporation except under the conditions that it shall be subject to
amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress of the United States, and that lands or right of use and occupation of
lands thus granted shall revert to the governments by which they were respectively granted upon the termination of the
franchises and rights under which they were granted or upon the revocation or repeal.
(b) Conditions on grant of franchise, and revocation.―That all franchises or rights granted under this Act shall forbid the
issue of stock or bonds except in exchange for actual cash or for property at a fair valuation equal to the par value of the
stock or bonds so issued; shall forbid the declaring of stock or bond dividends, and, in the case of public service
corporations, shall provide for the effective regulation of the charges thereof, for the official inspection and regulation of
the books and accounts of such corporations, and for the payment of a reasonable percentage of gross earnings into the
treasury of the Philippine Islands or of the province or municipality within which such franchises are granted and
exercised: Provided, further, That it shall be unlawful for any corporation organized under this Act, or for any person,
company, or corporation receiving any grant, franchise, or concession from the Government of said Islands, to use,
employ, or contract for the labor of persons held in involuntary servitude; and any person, company, or corporation so
violating the provisions of this Act shall forfeit all charters, grants, or franchises for doing business in said Islands, in an
6 This section was superseded by section 7 of the Act of Congress of February 13, 1925, reading: "That in any case in
the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands wherein the Constitution, or any statute or treaty of the United States is
involved, or wherein the value in controversy exceeds $25,000, or wherein the title or possession of real estate
exceeding in value the sum of $25,000 is involved or brought in question, it shall be competent for the Supreme
Court of the United States, upon the petition of a party aggrieved by the final judgment or decree, to require, by
certiorari, that the cause be certified to it for review and determination with the same power and authority, and with
like effect, as if the cause had been brought before it on writ of error or appeal; and, except as provided in this
section, the judgments and decrees of the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands shall not be subject to appellate
review."

action or proceeding brought for that purpose in any court of competent jurisdiction by any officer of the Philippine
Government, or on the complaint of any citizen of the Philippines, under such regulations and rules as the Philippine
Legislature shall prescribe, and in addition shall be deemed guilty of an offense, and shall be punished by a fine of not
more than $10,000.
Section 29.―Salaries
(a) Funds for salaries.―That, except as in this Act otherwise provided, the salaries of all the officials of the Philippines
not appointed by the President, including deputies, assistants, and other employees, shall be such and be so paid out of
the revenues of the Philippines as shall from time to time be determined by the Philippine Legislature; and if the
Legislature shall fail to make an appropriation for such salaries, the salaries so fixed shall be paid without the necessity
of further appropriations therefor. The salaries of all officers and all expenses of the offices of the various officials of the
Philippines appointed as herein provided by the President shall also be paid out of the revenues of the Philippines.
(b) Salaries of certain officers.―The annual salaries of the following-named officials appointed by the President and so
to be paid shall be: The Governor-General, $18,000; in addition thereto he shall be entitled to the occupancy of the
buildings heretofore used by the chief executive of the Philippines, with the furniture and effects therein, free of rental;
Vice-Governor, $10,000; Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, $8,000; Associate Justice of the Supreme Court, $7,500
each; Auditor, $6,000; Deputy Auditor, $3,000.7
Section 30.―Salaries of Municipal and Provincial Officers
That the provisions of the foregoing section shall not apply to provincial and municipal officials; their salaries and the
compensation of their deputies, assistants, and other help, as well as all other expenses insured by the provinces and
municipalities, shall be paid out of the provincial and municipal revenues in such manner as the Philippine Legislature
shall provide.
Section 31.―Continuance of Laws
That all laws or parts of laws applicable to the Philippines not in conflict with any of the provisions of this Act are
hereby continued in force and effect.
Approved, August 29, 1916.
7 Congress in 1928 raised the salary of the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court to $10,500, and the salaries of the
Associate Justice to $10,000.

Annex E
The Philippine Independence Act (Tydings-McDuffie Law)

http://www.chanrobles.com/tydingsmcduffieact.htm
THE PHILIPPINE INDEPENDENCE ACT

(TYDINGS-MCDUFFIE ACT)
AN ACT TO PROVIDE FOR THE COMPLETE INDEPENDENCE OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, TO

PROVIDE FOR THE ADOPTION OF A CONSTITUTION AND A FORM OF GOVERNMENT FOR THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES.
Convention to Frame Constitution for Philippine Islands
Section 1. The Philippine Legislature is hereby authorized to provide for the election of delegates to a constitutional
convention, which shall meet in the hall of the House of Representatives in the capital of the Philippine Islands, at such
time as the Philippine Legislature may fix, but not later than October 1, 1934, to formulate and draft a constitution for the
government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, subject to the conditions and qualifications prescribed in
this Act, which shall exercise jurisdiction over all the territory ceded to the United States by the treaty of peace
concluded between the United States and Spain on the 10th day of December, 1898, the boundaries of which are set forth
in Article III of said treaty, together with those islands embraced in the treaty between Spain and the United States
concluded at Washington on the 7th day of November, 1900. The Philippine Legislature shall provide for the necessary
expenses of such convention.
Character of Constitutions — Mandatory Provisions
Sec. 2. (a) The constitution formulated and drafted shall be republican in form, shall contain a bill of rights, and shall,
either as a part thereof or in an ordinance appended thereto, contain provisions to the effect that, pending the final and
complete withdrawal of the sovereignty of the United States over the Philippine Islands —
(1) All citizens of the Philippine Islands shall owe allegiance to the United States.
(2) Every officer of the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall, before entering upon
the discharge of his duties, take and subscribes an oath of office, declaring, among other things, that he
recognizes and accepts the supreme authority of and will maintain true faith and allegiance to the United States.
(3) Absolute toleration of religious sentiment shall be secured and no inhabitant or religious organization shall
be molested in person or property on account of religious belief or mode of worship.
(4) Property owned by the United States, cemeteries, churches, and parsonages or convents appurtenant thereto,
and all lands, buildings, and improvements used exclusively for religious, charitable, or educational purposes
shall be exempt from taxation.
(5) Trade relations between the Philippine Islands and the United States shall be upon the basis prescribed in
section 6.
(6) The public debt of the Philippine Islands and its subordinate branches shall not exceed limits now or
hereafter fixed by the Congress of the United States; and no loans shall be contracted in foreign countries
without the approval of the President of the United States.
(7) The debts, liabilities, and obligations of the present Philippine Government, its provinces, municipalities,
and instrumentalities, valid and subsisting at the time of the adoption of the constitution, shall be assumed and

paid by the new government.
(8) Provision shall be made for the establishment and maintenance of an adequate system of public schools,
primarily conducted in the English language.
(9) Acts affecting currency, coinage, imports, exports, and immigration shall not become law until approved by
the President of the United States.
(10) Foreign affairs shall be under the direct supervision and control of the United States.
(11) All acts passed by the Legislature of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall be reported to the
Congress of the United States.
(12) The Philippine Islands recognizes the right of the United States to expropriate property for public uses, to
maintain military and other reservations and armed forces in the Philippines, and, upon order of the President, to
call into the service of such armed forces all military forces organized by the Philippine Government.
(13) The decisions of the courts of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall be subject to review by
the Supreme Court of the United States as provided in paragraph 6 of section 7.
(14) The United States may, by Presidential proclamation, exercise the right to intervene for the preservation of
the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands and for the maintenance of the government as
provided in the constitution thereof, and for the protection of life, property, and individual liberty and for the
discharge of government obligations under and in accordance with the provisions of the constitution.
(15) The authority of the United States High Commissioner to the government of the Commonwealth of the
Philippine Islands, as provided in this Act, shall be recognized.
(16) Citizens and corporations of the United States shall enjoy in the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands
all the civil rights of the citizens and corporations, respectively, thereof.
(b) The constitution shall also contain the following provisions, effective as of the date of the proclamation of the
President recognizing the independence of the Philippine Islands, as hereinafter provided:
(1) That the property rights of the United States and the Philippine Islands shall be promptly adjusted and
settled, and that all existing property rights of citizens or corporations of the United States shall be
acknowledged, respected, and safeguarded to the same extent as property rights of citizens of the Philippine
Islands.
(2) That the officials elected and serving under the constitution adopted pursuant to the provisions of this Act
shall be constitutional officers of the free and independent Government of the Philippine Islands and qualified
to function in all respects as if elected directly under such government, and shall serve their full terms of office
as prescribed in the constitution.
(3) That the debts and liabilities of the Philippine Islands, its provinces, cities, municipalities, and
instrumentalities, which shall be valid and subsisting at the time of the final and complete withdrawal of the
sovereignty of the United States, shall be assumed by the free and independent Government of the Philippine
Islands; and that where bonds have been issued under authority of an Act of Congress of the United States by
the Philippine Islands, or any province, city, or municipality therein, the Philippine Government will make
adequate provision for the necessary funds for the payment of interest and principal, and such obligations shall
be a first lien on the taxes collected in the Philippine Islands.
(4) That the Government of the Philippine Islands, on becoming independent of the United States, will assume
all continuing obligations assumed by the United States under the treaty of peace with Spain ceding said

Philippine Islands to the United States.
(5) That by way of further assurance the Government of the Philippine Islands will embody the foregoing
provisions [except paragraph (2)] in a treaty with the United States.
Submission of Constitution to the President of the United States
Sec. 3. Upon the drafting and approval of the constitution by the constitutional convention in the Philippine Islands, the
constitution shall be submitted within two years after the enactment of this Act to the President of the United States, who
shall determine whether or not it conforms with the provisions of this Act. If the President finds that the proposed
constitution conforms substantially with the provisions of this Act he shall so certify to the Governor-General of the
Philippine Islands, who shall so advise the constitutional convention. If the President finds that the constitution does not
conform with the provisions of this Act he shall so advise the Governor-General of the Philippine Islands, stating
wherein in his judgment the constitution does not so conform and submitting provisions which will in his judgment make
the constitution so conform.The Governor-General shall in turn submit such message to the constitutional convention for
further action by them pursuant to the same procedure hereinbefore defined, until the President and the constitutional
convention are in agreement.
Submission of Constitution to Filipino People
Sec. 4. After the President of the United States has certified that the constitution conforms with the provisions of this
Act, it shall be submitted to the people of the Philippine Islands for their ratification or rejection at an election to be held
within four months after the date of such certification, on a date to be fixed by the Philippine Legislature, at which
election the qualified voters of the Philippine Islands shall have an opportunity to vote directly for or against the
proposed constitution and ordinances appended thereto. Such election shall be held in such manner as may be prescribed
by the Philippine Legislature, to which the return of the election shall be made. The Philippine Legislature shall by law
provide for the canvassing of the return and shall certify the result to the Governor-General of the Philippine Islands,
together with a statement of the votes cast, and a copy of said constitution and ordinances. If a majority of the votes cast
shall be for the constitution, such vote shall be deemed an expression of the will of the people of the Philippine Islands in
favor of Philippine independence, and the Governor-General shall, within thirty days after receipt of the certification
from the Philippine Legislature, issue a proclamation for the election of officers of the government of the
Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands provided for in the constitution. The election shall take place not earlier than
three months nor later than six months after the proclamation by the Governor-General ordering such election. When the
election of the officers provided for under the constitution has been held and the results determined, the Governor-
General of the Philippine Islands shall certify the results of the election to the President of the United States, who shall
thereupon issue a proclamation announcing the results of the election, and upon the issuance of such proclamation by the
President the existing Philippine Government shall terminate and the new government shall enter upon its rights,
privileges, powers, and duties, as provided under the constitution. The present Government of the Philippine Islands shall
provide for the orderly transfer of the functions of government.
If a majority of the votes cast are against the constitution, the existing Government of the Philippine Islands shall
continue without regard to the provisions of this Act.
Transfer of Property and Rights to Philippine Commonwealth
Sec. 5. All the property and rights which may have been acquired in the Philippine Islands by the United States under
the treaties mentioned in the first section of this Act, except such land or other property as has heretofore been designated
by the President of the United States for and other reservations of the Government of the United States, and except such
land or other property or rights or interests therein as may have been sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with
law, are hereby granted to the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands when constituted.
Relations with the United States Pending Complete Independence
Sec. 6. After the date of the inauguration of the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands trade

relations between the United States and the Philippine Islands shall be as now provided by law, subject to the following
exceptions:
(a) There shall be levied, collected, and paid on all refined sugars in excess of fifty thousand long tons, and on unrefined
sugars in excess of eight hundred thousand long tons, coming into the United States from the Philippine Islands in any
calendar year, the same rates of duty which are required by the laws of the United States to be levied, collected, and paid
upon like articles imported from foreign countries.
(b) There shall be levied, collected, and paid on all coconut oil coming into the United States from the Philippine Islands
in any calendar year in excess of two hundred thousand long tons, the same rates of duty which are required by the laws
of the United States to be levied, collected, and paid upon like articles imported from foreign countries.
(c) There shall be levied, collected, and paid on all yarn, twine, cord, cordage, rope and cable, tarred or untarred, wholly
or in chief value of Manila (abaca) or other hard fibers, coming into the United States from the Philippine Islands in any
calendar year in excess of a collective total of three million pounds of all such articles hereinbefore enumerated, the same
rates of duty which are required by the laws of the United States to be levied, collected, and paid upon like articles
imported from foreign countries.
(d) In the event that in any year the limit in the case of any article which may be exported to the United States free of
duty shall be reached by the Philippine Islands, the amount or quantity of such articles produced or manufactured in the
Philippine Islands thereafter that may be so exported to the United States free of duty shall be allocated, under export
permits issued by the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, to the producers or manufacturers of
such articles proportionately on the basis of their exportation to the United States in the preceding year; except that in the
case of unrefined sugar the amount thereof to be exported annually to the United States free of duty shall be allocated to
the sugar-producing mills of the Islands proportionately on the basis of their average annual production for the calendar
years 1931, 1932, and 1933, and the amount of sugar from each mill which may be so exported shall be allocated in each
year between the mill and the planters on the basis of the proportion of sugar to which the mill and the planters are
respectively entitled. The Government of the Philippine Islands is authorized to adopt the necessary laws and regulations
for putting into effect the allocation hereinbefore provided.
(e) The government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall impose and collect an export tax on all articles
that may be exported to the United States from the articles that may be exported to the United States from the Philippine
Islands free of duty under the provisions of existing law as modified by the foregoing provisions of this section including
the articles enumerated in subdivisions (a), (b) and (c), within the limitations therein specified, as follows:
(1) During the sixth year after the inauguration of the new government the export tax shall be 5 per centum of
the rates of duty which are required by the laws of the United States to be levied, collected, and paid on like
articles imported from foreign countries;
(2) During the seventh year after the inauguration of the new government the export tax shall be 10 per centum
of the rates of duty which are required by the laws of the United States to be levied, collected, and paid on like
(3) During the eighth year after the inauguration of the new government the export tax shall be 15 per centum
of the rates of duty which are required by the laws of the United States to be levied, collected, and paid on like
(4) During the ninth year after the inauguration of the new government the export tax shall be 20 per centum of
the rates of duty which are required by the laws of the United States to be levied, collected, and paid on like
(5) After the expiration of the ninth year of the inauguration of the new government the export tax shall be 25
per centum of the rates of duty which are required by the laws of the United States to be levied collected and
paid on like articles imported from foreign countries.

The government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall place all funds received in such export taxes in a
sinking fund, and such funds shall, in addition to other moneys available for the purpose, be applied solely to the
payment of the principal interest on the bonded indebtedness of the Philippine Islands, provinces, municipalities, and
instrumentalities until such indebtedness has been fully discharged.
When used in this section in a geographical sense, the term "United States" includes all Territories and possessions of the
United States, except the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, and the island of Guam.
Sec. 7. Until the final and complete withdrawal of American sovereignty over the Philippine Islands—
(1) Every duly adopted amendment to the constitution of the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine
Islands shall be submitted to the President of the United States for approval. If the President approves the amendment or
if the President fails to disapprove such amendment within six months from the time of its submission, the amendment
shall take effect as a part of such constitution.
(2) The President of the United States shall have authority to suspend the taking effect of or the operation of any law,
contract, or executive order of the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, which in his judgment
will result in a failure of the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands to fulfill its contracts, or to meet
its bonded indebtedness and interest thereon or to provide for its sinking funds, or which seems likely to impair the
reserves for the protection of the currency of the Philippine Islands, or which in his judgment will violate international
obligations of the United States.
(3) The Chief Executive of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall make an annual report to the President and
Congress of the United States of the proceedings and operations of the government of the Commonwealth of the
Philippine Islands and shall make such other reports as the President or Congress may request.
(4) The President shall appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, a United States High Commissioner to
the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands who shall hold office at the pleasure of the President and
until his successor is appointed and qualified. He shall be known as the United States High Commissioner to the
Philippine Islands. He shall be the representative of the President of the United States in the Philippine Islands and shall
be recognized as such by the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, by the commanding officers of
the military forces of the United States, and by all civil officials of the United States in the Philippine Islands. He shall
have access to all records of the government or any subdivision thereof, and shall be furnished by the Chief Executive of
the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands with such information as he shall request.
If the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands fails to pay any of its bonded or other indebtedness or
the interest thereon when due or to fulfill any of its contracts, the United States High Commissioner shall immediately
report the facts to the President, who may thereupon direct the High Commissioner to take over the customs offices and
administration of the same, administer the same, and apply such part of the revenue received therefrom as may be
necessary for the payment of such overdue indebtedness or for the fulfillment of such contracts. The United States High
Commissioner shall annually, and at such other times as the President may require, render an official report to the
President and Congress of the United States. He shall perform such additional duties and functions as may be delegated
to him from time to time by the President under the provisions of this Act.
The United States High Commissioner shall receive the same compensation as is now received by the Governor-General
of the Philippine Islands, and shall have such staff and assistants as the President may deem advisable and as may be
appropriated for by Congress, including a financial expert, who shall receive for submission to the High Commissioner a
duplicate copy of the reports to the insular auditor. Appeals from decisions of the insular auditor may be taken to the
President of the United States. The salaries and expenses of the High Commissioner and his staff and assistants shall be
paid by the United States.
The first United States High Commissioner appointed under this Act shall take office upon the inauguration of the new
government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands.

(5) The government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall provide for the selection of a Resident
Commissioner to the United States, and shall fix his term of office. He shall be the representative of the government of
the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands and shall be entitled to official recognition as such by all departments upon
presentation to the President of credentials signed by the Chief Executive of said government. He shall have a seat in the
House of Representatives of the United States, with the right of debate, but without the right of voting. His salary and
expenses shall be fixed and paid by the Government of the Philippine Islands. Until a Resident Commissioner is selected
and qualified under this section, existing law governing the appointment of Resident Commissioners from the Philippine
Islands shall continue in effect.
(6) Review by the Supreme Court of the United States of cases from the Philippine Islands shall be as now provided by
law; and such review shall also extend to all cases involving the constitution of the Commonwealth of the Philippine
Islands.
Sec. 8. (a) Effective upon the acceptance of this Act by concurrent resolution of the Philippine Legislature or by a
convention called for that purpose, as provided in section 17:
(1) For the purposes of the Immigration Act of 1917, the Immigration Act of 1924 [except section 13 (c)], this
section, and all other laws of the United States relating to the immigration, exclusion, or expulsion of aliens,
citizens of the Philippine Islands who are not citizens of the United States shall be considered as if they were
aliens. For such purposes the Philippine Islands shall be considered as a separate country and shall have for
each fiscal year a quota of fifty. This paragraph shall not apply to a person coming or seeking to come to the
Territory of Hawaii who does not apply for and secure an immigration or passport visa, but such immigration
shall be determined by the Department of the Interior on the basis of the needs of industries in the Territory of
Hawaii.
(2) Citizens of the Philippine Islands who are not citizens of the United States shall not be admitted to the
continental United States from the Territory of Hawaii (whether entering such territory before or after the
effective date of this section) unless they belong to a class declared to be non-immigrants by section 3 of the
Immigration Act of 1924 or to a class declared to be nonquota immigrants under the provisions of section 4 of
such Act other than subdivision (c) thereof, or unless they were admitted to such territory under an immigration
visa. The Secretary of Labor shall by regulations provide a method for such exclusion and for the admission of
such excepted classes.
(3) Any Foreign Service officer may be assigned to duty in the Philippine Islands, under a commission as
aconsular officer, for such period as may be necessary and under such regulations as the Secretary of State may
prescribe, during which assignment such officer shall be considered as stationed in a foreign country; but his
powers and duties shall be confined to the performance of such of the official acts and notarial and other
services, which such officer might properly perform in respect to the administration of the immigration laws if
assigned to a foreign country as a consular officer, as may be authorized by the Secretary of State.
(4) For the purposed of sections 18 and 20 of the Immigration Act of 1917, as amended, the Philippine Islands
shall be considered a foreign country.
(b) The provisions of this section are in addition to the provisions of the immigration laws now in force, and shall be
enforced as part of such laws, and all the penal or other provisions of such laws not applicable, shall apply to and be
enforced in connection with the provisions of this section. An alien, although admissible under the provisions of this
section, shall not be admitted to the United States if he is excluded by any provision of the immigration laws other than
this section, and an alien, although admissible under the provisions of the immigration laws other than this section, shall
not be admitted to the United States if he is excluded by any provision of this section.
(c) Terms defined in the Immigration Act of 1924 shall, when used in this section, have the meaning assigned to such
terms in the Act.

Sec. 9. There shall be no obligation on the part of the United States to meet the interest or principal of bonds and other
obligations of the Government of the Philippine Islands or of the provincial and municipal governments thereof,
hereafter issued during the continuance of United States sovereignty in the Philippine Islands: Provided, That such bonds
and obligations hereafter issued shall not be exempt from taxation in the United States or by authority of the United
States.
Recognition of Philippine Independence and Withdrawal of American Sovereignty
Sec. 10. (a) On the 4th, day of July immediately following the expiration of a period of ten years from the date of the
inauguration of the new government under the constitution provided for in this Act the President of the United States
shall by proclamation withdraw and surrender all right of possession, supervision, jurisdiction, control, or sovereignty
then existing and exercised by the United States in and over the territory and people of the Philippine Islands, including
all military and other reservations of the Government of the United States in the Philippines (except such naval
reservations and fueling stations as are reserved under section 5), and, on behalf of the United States, shall recognize the
independence of the Philippine Islands as a separate and self-governing nation and acknowledge the authority and
control over the same of the government instituted by the people thereof, under the constitution then in force.
(b) The President of the United States is hereby authorized and empowered to enter into negotiations with the
Government of the Philippine Islands, not later than two years after his proclamation recognizing the independence of
the Philippine Islands, for the adjustment and settlement of all questions relating to naval reservations and fueling
stations of the United States in the Philippine Islands, and pending such adjustment and settlement the matter of naval
reservations and fueling stations shall remain in its present status.
Neutralization of Philippine Islands
Sec. 11. The President is requested, at the earliest practicable date, to enter into negotiations with foreign powers with a
view to the conclusion of a treaty for the perpetual neutralization of the Philippine Islands, if and when the Philippine
independence shall have been achieved.
Notification to Foreign Governments
Sec. 12. Upon the proclamation and recognition of the independence of the Philippine Islands, the President shall notify
the governments with which the United States is in diplomatic correspondence thereof and invite said governments to
recognize the independence of the Philippine Islands.
Tariff Duties After Independence
Sec. 13. After the Philippine Islands have become a free and independent nation there shall be levied, collected, and
paid upon all articles coming into the United States from the Philippine Islands the rates of duty which are required to be
levied, collected, and paid upon like articles imported from other foreign countries: Provided, That at least one year prior
to the date fixed in this Act for the independence of the Philippine Islands, there shall be held a conference of
representatives of the Government of the United States and the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine
Islands, such representatives to be appointed by the President of the United States and the Chief Executive of the
Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, respectively, for the purpose of formulating recommendations as to future
trade relations between the Government of the United States and the independent Government of the Philippine Islands,
the time, place, and manner of holding such conference to be determined by the President of the United States; but
nothing in this proviso shall be construed to modify or affect in any way any provision of this Act relating to the
procedure leading up to Philippine independence or the date upon which the Philippine Islands shall become
independent.
Immigration After Independence
Sec. 14. Upon the final and complete withdrawal of American sovereignty over the Philippine Islands the immigration
laws of the United States (including all the provisions thereof relating to persons ineligible to citizenship) shall apply to

persons who were born in the Philippine Islands to the same extent as in the case of other foreign countries.
Certain Statutes Continued In Force
Sec. 15. Except as in this Act otherwise provided, the laws now or hereafter in force in the Philippine Islands shall
continue in force in the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands until altered, amended, or repealed by the Legislature of
the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands or by the Congress of the United States, and all references in such laws to
the government or officials of the Philippines or Philippine Islands shall be construed, insofar as applicable, to refer to
the government and corresponding officials respectively of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands. The
government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands shall be deemed successor to the present Government of the
Philippine Islands and of all the rights and obligations thereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Act, all laws or parts
of laws relating to the present Government of the Philippine Islands and its administration are hereby repealed as of the
date of the inauguration of the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands.
Sec. 16. If any provision of this Act is declared unconstitutional or the applicability thereof to any person or
circumstance is held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the Act and the applicability of such provisions to other
persons and circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
Effective Date
Sec. 17. The foregoing provisions of this Act shall not take effect until accepted by concurrent resolution of the
Philippine Legislature or by a convention called for the purpose of passing upon that question as may be provided by the
Philippine Legislature.
Approved: March 24,1934.

Annex F
1935 Philippine Constitution

http://www.lawphil.net/consti/cons1935.html
PREAMBLE
The Filipino people, imploring the aid of Divine Providence, in order to establish a government that shall embody their
ideals, conserve and develop the patrimony of the nation, promote the general welfare, and secure to themselves and
their posterity the blessings of independence under a regime of justice, liberty, and democracy, do ordain and promulgate
this Constitution.
ARTICLE I
THE NATIONAL TERRITORY
Section 1. The Philippines comprises all the territory ceded to the United States by the Treaty of Paris concluded between
the United States and Spain on the tenth day of December, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, the limits which are set
forth in Article III of said treaty, together with all the islands embraced in the treaty concluded at Washington between
the United States and Spain on the seventh day of November, nineteen hundred, and the treaty concluded between the
United States and Great Britain on the second day of January, nineteen hundred and thirty, and all territory over which
the present Government of the Philippine Islands exercises jurisdiction.
ARTICLE II
DECLARATION OF PRINCIPLES
Section 1. The Philippines, is a republican state. Sovereignty resides in the people and all government authority emanates
from them.
Section 2. The defense of the State is a prime duty of government, and in the fulfillment of this duty all citizens may be
required by law to render personal military or civil service.
Section 3. The Philippines renounces war as an instrument of national policy, and adopts the generally accepted
principles of international law as part of the law of the Nation.
Section 4. The natural right and duty of parents in the rearing of the youth for civic efficiency should receive the aid and
support of the government.
Section 5. The promotion of social justice to insure the well-being and economic security of all the people should be the
concern of the State.
ARTICLE III
BILL OF RIGHTS
Section 1.
No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law, nor shall any person be denied the
equal protection of the laws.
Private property shall not be taken for public use without just compensation.
The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects against unreasonable searches and
seizures shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue but upon probable cause, to be determined by the judge after

examination under oath or affirmation of the complainant and the witnesses he may produce, and particularly describing
the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.
The liberty of abode and of changing the same within the limits prescribed by law shall not be impaired.
The privacy of communication and correspondence shall be inviolable except upon lawful order of the court or when
public safety and order require otherwise.
The right to form associations or societies for purposes not contrary to law shall not be abridged.
No law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof, and the free
exercise and enjoyment of religious profession and worship, without discrimination or preference, shall forever be
allowed. No religious test shall be required for the exercise of civil or political rights.
No law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press, or the right of the people peaceably to assemble
and petition the Government for redress of grievances.
No law granting a title of nobility shall be enacted, and no person holding any office of profit shall, without the consent
of the Congress of the Philippines, accept any present, emolument, office, or title of any kind whatever from any foreign
state.
No law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be passed.
No ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted.
No person shall be imprisoned for debt or non-payment of a poll tax.
No involuntary servitude in any form shall exist except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall during such
period the necessity for such suspension shall exist.
No person shall be held to answer for a criminal offense without due process of law.
All persons shall before conviction be bailable by sufficient sureties, except those charged with capital offenses when
evidence of guilt is strong. Excessive bail shall not be required.
In all criminal prosecutions the accused shall be presumed to be innocent until the contrary is proved, and shall enjoy the
right to be heard by himself and counsel, to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation against him, to have a
speedy and public trial, to meet the witnesses face to face, and to have compulsory process to secure the attendance of
witnesses in his behalf.
No person shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.
Excessive fines shall not be imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishment inflicted.
No person shall be twice put in jeopardy of punishment for the same offense. If an act is punished by a law and an
ordinance, conviction or acquittal under either shall constitute a bar to another prosecution for the same act.
Free access to the courts shall not be denied to any person by reason of poverty.
ARTICLE IV
CITIZENSHIP
Section 1. The following are citizens of the Philippines:

Those who are citizens of the Philippine Islands at the time of the adoption of this Constitution.
Those born in the Philippine Islands of foreign parents who, before the adoption of this Constitution, had been elected to
public office in the Philippine Islands.
Those whose fathers are citizens of the Philippines.
Those whose mothers are citizens of the Philippines and, upon reaching the age of majority, elect Philippine citizenship.
Those who are naturalized in accordance with law.
Section 2. Philippine citizenship may be lost or reacquired in the manner provided by law.
ARTICLE V
SUFFRAGE
Section 1. Suffrage may be exercised by male citizens of the Philippines not otherwise disqualified by law, who are
twenty-one years of age or over and are able to read and write, and who shall have resided in the Philippines for one year
and in the municipality wherein they propose to vote for at least six months preceding the election. The National
Assembly shall extend the right of suffrage to women, if in a plebiscite which shall be held for that purpose within two
years after the adoption of this Constitution, not less than three hundred thousand women possessing the necessary
qualifications shall vote affirmatively on the question.
ARTICLE VI
LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT
Section 1. The Legislative power shall be vested in a Congress of the Philippines, which shall consist of a Senate and a
House of Representatives.
Section 2. The Senate shall be composed of twenty-four Senators who shall be chosen at large by the qualified electors of
the Philippines, as may be provided by law.
Section 3. The term of office of Senators shall be six years and shall begin on the thirtieth day of December next
following their election. The first Senators elected under this Constitution shall, in the manner provided by law, be
divided equally into three groups, the Senators of the first group, to serve for a term of six years; those of the second
group, for four years; and those of the third group, for two years.
Section 4. No person shall be a Senator unless he be a natural born citizen of the Philippines and, at the time of his
election, is at least thirty-five years of age, a qualified elector, and a resident of the Philippines for not less than two years
immediately prior to his election.
Section 5. The House of Representatives shall be composed of not more than one hundred and twenty Members who
shall be apportioned among the several provinces as nearly as may be accorded to the number of their respective
inhabitants, but each province shall have at least one Member. The Congress shall by law make an apportionment within
three years after the return of every enumeration, and not otherwise. Until such apportionment shall have been made, the
House of Representatives shall have the same number of Members as that fixed by law for the National Assembly, who
shall be elected by the qualified electors from the present Assembly districts. Each representative district shall comprise,
as far as practicable, contiguous and compact territory.
Section 6. The term of office of the Members of the House of Representatives shall be four years and shall begin on the
thirtieth day of December next following their election.
Section 7. No person shall be a Member of the House of Representatives unless he be a natural born citizen of the
Philippines, and, at the time of his election, is at least twenty-five years of age, a qualified elector, and a resident of the

province in which he is chosen for not less than one year immediately prior to his election.
Section 8.
Elections for Senators and Members of the House of Representatives shall be held in the manner and on the dates fixed
by law.
In case of vacancy in the Senate or in the House of Representatives, a special election may be called to fill such vacancy
in the manner prescribed by law, but the Senator or Member of the House of Representatives thus elected shall serve
only for the unexpired term.
Section 9. The Congress shall convene in regular session once every year on the fourth Monday of January, unless a
different date is fixed by law. It may be called in special session at any time by the President to consider general
legislation or only such subjects as he may designate. No special session shall continue longer than thirty days and no
regular session longer than one hundred days, exclusive of Sundays.
Section 10.
The Senate shall elect its President and the House of Representatives its Speaker.
Each House shall choose such other officers as may be required.
A majority of each House shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day
and may compel the attendance of absent Members in such manner and under such penalties as such House may provide.
Each House may determine the rule of its proceedings, punish its Members for disorderly behavior, and, with the
concurrence of two-thirds of all its Members, expel a Member.
Each House shall keep a Journal of its proceedings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting such parts as may
in its judgment requires secrecy; and the yeas and nays on any question shall, at the request of one-fifth of the Members
present, be entered into the Journal.
Neither House during the sessions of the Congress shall, without the consent of the other, adjourn for more than three
days, nor to any other place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.
Section 11. The Senate and the House of Representatives shall have an Electoral Tribunal which shall be the sole judge
of all contests relating to the election, returns, and qualifications of their respective Members. Each Electoral Tribunal
shall be composed of nine Members, three of whom shall be Justices of the Supreme Court to be designated by the Chief
Justice, and the remaining six shall be Members of the Senate or the House of Representatives, as the case may be, who
shall be chosen by each House, three upon nomination of the party having the largest number of votes and three of the
party having the second largest numbers of votes therein. The senior Justice in each Electoral Tribunal shall be its
Chairman.
Section 12. There shall be a Commission on Appointments consisting of twelve Senators and twelve Members of the
House of Representatives, elected by each House, respectively, on the basis of proportional representation of the political
parties therein. The president of the Senate shall be the Chairman ex officio of the Commission, but shall not vote except
in case of tie.
Section 13. The Electoral Tribunal and the Commission on Appointments shall be constituted within thirty days after the
Senate and the House of Representatives shall have been organized with the election of their President and Speaker,
respectively. The Commission on Appointments shall meet only while the Congress is in session, at the call of its
Chairman or a majority of its Members, to discharge such powers and functions as are herein conferred upon it.
Section 14. The Senators and the Members of the House of Representatives shall, unless otherwise provided by law,

receive an annual compensation of seven thousand two hundred pesos each, including per diems and other emoluments
or allowances and exclusive only of traveling expenses to and from their respective districts in the case of Members of
the House of Representatives, and to an from their places of residence in the case of Senators, when attending sessions of
the Congress. No increase in said compensation shall take effect until after the expiration of the full term of all the
Members of the Senate and of the House of Representatives approving such increase. Until otherwise provided by law,
the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall each receive an annual compensation
of sixteen thousand pesos.
Section 15. The Senators and Members of the House of Representatives shall in all cases except treason, felony, and
breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their attendance at the session of the Congress, and in going to and
returning from the same; and for any speech or debate therein, they shall not be questioned in any other place.
Section 16. No Senator or Member of the House of Representatives may hold any other office or employment in the
government without forfeiting his seat, nor shall any Senator or Member of the House of Representatives, during the
time for which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office which may have been created or the emoluments whereof
shall have been increased while he was a Member of the Congress.
Section 17. No Senator or Member of the House of Representatives shall directly or indirectly be financially interested in
any contract with the government or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof, or in any franchise or special privilege
granted by the Congress during his term of office. He shall not appear as counsel before the Electoral Tribunals or before
any court in any civil case wherein the Government or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof is the adverse party, or
in any criminal case wherein an officer or employee of the government is accused of an offense committed in relation to
his office, or collect any fee for his appearance in any administrative proceedings; or accept employment to intervene in
any cause or matter where he may be called upon to act on account of his office. No Member of the Commission on
Appointments shall appear as counsel before any court inferior to a collegiate court of appellate jurisdiction.
Section 18. All appropriation, revenue or tariff bills, bills authorizing increase of the public debt, bills of local
application, and private bills, shall originate exclusively in the House of Representatives, but the Senate may propose or
concur with amendments.
Section 19.
The President shall submit within fifteen days of the opening of each regular session of the Congress a budget of receipts
and expenditures, which shall be the basis of the general appropriations bill. The Congress may not increase the
appropriations recommended by the President for the operation of the Government as specified in the Budget, except the
appropriations for the Congress and the Judicial Department. The form of the Budget and the information that it should
contain shall be prescribed by law.
No provision or enactment shall be embraced in the general appropriations bill unless it relates specifically to some
particular appropriation therein; and any such provision or enactment shall be limited in its operation to such
appropriation.
Section 20.
Every bill passed by the Congress shall, before it becomes a law, be presented to the President. If he approves the same,
he shall sign it; but if not, he shall return it with his objections to the House where it originated, which shall enter the
objections at large on its Journal and proceed to reconsider it. If, after such reconsideration, two-thirds of all the
Members of such House shall agree to pass the bill, it shall be sent together, with the objections, to the House by which it
shall likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by two-thirds of all the Members of that House, it shall become a law. In
all such cases, the votes of each House shall be determined by yeas and nays, and the names of the Members voting for
and against shall be entered on its Journal. If any bill shall not be returned by the President as herein provided within
twenty days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to him, the same shall become a law in like manner as
if he had signed it, unless the Congress by adjournment prevent its return, in which case it shall become a law unless
vetoed by the President within thirty days after adjournment.

The President shall have the power to veto any particular item or items of an appropriation bill, but the veto shall not
affect the item or items to which he does not object. When a provision of an appropriation bill affects one or more items
of the same, the President cannot veto the provision without at the same time, vetoing the particular item or items to
which it relates. The item or items objected to shall not take effect except in the manner heretofore provided as to bills
returned to the Congress without the approval of the President. If the veto refers to a bill or any item of an appropriation
bill which appropriates a sum in excess of ten per centum of the total amount voted in the appropriation bill for the
general expenses of the Government for the preceding year, or if it should refer to a bill authorizing an increase of the
public debt, the same shall not become a law unless approved by three-fourths of all the Members of each House.
The President shall have the power to veto any separate item or items in a revenue of tariff bill, and the item or items
shall not take effect except in the manner provided as to bills vetoed by the President.
Section 21.
No bill which may be enacted into law shall embrace more than one subject which shall be expressed in the title of the
bill.
No bill shall be passed by either House unless it shall have been printed and copies thereof in its final form furnished its
Members at least three calendar days prior to its passage, except when the President shall have certified to the necessity
of its immediate enactment. Upon the last reading of a bill no amendment thereof shall be allowed, and the question upon
its passage shall be taken immediately thereafter, and the yeas and nays entered on the Journal.
Section 22.
The rule of taxation shall be uniform.
The Congress may by law authorize the President, subject to such limitations and restrictions as it may impose, to fix,
within specified limits, tariff rates, import or export quotas, and tonnage and wharfage dues.
Cemeteries, churches, and parsonages or convents appurtenant thereto, and all lands, buildings, and improvements used
exclusively for religious, charitable, or educational purposes shall be exempt from taxation.
Section 23.
All money collected on any tax levied for a special purpose shall be treated as a special fund and paid out for such
purpose only. If the purpose for which a special fund was crated has been fulfilled or abandoned, the balance, if any,
shall be transferred to the general funds of the Government.
No money shall be paid out of Treasury except in pursuance of an appropriation made by law.
No public money, or property shall ever be appropriated, applied, or used, directly or indirectly, for the use, benefit, or
support of any sect, church, denomination, sectarian institution or system of religion, for the use, benefit, or support of
any priest, preacher, ministers, or other religious teacher or dignitary as such except when such priest, preacher, minister,
or dignitary is assigned to the armed forces or to any penal institution, orphanage or leprosarium.
Section 24. The heads of departments upon their own initiative or upon the request of either House may appear before
and be heard by such House on any matter pertaining to their departments, unless the public interest shall require
otherwise and the President shall so state in writing.
Section 25. The Congress, shall, with the concurrence of two-thirds of all the Members of each House, have the sole
power to declare war.
Section 26. In times of war and other national emergency the Congress may by law authorize the President, for a limited

period, and subject to such restrictions as it may prescribe, to promulgate rules and regulations to carry out a declared
national policy.
ARTICLE VII
EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT
Section 1. The executive power shall be vested in a President of the Philippines.
Section 2. The President shall hold his office during a term of four years and together with the Vice-President chosen for
the same term, shall be elected by direct vote of the people. The returns of every election for President and Vice-
President, duly certified by the board of canvassers of each province or city, shall be transmitted to the seat of the
National Government, directed to the President of the Senate, who shall, in the presence of the Senate and the House of
Representatives, open all the certificates, and the votes shall then be counted. The person respectively having the highest
number of votes for President and Vice-President shall be declared elected, but in case two or more shall have an equal
and the highest number of votes for their office, one of them shall be chosen President or Vice-President, as the case may
be, by a majority vote of the Members of the Congress in joint session assembled.
Section 3. No person may be elected to the office of the President or Vice-President unless he is a natural born citizen of
the Philippines, a qualified voter, forty years of age or over, and has been a resident of the Philippines for at least ten
years immediately preceding the election.
Section 4. Elections for President and Vice-President shall be held once every four years on a date to be fixed by law.
The terms of the President and Vice-President shall end at noon on the thirtieth day of December following the
expiration of four years after their election, and the terms of their successors shall begin from such time.
Section 5. No person shall serve as President for more than eight consecutive years. The period of such service shall be
counted from the date he shall have commenced to act as President. Voluntary renunciation of the office for any length of
time shall not be considered as an interruption in the continuity of the service of the incumbent for the full term for
which he was elected.
Section 6. If, at the time fixed for the beginning of the term of the President, the President-elect shall have died, the Vice-
President-elect shall become President. If a President shall not have been chosen before the time fixed for the beginning
of his term or if the President shall have failed to qualify, then the Vice-President shall act as President until a President
shall have qualified, and the Congress may by law provide for the case wherein neither a President-elect nor a Vice-
President-elect shall have qualified, declaring who shall then act as President, or the manner in which one who is to act
shall be selected, and such person shall act accordingly until a President or Vice-President shall have qualified.
Section 7. Before he enters on the execution of his office, the President shall take the following oath or affirmation :
"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfill my duties as President of the Philippines,
preserve and defend its Constitution, execute its laws, do justice to every man, and consecrate myself to the service of
the Nation. So help me God." (In case of affirmation, last sentence will be omitted)
Section 8. In the event of the removal of the President from office, or his death, resignation, or inability to discharge the
powers and duties of the said office, the same shall devolve on the Vice-President, and the Congress shall by law provide
for the case of removal, death, resignation, or inability, both of the President and Vice-President, declaring what officer
shall then act as President, and such officer shall act accordingly, until the disability be removed, or a President shall be
elected.
Section 9. The President shall have an official residence and receive a compensation to be ascertained by law which shall
be neither increased nor diminished during the period of which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive
within the period any other emolument from the Government or any of its subdivisions or instrumentalities. Until the
Congress shall provide otherwise, the President shall receive an annual salary of thirty thousand pesos. The Vice-

President, when not acting as President, shall receive an annual compensation of fifteen thousand pesos until otherwise
provided by law.
Section 10.
The President shall have control of all executive departments, bureaus or offices, exercise general provision over all local
governments as may be provided by law, and take care that the laws be faithfully executed.
The President shall be commander-in-chief of all armed forces of the Philippines, and, whenever it becomes necessary,
he may call out such armed forces to prevent or suppress lawless violence, invasion, insurrection, or rebellion. In case of
invasion, insurrection, or rebellion or imminent danger thereof, when the public safety requires it, he may suspend the
privilege of the writ of habeas corpus, or place the Philippines or any part thereof under Martial Law.
The President shall nominate and with the consent of the Commission on Appointments, shall appoint the heads of the
executive departments and bureaus, officers of the Army from the rank of colonel, of the Navy and Air Forces from the
rank of captain or commander, and all other officers of the Government whose appointments are not herein otherwise
provided for, and those whom he may be authorized by law to appoint; but the Congress may by law vest the
appointment of inferior officers, in the President alone, in the courts, or in the heads of departments.
The President shall have the power to make appointments during the recess of the Congress, but such appointments shall
be effective only until disapproval by the Commission on Appointments or until the next adjournment of the Congress.
The President shall from time to time give to the Congress information on the state of the Nation, and recommend to its
consideration such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient.
The President shall have the power to grant reprieves, commutations, and pardons, and remit fines and forfeitures, after
conviction, for all expenses except in case of impeachment, upon such conditions and with such restrictions and
limitations as he may deem proper to impose. He shall have the power to grant amnesty with the concurrence of the
Congress.
The President shall have the power, with the concurrence of two-thirds of all the Members of the Senate to make treaties,
and with the consent of the Commission on Appointments, he shall appoint ambassadors, other public ministers, and
consuls. He shall receive ambassadors and other public ministers duly accredited to the Government of the Philippines.
Section 11.
The executive departments of the present Government of the Philippine Islands shall continue as now authorized by law
until the Congress shall provide otherwise.
The heads of the departments and chiefs of bureaus or offices and their assistants shall not, during their continuance in
office, engage in the practice of any profession, or intervene, directly or indirectly, in the management or control of any
private enterprise which in any way may be affected by the functions of their office; nor shall they, directly or indirectly,
be financially interested in any contract with the Government, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof.
The President may appoint the Vice-President as a member of his Cabinet and also as head of an executive department.
ARTICLE VIII
JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT
Section 1. The judicial power shall be vested in one Supreme Court and in such inferior courts as may be established by
law.
Section 2. The Congress shall have the power to define, prescribe and apportion the jurisdiction of various courts, but
may not deprive the Supreme Court of its original jurisdiction over cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers,

and consuls, nor of its jurisdiction to review, revise, reverse, modify, or affirm on appeal, certiorari, or writ of error, as
the law or the rules of court may provide, final judgments and decrees of inferior courts in:
All cases in which the constitutionality or validity of any treaty, law, ordinance, or executive order or regulation is in
question.
All cases involving the legality of any tax, impost, assessment, or toll, or any penalty imposed in relation thereto.
All cases in which the jurisdiction of any trial court is in issue.
All criminal cases in which the penalty imposed is death or life imprisonment.
All cases in which an error or question of law is involved.
Section 3. Until the Congress shall provide otherwise the Supreme Court shall have such original and appellate
jurisdiction as may be possessed and exercised by the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands at the time of the adoption
of this Constitution. The original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court shall include all cases affecting ambassadors, other
public ministers, and consuls.
Section 4. The Supreme Court shall be composed of a Chief Justice and ten Associate Justices and may sit either en banc
or in two divisions unless otherwise provided by law.
Section 5. The Members of the Supreme Court and all judges of inferior courts shall be appointed by the President with
the consent of the Commission on Appointments.
Section 6. No person may be appointed Member of the Supreme Court unless he has been five years a citizen of the
Philippines, is at least forty years of age, and hasfor ten years or more been a judge of a court of record or engaged in the
practice of law in the Philippines.
Section 7. No judge appointed for a particular district shall be designated or transferred to another district without the
approval of the Supreme Court. The Congress shall by law determine the residence of judges of inferior courts.
Section 8. The Congress shall prescribe the qualifications of judges of inferior courts, but no person may be appointed
judge of any such courts unless he is a citizen of the Philippines and has been admitted to the practice of law in the
Philippines.
Section 9. The Members of the Supreme Court and all judges of inferior courts shall hold office during good behavior,
until they reach the age of seventy years, or become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office. They shall
receive such compensation as may be fixed by law, which shall not be diminished during their continuance in office.
Until the Congress shall provide otherwise, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court shall receive an annual compensation
of sixteen thousand pesos, and each Associate Justice, fifteen thousand pesos.
Section 10. All cases involving the constitutionality of a treaty or law shall be heard and decided by the Supreme Court
en banc, and no treaty or law may be declared unconstitutional without the concurrence of two-thirds of all the Members
of the Court.
Section 11. The conclusions of the Supreme Court in any case submitted to it for decision shall be reached in
consultation before the case is assigned to a Justice for a writing of the opinion of the Court. Any Justice dissenting from
a decision shall state the reasons for his dissent.
Section 12. No decision shall be rendered by any court of record without expressing therein clearly and distinctly the
facts and the law on which it is based.
Section 13. The Supreme Court shall have the power to promulgate rules concerning pleading, practice, and procedure in

all courts, and the admission to the practice of law. Said rules shall be uniform for all courts of the same grade and shall
not diminish, increase, or modify substantive rights. The existing laws on pleading, practice, and procedure are hereby
repealed as statutes, and are declared Rules of Courts, subject to the power of the Supreme Court to alter and modify the
same. The Congress shall have the power to repeal, alter or supplement the rules concerning pleading, practice, and
procedure, and the admission to the practice of law in the Philippines.
ARTICLE IX
IMPEACHMENT
Section 1. The President, the Vice-President, the Justices of the Supreme Court, and the Auditor General, shall be
removed from office on impeachment for any conviction of, culpable violation of the Constitution, treason, bribery, or
other high crimes.
Section 2. The House of Representatives by a vote of two-thirds of all its Members, shall have the sole power of
impeachment.
Section 3. The Senate shall have the sole power to try all impeachment. When sitting for that purpose, the Senators shall
be on oath or affirmation. When the President of the Philippines is on trial, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court shall
preside. No person shall be convicted without the concurrence of three-fourths of all the Members of the Senate.
Section 4. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than to removal from office and disqualification to
hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit under the Government of the Philippines, but the party convicted shall
nevertheless be liable and subject to prosecution, trial, and punishment, according to law.
ARTICLE X
COMMISSION ON ELECTIONS
Section 1. There shall be an independent Commission on Elections composed of a Chairman and two other Members to
be appointed by the President with the consent of the Commission on Appointments, who shall hold office for a term of
nine years and may not be reappointed. Of the Members of the Commission first appointed, one shall hold office for nine
years, another for six years, and the third for three years. The Chairman and the other Members of the Commission on
Elections may be removed from office only by impeachment in the manner provided in this Constitution.
Until the Congress shall provide otherwise the Chairman of the Commission shall receive an annual salary of twelve
thousand pesos, and the other Members, ten thousand pesos each. Their salaries shall be neither increased nor diminished
during their term of office.
Section 2. The Commission on Elections shall have exclusive charge of the enforcement and administration of all laws
relative to the conduct of elections and shall exercise all other functions which may be conferred upon it by law. It shall
decide, save those involving the right to vote, all administrative questions affecting elections, including the determination
of the number and location of polling places, and the appointment of election inspectors and of other election officials.
All law enforcement agencies and instrumentalities of the Government, when so required by the Commission, shall act
as its deputies for the purpose of insuring free, orderly, and honest election. The decisions, orders, and rulings of the
Commission shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court.
No pardon, parole, or suspension of sentence for the violation of any election law may be granted without the favorable
recommendation of the Commission.
Section 3. The Chairman and Members of the Commission on Elections shall not, during their continuance in office,
engage in the practice of any profession, or intervene, directly or indirectly, in the management or control of any private
enterprise which in any way may be affected by the functions of their office; nor shall they, directly or indirectly, be
financially interested in any contract with the Government or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof.
Section 4. The Commission on Elections shall submit to the President and the Congress, following each election, a report

on the manner in which such election was conducted.
ARTICLE XI
GENERAL AUDITING OFFICE
Section 1. There shall be a General Auditing Office under the direction and control of an Auditor General, who shall hold
office for a term of ten years and may not be reappointed. The Auditor General shall be appointed by the President with
the consent of the Commission on Appointments, and shall receive an annual compensation to be fixed by law which
shall not be diminished during his continuance in office. Until the Congress shall provide otherwise, the Auditor General
shall receive an annual compensation of twelve thousand pesos.
Section 2. The Auditor General shall examine, audit, and settle all accounts pertaining to the revenues and receipts from
whatever source, including trust funds derived from bond issues; and audit, in accordance with law and administrative
regulations, all expenditures of funds or property pertaining or held in trust by the Government or the provinces or
municipalities thereof. He shall keep the general accounts of the Government and preserve the vouchers pertaining
thereto. It shall be the duty of the Auditor General to bring the attention of the proper administrative officer expenditures
of funds or property which, in his opinion, are irregular, unnecessary, excessive, or extravagant. He shall also perform
such other functions as may be prescribed by law.
Section 3. The decisions of the Auditor General shall be rendered within the time fixed by law, and the same may be
appealed to the President whose action shall be final. When the aggrieved party is a private person or entity, an appeal
from the decision of the Auditor General may be taken directly to a court of record in the manner provided by law.
Section 4. The Auditor General shall submit to the President and the Congress an annual report covering the financial
condition and operations of the Government, and such other reports as may be required.
ARTICLE XII
CIVIL SERVICE
Section 1. A Civil Service embracing all branches and subdivision of the Government shall be provided by law.
Appointments in the Civil Service, except as to those which are policy-determining, primarily confidential or highly
technical in nature, shall be made only according to merit and fitness, to be determined as far as practicable by
competitive examination.
Section 2. Officers and employees in the Civil Service, including members of the armed forces, shall not engage directly
or indirectly in partisan political activities or take part in any election except to vote.
Section 3. No officer or employee of the government shall receive additional or double compensation unless specifically
authorized by law.
Section 4. No officer or employee in the Civil Service shall be removed or suspended except for cause as provided by
law.
ARTICLE XIII
CONSERVATION AND UTILIZATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
Section 1. All agricultural timber, and mineral lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other
mineral oils, all forces of potential energy and other natural resources of the Philippines belong to the State, and their
disposition, exploitation, development, or utilization shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or
associations at least sixty per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens, subject to any existing right,
grant, lease, or concession at the time of the inauguration of the Government established under this Constitution. Natural
resources, with the exception of public agricultural land, shall not be alienated, and no license, concession, or lease for
the exploitation, development, or utilization of any of the natural resources shall be granted for a period exceeding
twenty-five years, renewable for another twenty-five years, except as to water rights for irrigation, water supply,

fisheries, or industrial uses other than the development of water power, in which cases beneficial use may be the measure
and limit of the grant.
Section 2. No private corporation or association may acquire, lease, or hold public agricultural lands in excess of one
thousand and twenty four hectares, nor may any individual acquire such lands by purchase in excess of one hundred and
forty four hectares, or by lease in excess of one thousand and twenty four hectares, or by homestead in excess of twenty-
four hectares. Lands adapted to grazing, not exceeding two thousand hectares, may be leased to an individual, private
corporation, or association.
Section 3. The Congress may determine by law the size of private agricultural land which individuals, corporations, or
associations may acquire and hold, subject to rights existing prior to the enactment of such law.
Section 4. The Congress may authorize, upon payment of just compensation, the expropriation of lands to be subdivided
into small lots and conveyed at cost to individuals.
Section 5. Save in cases of hereditary succession, no private agricultural land shall be transferred or assigned except to
individuals, corporations, or associations qualified to acquire or hold lands of the public domain in the Philippines.
Section 6. The State may, in the interest of national welfare and defense, establish and operate industries and means of
transportation and communication, and upon payment of just compensation, transfer to public ownership utilities and
other private enterprise to be operated by the Government.
ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. The flag of the Philippines shall be red, white, and blue, with a sun and three stars, as consecrated and honored
by the people and recognized by law.
Section 2. All public officers and members of the armed forces shall take an oath to support and defend the Constitution.
Section 3. The Congress shall take steps toward the development and adoption of a common national language based on
one of the existing native languages. Until otherwise provided by law, English and Spanish shall continue as official
languages.
Section 4. The State shall promote scientific research and invention. Arts and letters shall be under its patronage. The
exclusive right to writings and inventions shall be secured to authors and inventors for a limited period.
Section 5. All educational institutions shall be under the supervision of and subject to regulation by the State. The
Government shall establish and maintain a complete and adequate system of public education, and shall provide at least
free public primary instruction, and citizenship training to adult citizens. All schools shall aim to develop moral
character, personal discipline, civic conscience, and vocational efficiency, and to teach the duties of citizenship. Optional
religious instruction shall be maintained in the public schools as now authorized by law. Universities established by the
State shall enjoy academic freedom. The State shall create scholarships in arts, science, and letters for specially gifted
citizens.
Section 6. The State shall afford protection to labor, especially to working women, and minors, and shall regulate the
relations between the landowner and tenant, and between labor and capital in industry and in agriculture. The State may
provide for compulsory arbitration.
Section 7. The Congress shall not, except by general law, provide for the formation, organization, or regulation of private
corporations, unless such corporations are owned and controlled by the Government or any subdivision or
instrumentality thereof.
Section 8. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be

granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or other entities organized under the laws of the
Philippines sixty per centum of the capital of which is owned by citizens of the Philippines, nor shall such franchise,
certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. No franchise or right shall be
granted to any individual, firm, or corporation, except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment,
alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the public interest so requires.
Section 9. The Government shall organize and maintain a national police force to preserve public order and enforce the
law.
Section 10. This Constitution shall be officially promulgated in English and Spanish, but in case of conflict the English
text shall prevail.
ARTICLE XV
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. The Congress in joint session assembled, by a vote of three-fourths of all the Members of the Senate and of
the House of Representatives voting separately, may propose amendments to this Constitution or call a convention for
that purpose. Such amendments shall be valid as part of this Constitution when approved by a majority of the votes cast
at an election at which the amendments are submitted to the people for their ratification.
ARTICLE XVI
Section 1. The first election of the officers provided in this Constitution and the inauguration of the Government of the
Commonwealth of the Philippines shall take place as provided in Public Act Numbered One hundred and twenty-seven
of the Congress of the United States, approved March twenty-four, nineteen hundred and thirty four.
Section 2. All laws of the Philippine Islands shall continue in force until the inauguration of the Commonwealth of the
Philippines; thereafter, such laws shall remain operative, unless inconsistent with this Constitution, until amended,
altered, modified, or repealed by the Congress of the Philippines, and all references in such laws to the Government or
officials of the Philippine Islands shall be construed, insofar as applicable, to refer to the government and corresponding
officials under this Constitution.
Section 3. All courts existing at the time of the adoption of this Constitution shall continue and exercise their jurisdiction,
until otherwise provided by law in accordance with this Constitution, and all cases, civil and criminal, pending in said
courts, shall be heard, tried, and determined under the laws then in force.
Section 4. All officers and employees in the existing Government of the Philippine Islands shall continue in office until
the Congress shall provide otherwise, but all officers whose appointments are by this Constitution vested in the President
shall, vacate their respective offices upon the appointment and qualification of their successors, if such appointment is
made within a period of one year from the date of the inauguration of the Commonwealth of the Philippines.
Section 5. The Members of the House of Representatives for the Mountain Province shall be elected as may be provided
by law. The voters of municipalities and municipal districts formerly belonging to a special province and now forming
part of regular provinces shall vote in the election for Members of the House of Representatives in such districts as may
be provided by law.
Section 6. The provisions of this Constitution, except those contained in this article and in Article V, and those which
refer to the election and qualifications of officers to be elected under this Constitution, shall not take effect until the
inauguration of the Commonwealth of the Philippines.
ARTICLE XVII
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
EFFECTIVE UPON THE PROCLAMATION OF THE

INDEPENDENCE OF THE PHILIPPINES
Section 1. Upon the proclamation of the President of the United States recognizing the independence of the Philippines:
The property rights of the United States and the Philippines shall be promptly adjusted and settled, and all existing
property rights of citizens or corporations of the United States shall be acknowledged, respected, and safeguarded to the
same extent as property rights of the Philippines.
The officials elected and serving under this Constitution shall be constitutional officers of the free and independent
Government of the Philippines and qualified to function in all respects as if elected directly under such Government, and
shall serve their full terms of office as prescribed in this Constitution.
The debts and liabilities of the Philippines, its provinces, cities, municipalities, and instrumentalities, which shall be
valid and subsisting at the time of the final and complete withdrawal of the sovereignty of the United States, shall be
assumed by the free and independent Government of the Philippines; and where bonds have been issued under authority
of an Act of Congress of the United States by the Philippine Islands, or any province, city or municipality therein, the
Government of the Philippines will make adequate provision for the necessary funds for the payment of interest and
principal, and such obligations shall be a first lien on all taxes collected.
The Government of the Philippines will assume all continuing obligations of the United States under the Treaty of Peace
with Spain ceding the Philippine Islands to the United States.
The Government of the Philippines will embody the foregoing provisions of this article (except subsection (2)) in a
treaty with the United States.
ARTICLE XVIII
THE COMMONWEALTH AND THE REPUBLIC
Section 1. The government established by this Constitution shall be known as the Commonwealth of the Philippines.
Upon the final and complete withdrawal of the sovereignty of the United States and the proclamation of Philippine
independence, the Commonwealth of the Philippines shall thenceforth be known as the Republic of the Philippines.
ORDINANCE APPENDED TO THE 1935 CONSTITUTION
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section one, Article Thirteen, and section eight, Article Fourteen, of the foregoing
Constitution, during the effectivity of the Executive Agreement entered into by the President of the Philippines with the
President of the United States on the fourth of July, nineteen hundred and forty-six, pursuant to the provisions of
Commonwealth Act Numbered Seven hundred and thirty-three, but in no case to extend beyond the third of July,
nineteen hundred and seventy-four, the disposition, exploitation, development, and utilization of all agricultural, timber,
and mineral lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential
energy, and other natural resources of the Philippines, and the operation of public utilities, if open to any person, be open
to citizens of the United States and to all forms of business enterprises owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
citizens of the United States in the same manner as to, and under the same conditions imposed upon, citizens of the
Philippines or corporations or associations owned or controlled by citizens of the Philippines.
[The 1935 Constitution was ratified on May 14, 1935 ]

Annex G
1943 Constitution

http://www.filipiniana.net/publication/constitution-of-the-second-philippine-republic-the-1943-constitution-of-the-
republic-of-the-philippines/12791881595174
Preamble
The Filipino people, imploring the aid of Divine Providence and desiring to lead a free national existence, do hereby
proclaim their independence, and in order to establish a government that shall promote the general welfare, conserve and
develop the patrimony of the Nation, and contribute to the creation of a world order based on peace, liberty, and moral
justice, do ordain this Constitution.
Article I: The Republic of the Philippines
SECTION 1. The Philippines is a republican state. The government established by this Constitution shall be known as
the Republic of the Philippines.
SEC. 2. The Republic of the Philippines shall exercise sovereignty over all the national territory as at present defined by
law.
Article II: The Executive
SECTION 1. The Executive power shall be vested in the President of the Republic of the Philippines.
SEC. 2. The President shall be elected by a majority of all the members of the National Assembly at the place and on the
date to be fixed by law.
SEC. 3. No person may be elected President unless he be a natural-born citizen of the Philippines, is forty years of age or
over, and has been a resident of the Philippines for at least ten years immediately preceding the election.
SEC. 4. The President shall hold office during a term of six years and may not be re-elected for the following term.
SEC. 5. The term of the President shall end at noon on the thirtieth day of December following the expiration of six years
after his election, and from such time the term of his successor shall begin. If his successor shall not have been chosen
before such time, or if the President-elect shall have failed to qualify, then the outgoing President shall continue in office
until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. In the event of the removal of the President from office or of his
death, resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and duties of his office, the same shall devolve on the ranking
Minister in the order of precedence established by law until a new President shall have been elected for the unexpired
term. In the latter case, the election shall be held within sixty days after such removal, death, resignation, or inability.
SEC. 6. Before assuming the duties of his office, the President shall take the following oath, or affirmation:
“I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfill my duties as President
of the Republic of the Philippines, preserve and defend its Constitution, execute its laws, do justice to
every man, and consecrate myself to the service of the Nation. So help me God.” (In case of
affirmation, the last sentence will be omitted.)
SEC. 7. The President shall have an official residence and receive such compensation as may be fixed by law which shall
neither be increased nor diminished during the period for which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive
within that period any other emolument from the government or any of its subdivisions or instrumentalities.

SEC. 8. The President shall have supervision and control of all the ministries, bureaus or offices, all local governments,
and all other branches or instrumentalities of the Executive Department, and take care that the laws be faithfully
executed.
SEC. 9. The President shall be commander-in-chief of all armed forces of the Republic of the Philippines and, whenever
it becomes necessary, he may call out such armed forces to prevent or suppress lawlessness, invasion, insurrection, or
rebellion. In case of invasion, insurrection, or rebellion, or imminent danger thereof, or when the public safety so
requires, he may suspend the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus, or place the Philippines or any part thereof under
martial law.
SEC. 10. The President shall appoint the Ministers and Vice-Ministers, and with the advice of his Cabinet, shall appoint
ambassadors, diplomatic ministers and consuls, heads of bureaus and offices, officers of the Army from the rank of
[colonel, of the Navy and of the Air forces from the rank of] captain or commander, provincial governors, city and
municipal mayors, and all other officers of the government whose appointments are not otherwise provided for by law.
SEC. 11. There shall be a Council of State to advise the President on matters of national policy. It shall be composed of
not more than twenty members to be appointed by the President from among citizens who may have rendered
distinguished service to the Nation.
SEC. 12. The President, with the concurrence of two-thirds of all the members of the National Assembly, shall have the
power to declare war and make peace, and, with the concurrence of a majority of all its members, conclude treaties. He
shall receive ambassadors and diplomatic ministers duly accredited to the Republic of the Philippines.
SEC. 13. The President shall have the power to grant reprieves, commutations and pardons, and remit fines and
forfeitures, after conviction, for all offenses, upon such conditions and with such restrictions and limitations as he may
deem proper to impose. He shall have the power to grant amnesty with the concurrence of the National Assembly.
SEC. 14. The President shall from time to time give to the National Assembly information of the state of the nation, and
recommend to its consideration such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient.
Article III: The Legislature
SECTION 1. The Legislative power shall be vested in the National Assembly.
SEC. 2. The National Assembly shall be composed of the provincial governors and city mayors as members ex-officio
and of delegates to be elected every three years, one from each and every province and chartered city. The date and
manner of their election and the method of filling vacancies shall be prescribed by law, which shall not be subjected to
change or modification during the Greater East Asia War.
SEC. 3. No person shall be elected to the National Assembly unless he has been five years a citizen of the Philippines,
and is at least thirty years of age.
SEC. 4. (1) The National Assembly shall convene in regular session once every year on a date to be fixed by law, but no
regular session shall continue longer than sixty days, exclusive of Sundays. It may also be called in special session by the
President, for such time as he may determine, to consider general legislation or only such subjects as he may designate.
(2) The National Assembly shall choose its Speaker, a secretary, a sergeant-at-arms, and such other officers as may be
required. A majority of all the members shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may meet from
day to day, and may compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner and under such penalties as the National
Assembly may provide.
(3) The National Assembly shall be the sole judge of the election, returns and qualifications of its elective members, and
may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its members for disorderly behavior, and with the concurrence of two-
thirds, expel a member. It shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting such
parts as may in its judgment require secrecy, and the yeas and nays on any question shall, at the request of one-fifth of its

members present, be entered in the journal.
SEC. 5. The Speaker and members of the National Assembly shall receive such compensation as may be fixed by law,
exclusive of traveling expenses to and from their respective province or cities in attending the sessions of the National
Assembly. The National Assembly shall not have the power to increase the compensation of its Speaker and its members
during their term of office.
SEC. 6. The members of the National Assembly shall be privileged from arrest during their attendance at the sessions of
the National Assembly, and in going to and returning from the same, except when they commit a crime in which the
penalty fixed by law is death or imprisonment or more than twelve years; and for any speech or debate therein, they shall
not be questioned in any other place.
SEC. 7.(1) The President shall submit within ten days of the opening of each regular session of the National Assembly a
budget of receipts and expenditures which shall be the basis of the general appropriation bill.
(2) If at the termination of any fiscal year the appropriations necessary for the support of the government for the ensuing
fiscal year shall not have been made, the several sums appropriated in the last appropriation bills shall be deemed to be
reappropriated for the several objects and purposes therein specified, so far as the same may be done in the judgment of
the President, until the general appropriation bill shall have been approved.
(3) No provision or enactment shall be embraced in the general appropriation bill, unless it relates specifically to some
particular appropriation in the bill; and any such provision or enactment shall be limited in its operation to such
appropriation.
SEC. 8. The Ministers, upon their own initiative or upon the request of the National Assembly, may appear before and be
heard by the National Assembly on any matter pertaining to their ministries, unless the public interest shall require
otherwise and the President shall so state in writing.
SEC. 9. (1) No bill which shall have passed the National Assembly shall become a law unless approved by the President.
If he approves the same, he shall sign it; but if [it] not, he shall return it with his objections to the National Assembly,
which shall enter the objections at large on its journal and may proceed to reconsider and reapprove it by a vote of two-
thirds of all its members. In all such cases the votes of the National Assembly shall be determined by yeas and nays and
the names of the members voting for and against shall be entered in the journal. If the President should disapprove the
bill for the second time, the National Assembly may not during the same session reconsider and repass the bill. If any bill
shall not be returned by the President as herein provided within twenty days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been
presented to him, the same shall become a law in like manner as if he had signed it, unless the National Assembly by
adjournment prevent its return, in which case it shall become a law unless vetoed by the President within forty days after
adjournment.
(2) The President shall have the power to veto any particular item or items of an appropriation, revenue or tariff bill, but
the veto shall not affect the item or items to which he does not object. When a provision of an appropriation bill affects
one or more items of the same, the President cannot veto the provision without at the same time vetoing the particular
item or items to which it relates.
SEC. 10. (1) No bill which may be enacted into law shall embrace more than one subject which shall be expressed in the
title of the bill.
(2) No bill shall be passed or become a law unless copies thereof in its final form shall have been furnished the members
at least three calendar days prior to its passage by the National Assembly, except when the President shall have certified
to the necessity of its immediate enactment. Upon the last reading of a bill no amendment thereof shall be allowed; and
the question upon its final passage shall be taken immediately thereafter, and the yeas and nays entered on the journal.
SEC. 11. (1) All money collected on any tax levied for a special purpose shall be treated as a special fund and paid out
for such purpose only. If the purpose for which a special fund was created has been fulfilled or abandoned, the balance, if

any, shall be transferred to the general funds of the government.
(2) No money shall be paid out of the Treasury except in pursuance of an appropriation made by law.
(3) No public money or property shall be appropriated, applied, or used directly or indirectly, for the use, benefit, or
support of any sect, church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of religion, or for the use, benefit, or support
of any priest, preacher, minister, or other religious teacher or dignitary as such, except when such priest, preacher,
minister, or dignitary is assigned to the armed forces or to any penal institution, orphanage, or leprosarium.
SEC. 12. (1) The rule of taxation shall be uniform.
(2) The National Assembly may, by law, authorize the President, subject to such limitations and restrictions as it may
impose, to fix, within specified limits, tariff rates, import or export quotas, and tonnage and wharfage duties.
(3) Cemeteries, churches and parsonages or convents appurtenant thereto, and all lands, buildings and improvements
used exclusively for religious, charitable or educational purposes, shall be exempt from taxation.
SEC. 13. In times of war or other national emergency, the National Assembly may by law authorize the President, for a
limited period and subject to such restrictions as it may prescribe, to promulgate rules and regulations to carry out a
declared national policy.
SEC. 14. When the National Assembly is not in session, the President may in cases of urgent necessity, promulgate rules
and ordinances which shall have the force and effect of law until disapproved by resolution before the end of the next
regular session of the National Assembly.
Article IV: The Judiciary
SECTION 1. The Judicial Power shall be vested in the Supreme Court and such inferior courts as may be established by
law.
SEC. 2. The National Assembly shall have the power to define, prescribe, and apportion the jurisdiction of the various
courts, but may not deprive the Supreme Court of its original Jurisdiction over cases affecting ambassadors, diplomatic
ministers and consuls, nor of its jurisdiction to review, revise, reverse, modify, or affirm on appeal, certiorari, or writ of
error, as the law or the rules of court may provide, final judgments and decrees of inferior courts in all cases in which the
constitutionality of any law, ordinance, or executive order or regulation is in question, or in which the jurisdiction of any
court is in issue or where only errors or questions of law are involved.
SEC. 3. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Supreme Court shall be composed of a Chief Justice and six Associate
Justices.
SEC. 4. The members of the Supreme Court shall be appointed by the President with the advice of the Cabinet. All
judges of inferior courts shall be appointed by the President with the advice of the Supreme Court.
SEC. 5. No person may be appointed member of the Supreme Court unless he be a citizen of the Philippines, is at least
forty years of age and has been a judge of a court of record or has been engaged in the practice of law in the Philippines
for at least ten years.
SEC. 6. The National Assembly shall prescribe the qualifications of judges of the inferior courts but no person may be
appointed judge of any such courts unless he be a citizen of the Philippines and has been admitted to the practice of law
in the Philippines.
SEC. 7. The members of the Supreme Court and judges of inferior courts shall hold office during good behavior, until
they become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office. They shall receive such compensation as may be fixed

by law, which may not be diminished during their continuance in office except in case of a general revision of salaries of
all officials and employees of the government.
SEC. 8. The conclusions of the Supreme Court in any case submitted to it for decision shall be reached in consultation
before the case is assigned to a Justice for the writing of opinion of the court. Any Justice dissenting from a decision
shall state the reasons for his dissent.
SEC. 9. No law or executive order, ordinance or regulation may be declared unconstitutional without the unanimous vote
of all the members of the Supreme Court.
SEC. 10. No decision shall be rendered by any court of record without expressing therein clearly and distinctly the facts
and the law on which it is based.
SEC. 11. The Supreme Court shall have the power to promulgate rules concerning pleading, practice and procedure in all
courts, and the admission to the practice of law. Said rules shall be uniform for all courts of the same grade and shall not
diminish, increase or modify substantive rights. All existing laws on pleading, practice and procedure are subject to
alteration and modification by the Supreme Court.
Article V: Impeachment
SECTION 1. The President and the Justices of the Supreme Court shall be removed from office on impeachment for, and
conviction of, culpable violation of the Constitution, treason, bribery, or other high crimes.
SEC. 2. The National Assembly, by a vote of two-thirds of all its members, shall have the sole power of impeachment.
SEC. 3. The Supreme Court shall have the sole power to try all impeachments. No person shall be convicted without the
concurrence of three-fourths of all the Justices of the Supreme Court.
SEC. 4. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than to removal from office and disqualification to
hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit under the government of the Republic of the Philippines, but the party
convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to prosecution, trial, and punishment, according to law.
Article VI: Citizenship
SECTION 1. The following are citizens of the Philippines:
(1) Those who are citizens of the Philippines at the time of the adoption of this Constitution and their descendants.
(2) Those who are naturalized in accordance with law.
SEC. 2. Philippine citizenship may be lost or reacquired in the manner provided by law.
Article VII: Duties and Rights of the Citizen
SECTION 1. It is the duty of every citizen to render personal military and civil service as may be required by law, to pay
taxes and public charges, and to engage in a useful calling, occupation or profession.
SEC. 2. No person shall be deprived of life, liberty or property without due process of law, nor shall any person be
denied the equal protection of the laws.
SEC. 3. No law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion or prohibiting the free exercise thereof, and no
religious test shall be required for the exercise of civil or political rights.
SEC. 4. No law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be passed.

SEC. 5. No ex post facto shall be enacted.
SEC. 6. No person shall be imprisoned for debt.
SEC. 7. No involuntary servitude in any form shall exist except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have
been duly convicted.
SEC. 8. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended except in cases of invasion, insurrection,
rebellion, or when the public safety so requires.
SEC. 9. Private property shall not be taken for public use without just compensation.
SEC. 10. Free access to the courts or administrative tribunals shall not be denied to any person by reason of poverty.
SEC. 11. Subject to such limitations as may be imposed by law in the interest of peace, morals, health, safety or public
security.
(1) The right to be secure against unreasonable searches and seizures shall not be violated.
(2) The privacy of communication and correspondence shall not be invaded.
(3) The right to form associations or societies for purposes not contrary to law shall not be infringed.
(4) The free enjoyment and practice of religious profession and worship, without discrimination or preference, shall not
be curtailed.
(5) The liberty of abode and of changing the same within the limits prescribed by law shall not be impaired.
(6) The freedom of speech, or of the press, or the right of the people peaceably to assemble and petition the government
for redress of grievances, shall not be abridged.
Article VIII: Conservation and Utilization of Natural Resources
SECTION 1. All agricultural, timber, and mineral lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and
other mineral oils, all sources of potential energy, and other natural resources of the Philippines belong to the State, and
their disposition, exploitation, development, or utilization shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to
corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens, subject to any
existing right, grant, lease, or concession at the time of the inauguration of the government established under this
Constitution. Natural resources, with the exception of public agricultural land, shall not be alienated, and no license,
concession, or lease for the exploitation, development, or utilization of any of the natural resources shall be granted for a
period exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for another twenty-five years, except as to water rights for irrigation,
water supply, fisheries, or industrial uses other than the development of water power, in which cases beneficial use may
be the measure and the limit of the grant.
SEC. 2. No private corporation or association may acquire, lease, or hold public agricultural lands in excess of one
thousand and twenty-four hectares, nor may any individual acquire such lands by purchase in excess of one hundred and
forty-four hectares, or by lease of one thousand and twenty-four hectares, or by homestead in excess of twenty-four
hectares. Lands adapted to grazing, not exceeding two thousand hectares, may be leased to an individual, private
corporation, or association.
SEC. 3. The National Assembly may determine by law the size of private agricultural land which individuals,
corporations, or associations may acquire and hold, subject to rights existing prior to the enactment of such law.
SEC. 4. The National Assembly may authorize, upon payment of just compensation, the expropriation of lands to be
subdivided into small lots and conveyed at cost to individuals.
SEC. 5. No private agricultural land shall be transferred or assigned except to individuals, corporations, or associations
qualified to acquire or hold lands of the public domain in the Philippines, or to persons entitled by law [to inherit in case

of intestate succession].
Article IX: General Provisions
SECTION 1. The flag of the Republic of the Philippines shall be red, white, and blue, with a sun and three stars, as
consecrated and honored by the Filipino people.
SEC. 2. The government shall take steps toward the development and propagation of Tagalog as the national language.
SEC. 3. There shall be a General Auditing Office to examine, audit and settle all accounts pertaining to the revenues,
receipts, expenditures of funds and properties of the government, its subdivisions and instrumentalities, as well as of
such persons or institutions as may be provided by law.
SEC. 4. A Civil Service embracing all branches and subdivisions of the government shall be provided by law.
Appointments in the Civil Service, except as to those which are policy-determining, primarily confidential or highly
technical in nature, shall be made only according to merit and fitness, to be determined as far as practicable by
SEC. 5. All public officers and members of the armed forces shall take an oath to support and defend the Constitution.
SEC. 6. No public officer or employee shall receive additional or double compensation unless specifically authorized by
law.
SEC. 7. Public officers and employees shall not be engaged in the practice of any profession during their continuance in
office; nor shall they, directly or indirectly, intervene in the management or control of any private enterprise which in any
way may be affected by the functions of their office, or be financially interested in any contract with the government, or
any subdivision or instrumentality thereof.
SEC. 8. The promotion of social justice to insure the well-being and economic security of all the people shall be the
concern of the State.
SEC. 9. The State shall promote scientific research and invention. Arts and letters shall be under its patronage. The
exclusive right to writings and inventions shall be secured to authors and inventors for a limited period.
SEC. 10. All educational institutions shall be under the supervision of and subject to regulation by the State. The
government shall establish and maintain a complete and adequate system of national education, and shall provide at least
free public elementary instruction, and citizenship training to adult citizens. All schools, colleges, and universities shall
aim to develop moral character, personal and collective discipline, civic conscience, and vocational skill, secure social
efficiency, and teach the duties of citizenship. Optional religious instruction shall be maintained in the public schools as
now authorized by law. The State shall create scholarships in arts, science, and letters for specially gifted citizens.
SEC. 11. The State shall afford protection to labor, especially to working women and minors, and shall regulate the
relations between landowner and tenant, and between labor and capital in industry and in agriculture. The State may
provide for compulsory arbitration.
SEC. 12. The State may, in the interest of national welfare or defense, establish and operate industries and means of
transportation and communication, and, upon payment of just compensation, transfer to public ownership utilities and
other private-enterprises to be operated by the government.
SEC. 13. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted
except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or other entities organized under the laws of the Philippines, sixty
per centum of the capital of which is owned by citizens of the Philippines, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or
authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. No franchise or right shall be granted to
any individual, firm or corporation, except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal

by the National Assembly when the public interest so requires.
SEC. 14. The National Assembly shall not, except by general law, provide for the formation, organization, or regulation
of private corporations, unless such corporations are owned or controlled by the government or any subdivision or
Article X: Amendments
SECTION 1. The National Assembly, by a vote of two-thirds of all its members, may propose amendments to this
Constitution, but such amendments shall not be valid as part of the Constitution unless approved by the people at a
plebiscite or convention especially called for that purpose and on the date and under conditions to be prescribed by law.
Article XI: Transitory Provisions
SECTION 1. This Constitution shall be ratified by the people at a plebiscite or convention especially called for that
purpose. The manner of holding such plebiscite or convention shall be provided by law.
SEC. 2. The first National Assembly shall convene at the place and on the date fixed by law, and immediately after its
organization shall elect the President of the Republic of the Philippines.
SEC. 3. The existing executive departments of the Philippine Executive Commission shall continue as Ministries of the
Republic until the National Assembly shall by law provide otherwise.
SEC. 4. All laws of the Philippines shall continue in force until the inauguration of the Republic; thereafter, such laws
shall remain operative unless inconsistent with this Constitution, until amended, altered, modified or repealed by the
National Assembly, and all references in such laws to the government or officials of the Philippines or of the Philippine
Executive Commission shall be construed, in so far as applicable, to refer to the government and corresponding officials
under the Republic.
SEC. 5. All courts existing at the time of the adoption of this Constitution shall continue and exercise their jurisdiction,
except in so far as it may be inconsistent with the provisions of this Constitution, until otherwise provided by law in
accordance with this Constitution; but all cases, civil and criminal, pending in said courts shall be heard, tried and
determined under the laws [then in force].
SEC. 6. All officers and employees of the government under the Philippine Executive Commission shall continue in
office until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise; but all officers whose appointments are by this Constitution
vested in the President shall vacate their respective offices upon the appointment and qualification of their successors.
SEC. 7. The prohibitions and limitations provided for in this Constitution, notwithstanding, the President of the Republic
of the Philippines may enter into an agreement with any foreign nation for the utilization of natural resources and the
operation of public utilities, which agreement shall expire upon the termination of the Greater East Asia War.
SEC. 8. All property rights and privileges acquired by any person, entity or corporation, since the outbreak of the Greater
East Asia War, shall be subject to adjustment and settlement upon the termination of the said war.
SEC. 9. The provisions of this Constitution, except those contained in this Article and those which refer to the election
and qualification of officers to be elected under this Constitution, shall not take effect until the inauguration of the
Republic of the Philippines.
Article XII: Special Provisions
SECTION 1. Within one year after the termination of the Greater East Asia War, the National Assembly shall by law
provide for the election by popular suffrage of delegates to a Constitutional Convention, which shall meet not later than
sixty days after their election in order to formulate and adopt a new Constitution which shall become effective upon its

approval by the people at a plebiscite to be held for the purpose. After such approval the National Assembly shall
forthwith provide for the election of the officers under the new Constitution and the inauguration of the government
established thereunder.

Annex H

PREAMBLE
We, the sovereign Filipino people, imploring the aid of Divine Providence, in order to establish a government that shall
embody our ideals, promote the general welfare, conserve and develop the patrimony of our Nation, and secure to
ourselves and our posterity the blessings of democracy under a regime of justice, peace, liberty, and equality, do ordain
and promulgate this Constitution.
ARTICLE I
NATIONAL TERRITORY
Section 1. The national territory comprises the Philippine archipelago, with all the islands and waters embraced therein,
and all the other territories belonging to the Philippines by historic or legal title, including the territorial sea, the air
space, the subsoil, the sea-bed, the insular shelves, and the submarine areas over which the Philippines has sovereignty
or jurisdiction. The waters around, between, and connecting the islands of the archipelago, irrespective of their breadth
and dimensions, form part of the internal waters of the Philippines.
ARTICLE II
DECLARATION OF PRINCIPLES AND STATE POLICIES
Section 1. The Philippines is a republican state. Sovereignty resides in the people and all government authority emanates
from them.
Section 2. The defense of the State is the prime duty of government, and in the fulfillment of this duty all citizens may be
required by law to render personal military or civil service.
Section 3. The Philippines renounces war as an instrument of national policy, adopts the generally accepted principles of
international law as part of the law of the land, and adheres to the policy of peace, equality, justice, freedom, cooperation,
and amity with all nations.
Section 4. The State shall strengthen the family as a basic social institution. The natural right and duty of parents in the
rearing of the youth for civic efficiency and the development of moral character shall receive the aid and support of the
government.
Section 5. The State recognizes the vital role of the youth in nation-building and shall promote their physical, intellectual
and social well-being.
Section 6. The State shall promote social justice to ensure the dignity, welfare, and security of all the people. Towards
this end, the State shall regulate the acquisition, ownership, use, enjoyment, and disposition of private property, and
equitably diffuse property ownership and profits.
Section 7. The State shall establish, maintain, and ensure adequate social services in the field of education, health,
housing, employment, welfare, and social security to guarantee the enjoyment of the people of a decent standard of
living.
Section 8. Civilian authority is at all times supreme over the military.
Section 9. The State shall afford protection to labor, promote full employment and equality in employment, ensure equal

work opportunities regardless of sex, race, or creed, and regulate the relation between workers and employers. The State
shall assure the rights of workers to self-organization, collective bargaining, security of tenure, and just and humane
conditions of work. The State may provide for compulsory arbitration.
Section 10. The State shall guarantee and promote the autonomy of local government units, especially the barrio, to
ensure their fullest development as self-reliant communities.
ARTICLE III
CITIZENS
(1) Those who are citizens of the Philippines at the time of the adoption of this Constitution.
(2) Those whose fathers and mothers are citizens of the Philippines.
(3) Those who elect Philippine citizenship pursuant to the provisions of the Constitution of nineteen hundred
and thirty-five.
(4) Those who are naturalized in accordance with law.
Section 2. A female citizen of the Philippines who marries an alien retains her Philippine citizenship, unless by her act or
omission she is deemed, under the law, to have renounced her citizenship.
Section 4. A natural-born citizen is one who is a citizen of the Philippines from birth without having to perform any act
to acquire or perfect his Philippine citizenship.
ARTICLE IV
BILL OF RIGHTS
Section 1. No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law, nor shall any person be
Section 2. Private property shall not be taken for public use without just compensation.
Section 3. The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects against unreasonable searches
and seizures of whatever nature and whatever purpose shall not be violated, and no search warrant or warrant of arrest
shall issue except upon probable cause to be determined by the judge, or such other responsible officer as maybe
authorized by law, after examination under oath or affirmation of the complainant and the witnesses he may produce, and
particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.
Section 4. (1) The privacy of communication and correspondence shall be inviolable except upon lawful order of the
court, or when public safety and order require otherwise.
(2) Any evidence obtained in violation of this or the preceding Section shall be inadmissible for any purpose in any
proceeding.
Section 5. The liberty of abode and of travel shall not be impaired except upon lawful order of the court, or when
necessary in the interest of national security, public safety, or public health.
Section 6. The right of the people to information on matters of public concern shall be recognized. Access to official
records, and to documents and papers pertaining to official acts, transactions, or decisions, shall be afforded the citizen

subject to such limitations as may be provided by law.
Section 7. The right to form associations or societies for purposes not contrary to the law shall not be abridged.
Section 8. No law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof. The free
Section 9. No law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech, or the press, or the right of the people peaceably to
assemble and petition the government for redress of grievances.
Section 10. No law granting a title of royalty or nobility shall be enacted.
Section 11. No law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be passed.
Section 12. No ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted.
Section 13. No person shall be imprisoned for debt or non-payment of a poll tax.
Section 14. No involuntary servitude in any form shall exist except as a punishment for a crime whereof the party shall
have been duly convicted.
Section 15. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended except in cases of invasion, insurrection, or
rebellion, or imminent danger thereof, when the public safety requires it.
Section 16. All persons, shall have the right to a speedy disposition of their cases in all judicial, quasi-judicial, or
administrative bodies.
Section 17. No person shall be held to answer for a criminal offense without due process of law.
Section 18. All persons, except those charged with capital offenses when evidence of guilt is strong shall, before
conviction, be bailable by sufficient sureties. Excessive bail shall not be required.
Section 19. In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall be presumed innocent until the contrary is proved, and shall
enjoy the right to be heard by himself and counsel, to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation against him,
to have a speedy, impartial, and public trial, to meet the witnesses face to face, and to have compulsory process to secure
the attendance of witnesses and the production of evidence in his behalf. However, after arraignment, trial may proceed
notwithstanding the absence of the accused provided that he has been duly notified and his failure to appear is
unjustified.
Section 20. No person shall be compelled to be a witness against himself. Any person under investigation for the
commission of an offense shall have the right to remain silent and to counsel, and to be informed of such right. No force,
violence, threat, intimidation, or any other means which vitiates the free will shall be used against him. Any confession
obtained in violation of this section shall be inadmissible in evidence.
Section 21. Excessive fines shall not be imposed nor cruel or unusual punishment inflicted.
Section 22. No person shall be twice put in jeopardy of punishment for the same offense. If an act is punished by a law
and an ordinance, conviction or acquittal under either shall constitute a bar to another prosecution for the same act.
Section 23. Free access to the courts shall not be denied to any person by reason of poverty.
ARTICLE V
DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF CITIZENS

Section 1. It shall be the duty of the citizen to be loyal to the Republic and to honor the Philippine flag, to defend the
State and contribute to its development and welfare, to uphold the Constitution and obey the laws, and to cooperate with
the duly constituted authorities in the attainment and preservation of a just and orderly society.
Section 2. The rights of the individual impose upon him the correlative duty to exercise them responsibly and with due
regard for the rights of others.
Section 3. It shall be the duty of every citizen to engage in gainful work to assure himself and his family a life worthy of
human dignity.
Section 4. It shall be the obligation of every citizen qualified to vote to register and cast his vote.
ARTICLE VI
SUFFRAGE
Section 1. Suffrage shall be exercised by citizens of the Philippines not otherwise disqualified by law, who are eighteen
years of age or over and who shall have resided in the Philippines for at least one year and in the place wherein they
propose to vote for at least six months preceding the election. No literacy, property or other substantive requirement shall
be imposed on the exercise of, suffrage. The Batasang Pambansa shall provide a system for the purpose of securing the
secrecy and sanctity of the vote.
ARTICLE VII
THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENT
Section 1. The President shall be the head of state and chief executive of the Republic of the Philippines.
Section 2. There shall be a Vice-President who shall have the same qualifications and term of office as the President and
may be removed from office in the same manner as the President as provided in Article XIII, Section 2 of this
Constitution.
The Vice-President may be appointed as a member of the Cabinet and may be nominated and elected as Prime Minister.
The Vice-President shall be elected with and in the same manner as the President.
The President shall be elected from among the Members of the National Assembly by a majority vote of all its Members
for a term of six years from the date he takes his oath of office, which shall not be later than three days after the
proclamation of the National Assembly, nor in any case earlier than the expiration of the term of his predecessor. Upon
taking his oath of office, the President shall cease to be a Member of the National Assembly and of any political party.
He shall be ineligible to hold any other elective office during his term.
Section 3. No person may be elected President unless he is at least fifty years of age at the day of his election as
President, and a resident of the Philippines for at least ten years immediately preceding his election. However, if no
Member of the National Assembly is qualified or none of those qualified is a candidate for President, any Member
thereof may be elected President.
Section 4. (1) The President shall have an official residence and shall receive a compensation to be fixed by law, which
shall not be increased or decreased during his term of office. He shall not receive during his tenure any other emolument
from the government or any other source. Until the National Assembly shall provide otherwise, the President shall
receive an annual salary of one hundred thousand pesos.
(2) The President shall not during his tenure, hold any appointive office, practice any profession, participate directly or
indirectly in the management of any business, or be financially interested directly or indirectly in any contract with, or in
any franchise or special privilege granted by, the government or any subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof,

including government-owned or controlled corporations.
Section 5. In case of permanent disability, death, removal from office, or resignation of the President, the Speaker of the
National Assembly shall act as President until a successor has been elected for the unexpired portion of the term of the
President.
Section 6. The President shall have the following duties and functions:
(1) Address the National Assembly at the opening of its regular session.
(2) Proclaim the election of the Prime Minister.
(3) Dissolve the National Assembly and call for a general election as provided herein.
(4) Accept the resignation of the Cabinet as provided herein.
(5) Attest to the appointment or cessation from office of Members of the Cabinet, and of other officers as may
be provided by law.
(6) Appoint all officers and employees in his office in accordance with the Civil Service Law.
(7) Perform such other duties and functions of State as may be provided by law.
Section 7. The President shall be immune from suit during his tenure.
ARTICLE VIII
THE NATIONAL ASSEMBLY
Section 1. The Legislative power shall be vested in a National Assembly.
Section 2. The National Assembly shall be composed of as many Members as may be provided by law to be appointed
among the provinces, representative districts, and cities in accordance with the number of their respective inhabitants and
on the basis of a uniform and progressive ratio. Each district shall comprise, as far as practicable, contiguous, compact,
and adjacent territory. Representative districts or provinces already created or existing at the time of the ratification of
this Constitution shall have at least one Member each.
Section 3. (1) The Members of the National Assembly shall be elected by the qualified electors in their respective
districts for a term of six years which shall begin, unless otherwise provided by law, at noon on the thirtieth day of June
next following their election.
(2) In case the National Assembly is dissolved, the newly elected Members shall serve the unexpired portion of the term
from the time the Prime Minister convenes the Assembly, which shall not be later than thirty days immediately following
the elections.
Section 4. No person shall be a Member of the National Assembly unless he is a natural-born citizen of the Philippines
and, on the day of the election, is at least twenty-five years of age, able to read and write, a registered voter in the district
in which he shall be elected, and a resident thereon for a period of not less than one year immediately preceding the day
of the election.
Section 5. (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, the regular election of Members of the National Assembly shall be held
on the second Monday of May every six years thereafter.
(2) In case a vacancy arises in the National Assembly one year or more before a regular election, the Commission on
Elections shall call a special election to be held within sixty days after the vacancy occurs.

Section 6. The National Assembly shall convene once every year on the fourth Monday of July for its regular session,
unless a different date is fixed by law, and shall continue to be in session until thirty days before the opening of its next
regular session, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays. It may recess for periods not exceeding thirty days
each, and not more than ninety days during the year. However, it may be called to session at any time by the Prime
Minister to consider such subjects or legislation as he may designate.
Section 7. (1) The National Assembly, shall, by a majority vote of all its Members, elect its Speaker from the Members
thereof. It shall choose such other officers as it may deem necessary.
(2) The election of the President and the Prime Minister shall precede all other business following the election of the
Speaker.
(3) A majority of the National Assembly shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may adjourn
from day to day and may compel the attendance of absent Members in such manner, and under such penalties, as the
National Assembly may provide.
(4) The National Assembly may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its Members for disorderly behavior, and
with concurrence of two-thirds of all its Members, suspend or expel a Member, but if the penalty is suspension, this shall
not exceed sixty days.
(5) The National Assembly shall keep a Journal of its proceedings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting
such parts as may, in its judgment, affect national security; and the yeas and nays on any question shall, at the request of
one-fifth of the Members present, be entered in the Journal.
Section 8. (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, each Member of the National Assembly shall receive an annual salary
of sixty thousand pesos. The Speaker of the National Assembly shall receive an annual salary of seventy-five thousand
pesos. No increase in salary shall take effect until after the expiration of the term of the Members of the National
Assembly approving such increase.
(2) The records and books of accounts of the National Assembly shall be open to the public in accordance with law, and
such books shall be audited by the Commission on Audit which shall publish annually the itemized expenditures for each
Member.
Section 9. A Member of the National Assembly shall, in all offenses punishable by not more than six years
imprisonment, be privileged from arrest during his attendance at its sessions, and in going to and returning from the
same; but the National Assembly shall surrender the Member involved to the custody of the law within twenty-four
hours after its adjournment for a recess or its next session, otherwise such privilege shall cease upon its failure to do so.
A Member shall not be questioned or held liable in any other place for any speech or debate in the Assembly or in any
committee thereof.
Section 10. A Member of the National Assembly shall not hold any other office or employment in the government, or any
subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including government-owned or controlled corporations during his tenure
except that of Prime Minister or Member of the Cabinet. Neither shall he be appointed to any civil office which may
have been created or the emoluments thereof increased while he was a Member of the National Assembly.
Section 11. No Member of the National Assembly shall appear as counsel before any court inferior to a court with
appellate jurisdiction, before any court in any civil case wherein the government, or any subdivision, agency, or
instrumentality thereof is the adverse party, or before any administrative body. Neither shall he, directly or indirectly, be
interested financially in any contract with, or in any franchise or special privilege granted by, the government, or any
subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including any government-owned or controlled corporation, during his
term of office. He shall not intervene in any matter before any office of the government for his pecuniary benefit.
Section 12. (1) There shall be a question hour at least once a month or as often as the rules of the National Assembly may

provide, which shall be included in its agenda, during which the Prime Minister or any Minister may be required to
appear and answer questions and interpellations by Members of the National Assembly. Written questions shall be
submitted to the Speaker at least three days before a scheduled question hour. Interpellations shall not be limited to the
written questions, but may cover matters related thereto. The agenda shall specify the subjects of the question hour.
When the security of the State so requires and the Prime Minister so states in writing, the question hour shall be
conducted in executive session.
(2) The National Assembly or any of its committees may conduct inquiries in aid of legislation in accordance with its
duly published rules of procedure. The rights of persons appearing in such inquiries shall be respected.
Section 13. (1) The National Assembly may withdraw its confidence from the Prime Minister only by electing a
successor by a majority vote of all its Members. No motion for the election of such successor shall be debated and voted
upon until after the lapse of three days from the submittal of such motion.
(2) The Prime Minister may advise the President in writing to dissolve the National Assembly whenever the need arises
for a popular vote of confidence on fundamental issues, but not on a matter involving his own personal integrity.
Whereupon, the President shall dissolve the National Assembly not earlier than five days nor later than ten days from his
receipt of the advice, and call for an election on a date set by the Prime Minister which shall not be earlier than forty-five
days nor later than sixty days from the date of such dissolution. However, no dissolution of the National Assembly shall
take place within nine months immediately preceding a regular election or within nine months immediately following
any general election.
(3) In case of dissolution of the National Assembly or the termination of its regular term, the incumbent Prime Minister
and the Cabinet shall continue to conduct the affairs of government until the new National Assembly is convoked and a
Prime Minister is elected and has qualified.
Section. 14. (1) Except as otherwise provided in this Constitution, no treaty shall be valid and effective unless concurred
in by a majority of all the Members of the National Assembly.
(2) The National Assembly, by a vote of two-thirds of all its Members, shall have the sole power to declare the existence
of a state of war.
Section 15. In times of war or other national emergency, the National Assembly may by law authorize the Prime
Minister, for a limited period and subject to such restrictions as it may prescribe, to exercise powers necessary and proper
to carry out a declared national policy. Unless sooner withdrawn by resolution of the National Assembly, such powers
shall cease upon its next adjournment.
Section 16. (1) The Prime Minister shall submit to the National Assembly within thirty days from the opening of each
regular session, as the basis of the general appropriations bill, a budget of receipts based on existing and proposed
revenue measures, and of expenditures. The form, content, and manner of preparation of the budget shall be prescribed
by law.
(2) No provision or enactment shall be embraced in the general appropriations bill unless it relates specifically to some
particular appropriation therein. Any such provision or enactment shall be limited in its operation to the appropriation to
which it relates.
(3) The procedure in approving appropriations for the National Assembly shall strictly follow the procedure for
approving appropriations for other departments and agencies.
(4) A special appropriations bill shall specify the purpose for which it is intended, and shall be supported by funds
actually available as certified to by the National Treasurer, or to be raised by a corresponding revenue proposal included
therein.
(5) No law shall be passed authorizing any transfer of appropriations; however, the Prime Minister, the Speaker, the

Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, and the heads of Constitutional Commissions may by law be authorized to augment
any item in the general appropriations law for their respective offices from saving in other items of their respective
appropriations.
(6) If, by the end of the fiscal year, the National Assembly shall have failed to pass the general appropriations bill for the
ensuing fiscal year, the general appropriations law for the preceding fiscal year shall be deemed re-enacted and shall
remain in force and effect until the general appropriations bill is passed by the National Assembly.
Section 17. (1) The rule of taxation shall be uniform and equitable. The National Assembly shall evolve a progressive
system of taxation.
(2) The National Assembly may by law authorize the Prime Minister to fix within specified limits, and subject to such
limitations and restrictions as it may impose, tariff rates, import and export quotas, tonnage and wharfage dues, and other
duties or imposts.
(3) Charitable institutions, churches, personages or convents appurtenant thereto, mosques and non-profit cemeteries,
and all lands, buildings and improvements actually, directly, and exclusively used for religious or charitable purposes
shall be exempt from taxation.
(4) No law granting any tax exemption shall be passed without the concurrence of a majority of all the Members of the
National Assembly.
Section 18. (1) No money shall be paid out of the Treasury except in pursuance of an appropriation made by law.
(2) No public money or property shall ever be appropriated, applied, paid, or used, directly or indirectly, for the use,
benefit, or support of any sect, church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of religion or for the use, benefit, or
support of any priest, preacher, minister, or other religious teacher or dignitary as such, except when such priest,
preacher, minister, or dignitary is assigned to the armed forces, or to any penal institution, or government orphanage or
leprosarium.
Section 19. (1) Every bill shall become a law unless it has passed three readings on separate days, and printed copies
thereof in its final form have been distributed to the Members three days before its passage, except when the Prime
Minister certifies to the necessity of its immediate enactment to meet a public calamity or emergency. Upon the last
reading of a bill, no amendment thereto shall be allowed, and the vote thereon shall be taken immediately thereafter, and
the yeas and nays entered in the Journal.
(2) No bill except those of local application shall be calendared without the prior recommendation of the Cabinet.
Section 20. (1) Every bill passed by the national Assembly shall, before it becomes a law, be presented to the Prime
Minister. If he approves the same he shall sign it; otherwise, he shall veto it and return the same with his objections to the
National Assembly. The bill may be reconsidered by the National Assembly and, if approved by two-thirds of all its
Members, shall become a law. The Prime Minister shall act on every bill passed by the National Assembly within thirty
days after the date of receipt thereof; otherwise, it shall become a law as if he had signed it.
(2) The Prime Minister shall have the power to veto any particular item or items in appropriation, revenue, or tariff bill,
but the veto shall not affect the item or items to which he does not object.
ARTICLE IX
THE PRIME MINISTER AND THE CABINET
Section 1. The Executive power shall be exercised by the Prime Minister with the assistance of the Cabinet. The Cabinet,
headed by the Prime Minister, shall consist of the heads of ministries as provided by law. The Prime Minister shall be the
head of the government.

Section 2. The Prime Minister and the cabinet shall be responsible to the National Assembly for the program of
government and shall determine the guidelines of national policy.
Section 3. The Prime Minister shall be elected by a majority of all the Members of the National Assembly from among
themselves.
Section 4. The Prime Minister shall appoint the members of the Cabinet who shall be the heads of ministries at least a
majority of whom shall come from the National Assembly. Members of the Cabinet may be removed at the discretion of
the Prime Minister.
Section 5. (1) The Prime Minister shall appoint the Deputy Prime Minister from among the Members of the National
Assembly. The Deputy Prime Minister shall head a ministry and shall perform such other functions as may be assigned
to him by the Prime Minister.
(2) The Prime Minister shall also appoint the Deputy Ministers who shall perform such functions as may be assigned to
them by law or by the respective heads of ministries.
Section 6. The Prime Ministers and the Members of the Cabinet, on assuming office, shall take the following oath or
affirmation :
"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfill my duties as (name of
position) of the Philippines, preserve and defend its Constitution, execute its laws, do justice to every
man and consecrate myself to the service of the Nation. So help me God." (In case of affirmation, the
last sentence will be omitted)
Section 7. The salaries and emoluments of the Prime Minister and the Members of the Cabinet shall be fixed by law
which shall not be increased or decreased during their tenure of office. Until otherwise provided by law, the Prime
Minister shall receive the same salary as that of the President.
Section 8. The Prime Minister and the Members of the cabinet shall be subject to the provisions of sections ten and
eleven of Article Eight hereof and may not appear as counsel before any court or administrative body, or participate in
the management of any business, or practice any profession.
Section 9. The Prime Minister or any Member of the Cabinet may resign for any cause without vacating his seat in the
National Assembly.
Section 10. The Prime Minister shall, at the beginning of each regular session of the National Assembly, and from time
to time thereafter, present the program of government and recommend for the consideration of the National Assembly
such measures as he may deem necessary and proper.
Section 11. The Prime Minister shall have control of all ministries.
Section 12. The Prime Minister shall be commander-in-chief of all armed forces of the Philippines, and whenever it
becomes necessary, he may call out such armed forces to prevent or suppress lawless violence, invasion, insurrection, or
rebellion. In case of invasion, or rebellion, or imminent danger thereof when the public safety requires, it he may
suspend the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus, or place the Philippines or any part thereof under martial law.
Section 13. The Prime Minister shall appoint the heads of bureaus and offices, the officers of the armed forces of the
Philippines from the rank of brigadier general or commodore, and all other officers of the Government whose
appointments are not herein otherwise provided for, and those whom he may be authorized by law to appoint. However,
the National Assembly may by law vest in members of the cabinet, courts, heads of agencies, commissions, and boards
the power to appoint inferior officers in their respective offices.
Section 14. The Prime Minister may, except in cases of impeachment grant reprieves, commutations, and pardons, remit

fines and forfeitures after final conviction, and with the concurrence of the National Assembly, grant amnesty.
Section 15. The Prime Minister may contract and guarantee foreign and domestic loans on behalf of the Republic of the
Philippines, subject to such limitations as may be provided by law.
Section 16. All powers vested in the President of the Philippines under nineteen hundred and thirty-five Constitution and
the laws of the land which are not herein provided for or conferred upon any official shall be deemed, and are hereby,
vested in the Prime Minister, unless the National Assembly provides otherwise.
ARTICLE X
THE JUDICIARY
Section 1. The Judicial power shall be vested in one Supreme Court and in such inferior courts as may be established by
law. The Batasang Pambansa shall have the power to define, prescribe and apportion the jurisdiction of the various
courts, but may not deprive the Supreme Court of its jurisdiction over cases enumerated in Section five thereof.
Section 2. (1) The Supreme Court shall be composed of a Chief Justice and fourteen Associate Justices. It may sit en
banc or in two divisions.
(2) All cases involving the constitutionality of a treaty, executive agreement, or law shall be heard and decided by the
Supreme Court en banc, and no treaty, executive agreement, or law may be declared unconstitutional without the
concurrence of at least ten Members. All other cases, which under its rules are required to be heard en banc, shall be
decided with the concurrence of at least eight Members.
(3) Cases heard by a division shall be decided with the concurrence of at least five Members, but if such required number
is not obtained, the case shall be decided en banc: Provided, that no doctrine or principle of law laid down by the Court
in a decision rendered en banc or in a division may be modified or reversed except by the Court sitting en banc.
Section 3. (1) No person shall be appointed Member of the Supreme Court unless he is a natural born citizen of the
Philippines, at least forty years of age, and has for ten years or more been a judge of a court of record or engaged in the
practice of law in the Philippines.
(2) The Batasang Pambansa shall prescribe the qualifications of judges of inferior courts, but no person may be
appointed judge thereof unless he is a natural-born citizen of the Philippines and a member of the Philippine Bar.
Section 4. The Members of the Supreme Court and judges of inferior courts shall be appointed by the President.
Section 5. The Supreme Court shall have the following powers:
(1) Exercise original jurisdiction over cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls, and over
petitions for certiorari, prohibition, mandamus, quo warranto, and habeas corpus.
(2) Review and revise, reverse, modify, or affirm on appeal or certiorari, as the law or the rules of court may
provide, final judgments and decrees of inferior courts in:
(a) All cases in which the constitutionality or validity of any treaty, executive agreement, law,
ordinance, or executive order or regulation is in question.
(b) All cases involving the legality of any tax, impost, assessment, or toll, or any penalty imposed in
relation thereto.
(c) All cases in which the jurisdiction of any inferior court is in issue.
(d) All criminal cases in which the penalty imposed is death or life imprisonment.

(e) All cases in which only an error or question of law is involved.
(3) Assign temporarily judges of inferior courts to other stations as public interest may require. Such temporary
assignment shall not last longer than six months without the consent of the judge concerned.
(4) Order a change of venue or place of trial to avoid a miscarriage of justice.
(5) Promulgate rules concerning pleading, practice, and procedure in all courts, the admission to the practice of
law, and the integration of the bar, which, however, may be repealed, altered or supplemented by the Batasang
Pambansa. Such rules shall provide a simplified and inexpensive procedure for the speedy disposition of cases,
shall be uniform for all courts of the same grade, and shall not diminish, increase, or modify substantive rights.
(6) Appoint its officials and employees in accordance with the Civil Service Law.
Section 6. The Supreme Court shall have administrative supervision over all courts and the personnel thereof.
Section 7. The Members of the Supreme Court and judges of inferior courts shall hold office during good behavior until
they reach the age of seventy years or become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office. The Supreme Court
shall have the power to discipline judges of inferior courts and, by a vote of at least eight Members, order their dismissal.
Section 8. The conclusions of the Supreme Court in any case submitted to it for decision en banc or in division shall be
reached in consultation before the case is assigned to a Member for the writing of opinion of the Court. Any Member
dissenting from a decision shall state the reasons for his dissent. The same requirement shall be observed by all inferior
collegiate courts.
Section 9. Every decision of a court of record shall clearly and distinctly state the facts and the law on which it is based.
The Rules of Court shall govern the promulgation of minute resolutions.
Section 10. The salary of the Chief Justice and of the Associate Justices of the Supreme Court, and of judges of inferior
courts shall be fixed by law, which shall not be decreased during their continuance in office. Until the Batasang
Pambansa shall provide otherwise, the Chief Justice shall receive an annual salary of seventy-five thousand pesos, and
each Associate Justice, sixty thousand pesos.
Section 11. (1) Upon the effectivity of this Constitution, the maximum period within which a case or matter shall be
decided or resolved from the date of its submission, shall be eighteen months for the Supreme Court, unless reduced by
the Supreme Court, twelve months for all inferior collegiate courts, and three months for all other inferior courts.
(2) With respect to the Supreme Court and other collegiate appellate courts, when the applicable maximum period shall
have lapsed without the rendition of the corresponding decision or resolution, because the necessary vote cannot be had,
the judgment, order, or resolution appealed from shall be deemed affirmed except in those cases where a qualified
majority is required and in appeals from judgments of conviction in criminal cases, and in original special civil actions
and proceedings for habeas corpus, the petition in such cases shall be deemed dismissed, and a certification to this effect
signed by the Chief Magistrate of the court shall be issued and a copy thereof attached to the record of the case.
Section 12. The Supreme Court shall, within thirty days from the opening of each regular session of the Batasang
Pambansa, submit to the President, the Prime Minister, and the Batasang Pambansa an annual report on the operations
and activities of the Judiciary.
ARTICLE XI
LOCAL GOVERNMENT
Section 1. The territorial and political subdivisions of the Philippines are the provinces, cities, municipalities, and
barrios.

Section 2. The Batasang Pambansa shall enact a local government code which may not be thereafter amended except by
a majority vote of all its Members, defining a more responsive and accountable local government structure with an
effective system of recall, allocating among the different local government units their powers, responsibilities, and
resources, and providing for the qualifications, election and removal, term, salaries, powers, functions, and duties of
local officials, and all other matters relating to the organization and operation of the local units. However, any change in
the existing form of local government shall not take effect until ratified by a majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite
called for the purpose.
Section 3. No province, city, municipality, or barrio may be created, divided, merged, abolished, or its boundary
substantially altered except in accordance with the criteria established in the local government code, and subject to the
approval by a majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite in the unit or units affected.
Section 4. (1) Provinces with respect to component cities and municipalities with respect to component barrios, shall
ensure that the acts of their component units are within the scope of their assigned powers and functions. Highly
urbanized cities, as determined by standards established in the local government code shall be independent of the
province.
(2) Local government units may group themselves, or consolidate or coordinate their efforts, services, and resources for
purposes commonly beneficial to them.
Section 5. Each local government unit shall have the power to create its own sources of revenue and to levy taxes,
subject to limitations as may be provided by law.
ARTICLE XII
THE CONSTITUTIONAL COMMISSIONS
A. Common Provisions
Section 1. The Constitutional Commissions shall be the Civil Service Commission, the Commission on Elections, and
the Commission on Audit.
Section 2. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Chairman and each Commissioner of a Constitutional Commission
shall receive an annual salary of sixty thousand pesos, and fifty thousand pesos, respectively, which shall not be
decreased during their continuance in office.
Section 3. No Member of the Constitutional Commission shall, during his tenure in office, engage in the practice of any
profession or in the management of any business, or be financially interested directly or indirectly in any contract with,
or in any franchise or privilege granted by, the government, or any subdivision, agency, or instrumentality, thereof,
including government- owned or controlled corporations.
Section 4. The Constitutional Commissions shall appoint their officials and employees in accordance with the Civil
Service Law.
B. The Civil Service Commission
Section 1. (1) The Civil Service embraces every branch, agency, subdivision, and instrumentality of the government,
including every government- owned or controlled corporation. It shall be administered by an independent Civil Service
Commission composed of a Chairman and two Commissioners who shall be natural-born citizens of the Philippines, and
at the time of their appointment, are at least thirty-five years of age and holders of a college degree, and must not have
been candidates for any elective position in the election immediately preceding their appointment. The Chairman and the
Commissioners shall be appointed by the Prime Minister for a term of seven years without reappointment. Of the
Commissioners first appointed, one shall hold office for seven years, another for five years, and the third for three years.
Appointment to any vacancy shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term of the predecessor.

(2) The Commissioner shall, subject to such limitations as may be provided by law, established a career service and
adopt measures to promote morale, efficiency, and integrity in the Civil Service.
Section 2. Appointments in the Civil Service, except as to those which are policy-determining, primarily confidential, or
highly technical in nature, shall be made only according to merit and fitness, to be determined as far as practicable by
Section 3. No officer or employee in the Civil Service shall be suspended or dismissed except for cause provided by law.
Section 4. (1) No elective official shall be eligible for appointment to any office or position during his term of office.
(2) No candidate who lost an election shall be eligible for appointment or reappointment to any office in the government,
or in any government-owned or controlled corporation, within one year following such election.
Section 5. No officer or employee in the Civil Service, including members of the armed forces, shall engage directly or
indirectly in any partisan political activity or take part in any election, except to vote.
Section 6. The National Assembly shall provide for the standardization of compensation of government officials and
employees, including those in government-owned and controlled corporations, taking into account the nature of the
responsibilities pertaining to, and the qualifications required for, the positions concerned.
C. The Commission on Elections
Section 1. (1) There shall be an independent Commission on Elections composed of a Chairman and eight
Commissioners who shall be natural-born citizens of the Philippines and, at the time of their appointment, at least thirty-
five years of age and holders of college degree. However, a majority thereof, including the Chairman, shall be Members
of the Philippine Bar who have been engaged in the practice of law for at least ten years.
(2) The Chairman and the Commissioners shall be appointed by the Prime Minister for a term of seven years without
reappointment. Of the Commissioners first appointed, three shall hold office for seven years, three for five years, and the
last three for three years. Appointments to any vacancy shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term of the
predecessor.
Section 2. The Commission on Elections shall have the following powers and functions:
(1) Enforce and administer all laws relative to the conduct of elections.
(2) Be the sole judge of all contests relating to the elections, returns, and qualifications of all Members of the
National Assembly and elective provincial and city officials. provincial and city officials.
(3) Decide, save those involving the right to vote, administrative questions affecting elections, including the
determination of the number and location of polling places, the appointment of election officials and inspectors,
and the registration of voters.
(4) Deputize, with the consent or at the instance of the Prime Minister, law enforcement agencies and
instrumentalities of the Government, including the Armed Forces of the Philippines, for the purpose of ensuring
free, orderly, and honest elections.
(5) Register and accredit political parties subject to the provisions of Section Eight hereof.
(6) Recommend to the National Assembly effective measures to minimize election expenses and prohibit all
forms of election frauds and malpractices, political opportunism, guest or nuisance candidacy, or other similar
acts.

(7) Submit to the President, Prime Minister, and the National Assembly a report on the conduct and manner of
each election.
(8) Perform such other functions as may be provided by law.
Section 3. The Commission on Elections may sit en banc or in three divisions. All election cases may be heard and
decided by divisions, except contests involving Members of the National Assembly, which shall be heard and decided en
banc. Unless otherwise provided by law, all election cases shall be decided within ninety days from the date of their
submission for decision.
Section 4. The Commission may recommend to the Prime Minister the removal of, or any other disciplinary action
against, any officer or employee it has deputized, for violation or disregard of, or disobedience to its decision, order, or
directive.
Section 5. The enjoyment or utilization of all franchises or permits for the operation of transportation and other public
utilities, media of communication, all grants, special privileges, or concessions granted by the government, or any
subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, including any government-owned or controlled corporation, may be
supervised or regulated by the Commission during the election period for the purpose of ensuring free, orderly, and
honest elections.
Section 6. Unless otherwise fixed by the Commission in special cases, the election period shall commence ninety days
before the day of election and shall end thirty days thereafter.
Section 7. No pardon, parole, or suspension of sentence for violation of the law or rules and regulations concerning
elections be granted without the recommendation of the Commission.
Section 8. A political party shall be entitled to accreditation by the Commission if, in the immediately preceding election,
such party has obtained at least the third highest number of votes cast in the constituency to which it seeks accreditation.
No religious sect shall be registered as a political party and no political party which seeks to achieve its goals through
violence or subversion shall be entitled to accreditation.
Section 9. (1) Bona fide candidates for any public office shall be free from any form of harassment and discrimination.
(2) No party or candidate shall have membership in the registration board, board of election inspectors, board of
canvassers, or other similar bodies.
Section 10. No elective public officer may change his political party affiliation during his term of office and no candidate
for any elective public office may change his political party affiliation within six months immediately preceding or
following an election.
Section 11. Any decision, order, or ruling of the Commission may be brought to the Supreme Court on certiorari by the
aggrieved party within thirty days from his receipt of a copy thereof.
D. Commission on Audit
Section 1. (1) There shall be an independent Commission on Audit composed of a Chairman and two Commissioners
who shall be natural-born citizens of the Philippines and, at the time of their appointment, at least forty years of age and
certified public accountants or members of the Philippine Bar for at least ten years.
(2) The Chairman and the Commissioners shall be appointed by the Prime Minister for a term of seven years without
reappointment. Of the Commissioners first appointed, one shall hold office for seven years, another for five years, and
the third for three years. Appointment to any vacancy shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term of the
predecessor.

Section 2. The Commission on Audit shall have the following powers and functions:
(1) Examine, audit, and settle, in accordance with law and regulations, all accounts pertaining to the revenues
and receipts of, and expenditures or uses of funds and property, owned or held in trust by, or pertaining to, the
Government, or any of its subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities, including government-owned and
controlled corporations; keep the general accounts of the government and, for such period as may be provided
by law, preserve the vouchers pertaining thereto; and promulgate accounting and auditing rules and regulations
including those for the prevention of irregular, unnecessary, excessive, or extravagant expenditures or use of
funds and property.
(2) Decide any case brought before it within sixty days from the date of its submission for resolution. Unless
otherwise provided by law, any decision, order, or ruling of the Commission may be brought to the Supreme
Court on certiorari by the aggrieved party within days from his receipt of a copy thereof.
(3) Submit to the President, the Prime Minister, and the National Assembly, within the time fixed by law, an
annual financial report of the government, its subdivisions, agencies, and instrumentalities, including
government-owned and controlled corporations, and recommend measures necessary to improve their efficiency
and effectiveness. It shall submit such other reports as may be required by law.
(4) Perform such other duties and functions as may be prescribed by law.
ARTICLE XIII
ACCOUNTABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICERS
Section 1. Public office is a public trust. Public officers and employees shall serve with the highest degree of
responsibility, integrity, loyalty, and efficiency, and shall remain accountable to the people.
Section 2. The President, the Justices of the Supreme Court, and the Members of the Constitutional Commissions shall
be removed from office on impeachment for, and conviction of, culpable violation of the Constitution, treason, bribery,
other high crimes, or graft and corruption.
Section 3. The National Assembly shall have the exclusive power to initiate, try, decide all cases of impeachment. Upon
the filing of a verified complaint, the National Assembly may initiate impeachment by a vote of at least one-fifth of all its
Members. No official shall be convicted without the concurrence of at least two-thirds of all the members thereof. When
the National Assembly sits in impeachment cases, its Members shall be on oath or affirmation.
Section 4. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall be limited to removal from office and disqualification to hold any
office of honor, trust, or profit under the Republic of the Philippines, but the party convicted shall nevertheless be liable
and subject to prosecution, trial, and punishment, in accordance with law.
Section 5. The National Assembly shall create a special court, to be known as Sandiganbayan, which shall have
jurisdiction over criminal and civil cases involving graft and corrupt practices and such other offenses committed by
public officers and employees, including those in government-owned or controlled corporations, in relation to their office
as may be determined by law.
Section 6. The National Assembly shall create an office of the Ombudsman, to be known as Tanodbayan, which shall
receive and investigate complaints relative to public office, including those in government-owned or controlled
corporations, make appropriate recommendations, and in case of failure of justice as defined by law, file and prosecute
the corresponding criminal, civil, or administrative case before the proper court or body.
ARTICLE XIV
THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND THE PATRIMONY OF THE NATION

Section 1. The National Assembly shall establish a National Economic and Development Authority, to be headed by the
Prime Minister, which shall recommend to the National Assembly, after consultation with the private sector, local
government units, and other appropriate public agencies, continuing, coordinated, and fully integrated social and
economic plans and programs.
Section 2. The State shall regulate or prohibit private monopolies when the public interest so requires. No combinations
in restraint of trade or unfair competition shall be allowed.
Section 3. The National Assembly shall, upon recommendation of the National Economic and Development Authority,
reserve to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations wholly owned by such citizens, certain traditional
areas of investments when the national interest so dictates.
Section 4. The National Assembly shall not, except by general law, provide for the formation, organization, or regulation
of private corporations, unless such corporations are owned or controlled by the government or any subdivision or
granted except to citizens of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens,
nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period then fifty years.
Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment,
alteration, or repeal by the National Assembly when the public interest so requires. The State shall encourage equity
participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any
public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof.
Section 6. The State may, in the interest of the national welfare or defense, establish and operate industries and means of
transportation and communication, and, upon payment of just compensation, transfer to public ownership utilities and
other private enterprises to be operated by the government.
Section 7. In times of national emergency when the public interest so requires, the State may temporarily take over or
direct the operation of any privately owned public utility or business affected with public interest.
Section 8. All lands of public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum and other mineral oils, all forces of potential
energy, fisheries, wildlife, and other natural resources of the Philippines belong to the State. With the exception of
agricultural, industrial or commercial, residential, or resettlement lands of the public domain, natural resources shall not
be alienated, and no license, concession, or lease for the exploration, or utilization of any of the natural resources shall be
granted for a period exceeding twenty-five years, except as to water rights for irrigation, water supply, fisheries, or
industrial uses other than development of water power, in which cases, beneficial use may by the measure and the limit
of the grant.
Section 9. The disposition, exploration, development, exploitation, or utilization of any of the natural resources of the
Philippines shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of
the capital which is owned by such citizens. The National Assembly, in the national interest, may allow such citizens,
corporations or associations to enter into service contracts for financial, technical, management, or other forms of
assistance with any foreign person or entity for the exploration, or utilization of any of the natural resources. Existing
valid and binding service contracts for financial, technical, management, or other forms of assistance are hereby
recognized as such.
Section 10. Lands of the public domain are classified into agricultural, industrial, or commercial, residential,
resettlement, mineral, timber or forest, and grazing lands, and such other classes as may be provided by law.
Section 11. The National Assembly taking into account conservation, ecological, and developmental requirements of the
natural resources shall determine by law the size of lands of the public domain which may be developed, held or
acquired by, or leased to, any qualified individual, corporation or association, and the conditions therefor. No private
corporation or association may hold alienable lands of the public domain except by lease not to exceed one thousand

hectares in area; nor may any citizen hold such lands by lease in excess of five hundred hectares or acquire by purchase
or homestead in excess of twenty-four hectares. No private corporation or association may hold by lease, concession,
license, or permit timber or forest lands and other timber or forest resources in excess of one hundred thousand hectares;
however, such area may be increased by the National Assembly upon recommendation of the National Economic and
Development Authority.
Section 12. The State shall formulate and implement an agrarian reform program aimed at emancipating the tenant from
the bondage of the soil and achieving the goals enunciated in this Constitution.
Section 13. The National Assembly may authorize, upon payment of just compensation, the expropriation of public lands
to be subdivided into small lots and conveyed at cost to deserving citizens.
Section 14. Save in cases of hereditary succession, no private land shall be transferred or conveyed except to individuals,
corporations, or associations qualified to acquire or hold lands of the public domain.
Section 15. Any provision of paragraph one, Section 14, Article VIII and of this Article notwithstanding, the Prime
Minister may enter into international treaties or agreement as the national welfare and interest may require.
ARTICLE XV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. The flag of the Philippines shall be red, white, and blue, with a sun and three stars, as consecrated and honored
by the people and recognized by law.
Section 2. The Interim National Assembly may by law adopt a new name for the country, a national anthem, and a
national seal, which shall all be truly reflective and symbolic of ideas, history, and traditions of the people. Thereafter the
national name, anthem, and seal so adopted shall not be subject to change except by constitutional amendment.
Section 3. (1) This Constitution shall be officially promulgated in English and in Pilipino, and translated into each dialect
spoken by over fifty thousand people, and into Spanish and Arabic. In case of conflict, the English text shall prevail.
(2) The National Assembly shall take steps towards the development and formal adoption of a common national
language to be known as Filipino.
(3) Until otherwise provided by law, English and Pilipino shall be the official languages.
Section 4. All public officers and employees and members of the armed forces shall take an oath to support and defend
the Constitution.
Section 5. No elective or appointive public officer or employee shall receive additional or double compensation unless
specifically authorized by law, nor accept, without the consent of the National Assembly, any present, emolument, office
or title of any kind from any foreign state.
Section 6.No salary or any form of emolument of any public officer or employee, including constitutional officers, shall
be exempt from payment of income tax.
Section 7. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines or
corporations or associations wholly owned and managed by such citizens.
(2) The governing body of every entity engaged in commercial telecommunications shall i all cases be controlled by
citizens of the Philippines.
Section 8. (1) All educational institutions shall be under the supervision of and subject to regulation by the State. The
State shall establish and maintain a complete, adequate, and integrated system of education relevant to goals of national

development.
(2) All institutions of higher learning shall enjoy academic freedom.
(3) The study of the Constitution shall be part of the curricula in all schools.
(4) All educational institutions shall aim to inculcate love of country, teach the duties of citizenship, and develop moral
character, personal discipline, and scientific, technological, and vocational efficiency.
(5) The State shall maintain a system of free public elementary education and, in areas where finances permit, establish
and maintain a system of free public education at least up to the secondary level.
(6) The State shall provide citizenship and vocational training to adult citizens and out-of-school youth, and create and
maintain scholarships for poor and deserving students.
(7) Educational institutions, other than those established by religious orders, mission boards, and charitable
organizations, shall be owned solely by citizens of the Philippines, or corporations or associations sixty per centum of the
capita;l of which is owned by such citizens. The control and administration of educational institutions shall be vested in
citizens of the Philippines. No education institution shall be established exclusively for aliens, and no group of aliens
shall comprise more than one-third of the enrollment of any school. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
schools established for foreign diplomatic personnel and their dependents and, unless otherwise provided by law, for
other foreign temporary resident.
(8) At the option expressed in writing by the parents or guardians, and without cost to them and the government, religion
shall be taught to their children or wards in public elementary and high schools as may be provided by law.
Section 9. (1) The State shall promote scientific research and invention. The advancement of science and technology
shall have priority in the national development.
(2) Filipino culture shall be preserved and developed for national identity. Arts and letters shall be under the patronage of
the State.
(3) The exclusive right to inventions, writings, and artistic creations shall be secured to investors, authors and artists for a
limited period. Scholarships, grants-in-aid, or other forms of incentives shall be provided for specially gifted children.
Section 10. It shall be the responsibility of the State to achieve and maintain population levels most conducive to the
national welfare.
Section 11. The State shall consider the customs, traditions, beliefs, and interests of national cultural communities in the
formulation and implementation of State policies.
Section 12. The State shall establish and maintain an integrated national police force whose organization, administration,
and operation, shall be provided by law.
Section 13. (1) The armed forces of the Philippines shall include a citizen army composed of all able-bodied citizens of
the Philippines who shall undergo military training as may be provided by law. It shall keep a regular force necessary for
the security of the State.
(2) The citizen army shall have a corps of trained officers and men in active duty status as may be necessary to train,
service, and keep it in reasonable preparedness at all times.
Section 14. The National Assembly shall establish a central monetary authority which shall provide policy direction in
the areas of money, banking, and credit to achieve national economic objectives. It shall have supervisory authority over
the operation of banks and exercise such regulatory authority as may be provided by law over the operations of finance

companies and other institutions performing similar functions. Until the National Assembly shall otherwise provide, the
Central Bank of the Philippines, operating under existing laws, shall function as the central monetary authority.
Section 15. The separation of the church and the State shall be inviolable.
Section 16. The State may not be sued without its consent.
ARTICLE XVI
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. (1) Any amendment to, or revision of, this Constitution may be proposed by the National Assembly upon a
vote of three-fourths of all its Members, or by a constitutional convention.
(2) The National Assembly may, by a vote of two-thirds of all its Members, call a constitutional convention, or by a
majority vote of all its Members, submit the question of calling such a convention to the electorate in an election.
Section 2. Any amendment to or revision of this Constitution shall be valid when ratified by a majority of the votes cast
in the plebiscite which shall be held not later than three months after the approval of such amendment or revision.
ARTICLE XVII
Section 1. There shall be an Interim National Assembly which shall exist immediately upon the ratification of this
Constitution and shall continue until the Members of the regular National Assembly shall have been elected and shall
have assumed office following an election called for the purpose by the Interim National Assembly. Except as otherwise
provided in this Constitution, the Interim National Assembly shall have the same powers and its Members shall have the
same functions, responsibilities, rights, privileges, and disqualifications as the regular National Assembly and the
Members thereof.
Section 2. The Members of the Interim National Assembly shall be the incumbent President and Vice-President of the
Philippines, those who served as President of the nineteen hundred and seventy-one Constitutional Convention, those
Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives who shall express in writing to the Commission on Elections
within thirty days after the ratification of this Constitution their option to serve therein, and those Delegates to the
nineteen hundred and seventy-one Constitutional Convention who have opted to serve therein by voting affirmatively for
this Article. They may take their oath of office before any officer authorized to administer oaths and who qualify thereto,
after the ratification of this Constitution.
Section 3. (1) The incumbent President of the Philippines shall initially convene the Interim National Assembly and shall
preside over its sessions until the interim Speaker shall have been elected. He shall continue to exercise his powers and
prerogatives under the nineteen hundred and thirty-five Constitution and the powers vested in the President and the
Prime Minister under this Constitution until he calls upon the Interim National Assembly to elect the interim President
and interim Prime Minister who shall then exercise their respective powers vested by this Constitution.
(2) All proclamations, orders, decrees, instructions, and acts promulgated, issued, or done by the incumbent President
shall be part of the law of the land, and shall remain valid, legal, binding, and effective even after the lifting of the
Martial Law or the ratification of this Constitution unless modified, revoked, or superseded by subsequent
proclamations, orders, decrees, instructions, or unless expressly or implicitly modified or repealed by the regular
National Assembly.
Section 4. The interim Prime Minister and his Cabinet shall exercise all the powers and functions, and discharge the
responsibilities of the regular Prime Minister and his Cabinet, and shall be subject to the same disqualifications provided
in this Constitution.
Section 5. The Interim National Assembly shall give priority to measures for the orderly transition from the Presidential

to the Parliamentary system, the reorganization of the government, the eradication of graft and corruption, programs for
the effective maintenance of peace and order, the implementation of declared agrarian reforms, the standardization of
compensation of government employees, and such other measures as shall bridge the gap between the rich and the poor.
Section 6. The Interim National Assembly shall reapportion the Assembly seats in accordance with Article Eight, Section
two, of this Constitution.
Section 7. All existing laws not inconsistent with this Constitution shall remain operative until amended, modified, or
repealed by the National Assembly.
Section 8. All courts existing at the time of the ratification of this Constitution shall continue and exercise their
jurisdiction, until otherwise provided by law in accordance with this Constitution, and all cases pending in said courts
shall be held, tried, and determined under the laws then in force. The provisions of the existing Rules of Court not
inconsistent with this Constitution shall remain operative unless amended, modified, or repealed by the Supreme Court
or the National Assembly.
Section 9. All officials and employees in the existing government of the Republic of the Philippines shall continue in
office until otherwise provided by law or decreed by the incumbent President of the Philippines, but all officials whose
appointments are by this Constitution vested in the Prime Minister shall vacate their respective offices upon the
appointment and qualification of their successors.
Section 10. The incumbent Members of the Judiciary may continue in office until they reach the age of seventy years,
unless sooner replaced in accordance with the preceding section hereof.
Section 11. The rights and privileges granted to citizens of the United States or to corporations or associations owned or
controlled by such citizens under the ordinance appended to the nineteen hundred and thirty-five Constitution shall
automatically terminate on the third day of July, nineteen hundred and seventy-four. Titles to private lands acquired by
such persons before such date shall be valid as against other private persons only.
Section 12. All treaties, executive agreements, and contracts entered into by the government or any subdivision, agency,
or instrumentality thereof, including government-owned or controlled corporations are hereby recognized as legal, valid
and binding. When the national interest so requires, the incumbent President of the Republic or the interim Prime
Minister may review all contracts, concessions, permits, or other forms of privileges for the exploration, exploitation,
development, or utilization of natural resources entered into, granted, issued, or acquired before the ratification of this
Constitution.
Section 13. Any public officer or employee separated from the service as a result of the reorganization effected under this
Constitution shall, if entitled under the laws then in force, receive the retirement and other benefits accruing thereunder.
Section 14. All records, equipment, buildings, facilities, and other properties of any office or body abolished or
reorganized under this Constitution shall be transferred to the office or body to which its powers, functions, and
responsibilities substantially pertain.
Section 15. The Interim National Assembly, upon special call by the interim Prime Minister may, by a majority vote of
all its Members propose amendments to this Constitution. Such amendment shall take effect when ratified in accordance
with Article Sixteen hereof.
Section 16. This Constitution shall take effect immediately upon its ratification by a majority of the votes cast in a
plebiscite called for the purpose and, except as herein provided, shall supersede the Constitution of nineteen hundred and
thirty-five and all amendments thereto.
[The 1973 Constitution was ratified on January 17, 1973 in accordance with Presidential Proclamation No. 1102 issued
by President Ferdinand E. Marcos].

Annex I
Proclamation 1 (1986)

http://www.gov.ph/1986/02/25/proclamation-no-1-2
Sovereignty resides in the people and all government authority emanates from them.
On the basis of the people’s mandate clearly manifested last February 7, I and Salvador H. Laurel are taking power in the
name and by the will of the Filipino people as President and Vice President, respectively.
The people expect a reorganization of government. Merit will be rewarded. As a first step to restore public confidence I
expect all appointed public officials to submit their courtesy resignations beginning with the members of the Supreme
Court.
I pledge to do justice to the numerous victims of human rights violations.
Consistent with the demands of the sovereign people, we pledge a government dedicated to uphold truth and justice,
morality and decency in government, freedom and democracy.
To help me run the government, I have issued Executive Order No. 1 dated February 25, 1986 appointing key cabinet
ministers and creating certain task forces.
I ask our people not to relax but to be even more vigilant in this one moment of triumph. The Motherland cannot thank
them enough. Yet, we all realize that more is required of each and everyone of us to redeem our promises and prove to
create a truly just society for our people.
This is just the beginning. The same spirit which animated our campaign, and has led to our triumph, will once more
prevail, by the power of the people and by the grace of God.
Done in the City of Manila, this 25th of February in the year of Our Lord, nineteen hundred and eighty-six.
(Sgd.) CORAZON C. AQUINO

President

Annex J

http://www.filipiniana.net/publication/proclamation-no-3-provisional-constitution-of-the-republic-of-the-
philippines/12791881596927
Declaring a National Policy to Implement the Reforms Mandated by the People, Protecting their Basic Rights,
Adopting a Provisioinal Constitution, and Providing for an Orderly Transition to a Government under a New
Constitution
WHEREAS, the new government was installed through a direct exercise of the power of the Filipino people assisted by
units of the New Armed Forces of the Philippines;
WHEREAS, the heroic action of the people was done in defiance of the provisions of the 1973 Constitution, as amended;
WHEREAS, the direct mandate of the people as manifested by their extraordinary action demands the complete
reorganization of the government, restoration of democracy, protection of basic rights, rebuilding of confidence in the
entire governmental system, eradication of graft and corruption, restoration of peace and order, maintenance of the
supremacy of civilian authority over the military, and the transition to a government under a New Constitution in the
shortest time possible;
WHEREAS, during the period of transition to a New Constitution it must be guaranteed that the government will respect
basic human rights and fundamental freedoms;.
WHEREFORE, I, CORAZON C. AQUINO, President of the Philippines, by virtue of the powers vested in me by the
sovereign mandate of the people, do hereby promulgate the following Provisional Constitution:
Provisional Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines
ARTICLE I
ADOPTION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE 1973 CONSTITUTION, AS AMENDED
Section 1. The provisions of ARTICLE I (National Territory), ARTICLE III (Citizenship), ARTICLE IV (Bill of Rights),
ARTICLE V (Duties and Obligations of Citizens), and ARTICLE VI (Suffrage) of the 1973 Constitution, as amended,
remain in force and effect and are hereby adopted in toto as part of this Provisional Constitution.
Section 2. The provisions of ARTICLE II (Declaration of Principles and State Policies), ARTICLE VII (The President),
ARTICLE X (The Judiciary), ARTICLE XI (Local Government), ARTICLE XII (The Constitutional Commissions),
ARTICLE XIII (Accountability of Public Officers), ARTICLE XIV (The National Economy and Patrimony of the
Nation), ARTICLE XV (General Provisions) of the 1973 Constitution, as amended, are hereby adopted as part of this
Provisional Constitution, insofar as they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Proclamation.
Section 3. ARTICLE VIII (The Batasang Pambansa), ARTICLE IX (The Prime Minister and the Cabinet), ARTICLE
XVI (Amendments), ARTICLE XVII (Transitory Provisions) and all amendments thereto are deemed superseded by this
Proclamation.
ARTICLE II
THE PRESIDENT, THE VICE-PRESIDENT, AND THE CABINET
Section 1. Until a legislature is elected and convened under a new Constitution, the President shall continue to exercise
legislative power.

The President shall give priority to measures to achieve the mandate of the people to:
(a) Completely reorganize the government and eradicate unjust and oppressive structures, and all iniquitous vestiges of
the previous regime;
(b) Make effective the guarantees of civil, political, human, social, economic and cultural rights and freedoms of the
Filipino people, and provide remedies against violations thereof;
(c) Rehabilitate the economy and promote the nationalist aspirations of the people;
(d) Recover ill-gotten properties amassed by the leaders and supporters of the previous regime and protect the interest
of the people through orders of sequestration or freezing of assets of accounts;
(e) Eradicate graft and corruption in government and punish those guilty thereof; and,
(f) Restore peace and order, settle the problem of insurgency, and pursue national reconciliation based on justice.
Section 2. The President shall be assisted by a Cabinet which shall be composed of Ministers with or without portfolio
who shall be appointed by the President. They shall be accountable to and hold office at the pleasure of the President.
Section 3. The President shall have control of and exercise general supervision over all local governments.
Section 4. In case of permanent vacancy arising from death, incapacity or resignation of the President, the Vice-President
shall become President.
In case of death, permanent incapacity, or resignation of the Vice-President, the Cabinet shall choose from among
themselves the Minister with portfolio who shall act as President.
Section 5. The Vice-President may be appointed Member of the Cabinet and may perform such other functions as may be
assigned to him by the President.
Section 6. The President, the Vice-President, and the Members of the Cabinet shall be subject to the disabilities provided
for in Section 8, Article VII, and in Sections 6 and 7, Article IX, respectively, of the 1973 Constitution, as amended.
ARTICLE III
GOVERNMENT REORGANIZATION
Section 1. In the reorganization of the government, priority shall be given to measures to promote economy, efficiency,
and the eradication of graft and corruption.
Section 2. All elective and appointive officials and employees under the 1973 Constitution shall continue in office until
otherwise provided by proclamation or executive order or upon the designation or appointment and qualification of their
successors, if such is made within a period of one year from February 25, 1986. (See Executive Order No. 17, to amend
this Section 2).
Section 3. Any public officer or employee separated from the service as a result of the reorganization effected under this
Proclamation shall, if entitled under the laws then in force, receive the retirement and other benefits accruing thereunder.
Section 4. The records, equipment, buildings, facilities and other properties of all government offices shall be carefully
preserved. In case any office or body is abolished or reorganized pursuant to this Proclamation, its funds and properties
shall be transferred to the office or body to which its powers, functions, and responsibilities substantially pertain.
ARTICLE IV
EXISTING LAWS, TREATIES, AND CONTRACTS

Section 1. All existing laws, decrees, executive orders, proclamations, letters of instruction, implementing rules and
regulations, and other executive issuances not inconsistent with this Proclamation shall remain operative until amended,
modified, or repealed by the President or the regular legislative body to be established under a New Constitution.
Section 2. The President may review all contracts, concessions, permits, or other forms of privileges for the exploration,
development, exploitation, or utilization of natural resources entered into, granted, issued, or acquired before the date of
this Proclamation and when the national interest requires, amend, modify, or revoke them.
ARTICLE V
ADOPTION OF A NEW CONSTITUTION
Section 1. Within sixty (60) days from date of this Proclamation, a Commission shall be appointed by the President to
draft a New Constitution. The Commission shall be composed of not less than thirty (30) nor more than fifty (50) natural
born citizens of the Philippines, of recognized probity, known for their independence, nationalism and patriotism. They
shall be chosen by the President after consultation with various sectors of society.
Section 2. The Commission shall complete its work within as short a period as may be consistent with the need both to
hasten the return of normal constitutional government and to draft a document truly reflective of the ideals and
aspirations of the Filipino people.
Section 3. The Commission shall conduct public hearings to ensure that the people will have adequate participation in
the formulation of the New Constitution.
Section4. The plenary sessions of the Commission shall be public and fully recorded.
Section5. The New Constitution shall be presented by the Commission to the President who shall fix the date for the
holding of a plebiscite. It shall become valid and effective upon ratification by a majority of the votes cast in such
plebiscite which shall be held within a period of sixty (60) days following its submission to the President.
ARTICLE VI
HOLDING OF ELECTIONS
Section 1. National elections shall be held as may be provided by the New Constitution.
Section 2. Local elections shall be held on a date to be determined by the President which shall not be earlier than the
date of the plebiscite for the ratification of the New Constitution.
ARTICLE VII
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 1. This Proclamation shall take effect upon its promulgation by the President.
Section 2. Pursuant to the letter and spirit of this Proclamation, a consolidated official text of the Provisional Constitution
shall be promulgated by the President and published in English and Pilipino in the Official Gazette and in newspapers of
general circulation to insure widespread dissemination.
DONE in the City of Manila, this 25th day of March, in the year of Our Lord, Nineteen Hundred and Eighty-Six.

Annex K
Proclaiming the Ratification of the Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines Adopted by the Constitutional
Commission of 1986, including the Ordinance Appended Thereto
WHEREAS, the Constitutional Commission of 1986 adopted the Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines on
October 15, 1986, together with the Ordinance appended thereto, which shall become valid and effective upon
ratification by a majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite called for the purpose;
WHEREAS, the Commission on Election, sitting as the national board of canvassers for the February 2, 1987 plebiscite
on the proposed Constitution, certified that:
(1) The Commission on Election canvassed the returns from 83,288 voting precincts throughout the country involving
21,785,216 votes cast; and
(2) On the basis of the canvass made by the Commission on Elections, the results thereof are as follows:
(a) Affirmative votes: 16,622,111
(b) Negative Votes: 4,953,375
(c) Abstentions: 209,730
A copy of the Certificate of Canvass of the Votes Cast in the Plebiscite Held on February 2, 1987, of the Commission on
Elections dated February 7, 1987 is hereto attached as Annex “A” of this Proclamation.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, CORAZON C. AQUINO, President of the Philippines, by virtue of the powers vested in me by
the sovereign mandate of the people, do hereby proclaim that the Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines adopted
by the Constitutional Commission of 1986, including the ordinance appended thereto, has been duly ratified by the
Filipino people and is therefore effective and in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the Republic of the Philippines to be
affixed.
Done in the City of Manila, this 11th day of February in the year of Our Lord, nineteen hundred and eighty-seven.

Annex L

PREAMBLE
We, the sovereign Filipino people, imploring the aid of Almighty God, in order to build a just and humane society, and
establish a Government that shall embody our ideals and aspirations, promote the common good, conserve and develop
our patrimony, and secure to ourselves and our posterity, the blessings of independence and democracy under the rule of
law and a regime of truth, justice, freedom, love, equality, and peace, do ordain and promulgate this Constitution.
ARTICLE I
NATIONAL TERRITORY
The national territory comprises the Philippine archipelago, with all the islands and waters embraced therein, and all
other territories over which the Philippines has sovereignty or jurisdiction, consisting of its terrestrial, fluvial and aerial
domains, including its territorial sea, the seabed, the subsoil, the insular shelves, and other submarine areas. The waters
around, between, and connecting the islands of the archipelago, regardless of their breadth and dimensions, form part of
the internal waters of the Philippines.
ARTICLE II
DECLARATION OF PRINCIPLES AND STATE POLICIES PRINCIPLES
Section 1. The Philippines is a democratic and republican State. Sovereignty resides in the people and all government
authority emanates from them.
Section 2. The Philippines renounces war as an instrument of national policy, adopts the generally accepted principles of
international law as part of the law of the land and adheres to the policy of peace, equality, justice, freedom, cooperation,
and amity with all nations.
Section 3. Civilian authority is, at all times, supreme over the military. The Armed Forces of the Philippines is the
protector of the people and the State. Its goal is to secure the sovereignty of the State and the integrity of the national
territory.
Section 4. The prime duty of the Government is to serve and protect the people. The Government may call upon the
people to defend the State and, in the fulfillment thereof, all citizens may be required, under conditions provided by law,
to render personal, military or civil service.
Section 5. The maintenance of peace and order, the protection of life, liberty, and property, and promotion of the general
welfare are essential for the enjoyment by all the people of the blessings of democracy.
Section 6. The separation of Church and State shall be inviolable.
STATE POLICIES
Section 7. The State shall pursue an independent foreign policy. In its relations with other states, the paramount
consideration shall be national sovereignty, territorial integrity, national interest, and the right to self-determination.
Section 8. The Philippines, consistent with the national interest, adopts and pursues a policy of freedom from nuclear
weapons in its territory.
Section 9. The State shall promote a just and dynamic social order that will ensure the prosperity and independence of
the nation and free the people from poverty through policies that provide adequate social services, promote full
employment, a rising standard of living, and an improved quality of life for all.

Section 10. The State shall promote social justice in all phases of national development.
Section 11. The State values the dignity of every human person and guarantees full respect for human rights.
Section 12. The State recognizes the sanctity of family life and shall protect and strengthen the family as a basic
autonomous social institution. It shall equally protect the life of the mother and the life of the unborn from conception.
The natural and primary right and duty of parents in the rearing of the youth for civic efficiency and the development of
moral character shall receive the support of the Government.
Section 13. The State recognizes the vital role of the youth in nation-building and shall promote and protect their
physical, moral, spiritual, intellectual, and social well-being. It shall inculcate in the youth patriotism and nationalism,
and encourage their involvement in public and civic affairs.
Section 14. The State recognizes the role of women in nation-building, and shall ensure the fundamental equality before
the law of women and men.
Section 15. The State shall protect and promote the right to health of the people and instill health consciousness among
them.
Section 16. The State shall protect and advance the right of the people to a balanced and healthful ecology in accord with
the rhythm and harmony of nature.
Section 17. The State shall give priority to education, science and technology, arts, culture, and sports to foster patriotism
and nationalism, accelerate social progress, and promote total human liberation and development.
Section 18. The State affirms labor as a primary social economic force. It shall protect the rights of workers and promote
their welfare.
Section 19. The State shall develop a self-reliant and independent national economy effectively controlled by Filipinos.
Section 20. The State recognizes the indispensable role of the private sector, encourages private enterprise, and provides
incentives to needed investments.
Section 21. The State shall promote comprehensive rural development and agrarian reform.
Section 22. The State recognizes and promotes the rights of indigenous cultural communities within the framework of
national unity and development.
Section 23. The State shall encourage non-governmental, community-based, or sectoral organizations that promote the
welfare of the nation.
Section 24. The State recognizes the vital role of communication and information in nation-building.
Section 25. The State shall ensure the autonomy of local governments.
Section 26. The State shall guarantee equal access to opportunities for public service and prohibit political dynasties as
may be defined by law.
Section 27. The State shall maintain honesty and integrity in the public service and take positive and effective measures
against graft and corruption.
Section 28. Subject to reasonable conditions prescribed by law, the State adopts and implements a policy of full public
disclosure of all its transactions involving public interest.
ARTICLE III
BILL OF RIGHTS
Section 1. No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law, nor shall any person be
Section 2. The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects against unreasonable searches
and seizures of whatever nature and for any purpose shall be inviolable, and no search warrant or warrant of arrest shall

issue except upon probable cause to be determined personally by the judge after examination under oath or affirmation of
the complainant and the witnesses he may produce, and particularly describing the place to be searched and the persons
or things to be seized.
Section 3.
1. The privacy of communication and correspondence shall be inviolable except upon lawful order of the court, or
when public safety or order requires otherwise, as prescribed by law.
2. Any evidence obtained in violation of this or the preceding section shall be inadmissible for any purpose in any
proceeding.
Section 4. No law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech, of expression, or of the press, or the right of the
people peaceably to assemble and petition the government for redress of grievances.
Section 5. No law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof. The free
Section 6. The liberty of abode and of changing the same within the limits prescribed by law shall not be impaired
except upon lawful order of the court. Neither shall the right to travel be impaired except in the interest of national
security, public safety, or public health, as may be provided by law.
Section 7. The right of the people to information on matters of public concern shall be recognized. Access to official
records, and to documents and papers pertaining to official acts, transactions, or decisions, as well as to government
research data used as basis for policy development, shall be afforded the citizen, subject to such limitations as may be
provided by law.
Section 8. The right of the people, including those employed in the public and private sectors, to form unions,
associations, or societies for purposes not contrary to law shall not be abridged.
Section 9. Private property shall not be taken for public use without just compensation.
Section 10. No law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be passed.
Section 11. Free access to the courts and quasi-judicial bodies and adequate legal assistance shall not be denied to any
person by reason of poverty.
Section 12.
1. Any person under investigation for the commission of an offense shall have the right to be informed of his right
to remain silent and to have competent and independent counsel preferably of his own choice. If the person
cannot afford the services of counsel, he must be provided with one. These rights cannot be waived except in
writing and in the presence of counsel.
2. No torture, force, violence, threat, intimidation, or any other means which vitiate the free will shall be used
against him. Secret detention places, solitary, incommunicado, or other similar forms of detention are
prohibited.
3. Any confession or admission obtained in violation of this or Section 17 hereof shall be inadmissible in evidence
against him.
4. The law shall provide for penal and civil sanctions for violations of this Section as well as compensation to the
rehabilitation of victims of torture or similar practices, and their families.
Section 13. All persons, except those charged with offenses punishable by reclusion perpetua when evidence of guilt is
strong, shall, before conviction, be bailable by sufficient sureties, or be released on recognizance as may be provided by
law. The right to bail shall not be impaired even when the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus is suspended. Excessive
bail shall not be required.
Section 14.
1. No person shall be held to answer for a criminal offense without due process of law.

2. In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall be presumed innocent until the contrary is proved, and shall enjoy
the right to be heard by himself and counsel, to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation against
him, to have a speedy, impartial, and public trial, to meet the witnesses face to face, and to have compulsory
process to secure the attendance of witnesses and the production of evidence in his behalf. However, after
arraignment, trial may proceed notwithstanding the absence of the accused: Provided, that he has been duly
notified and his failure to appear is unjustifiable.
Section 15. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended except in cases of invasion or rebellion,
when the public safety requires it.
Section 16. All persons shall have the right to a speedy disposition of their cases before all judicial, quasi-judicial, or
administrative bodies.
Section 17. No person shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.
Section 18.
1. No person shall be detained solely by reason of his political beliefs and aspirations.
2. No involuntary servitude in any form shall exist except as a punishment for a crime whereof the party shall have
been duly convicted.
Section 19.
1. Excessive fines shall not be imposed, nor cruel, degrading or inhuman punishment inflicted. Neither shall death
penalty be imposed, unless, for compelling reasons involving heinous crimes, the Congress hereafter provides
for it. Any death penalty already imposed shall be reduced to reclusion perpetua.
2. The employment of physical, psychological, or degrading punishment against any prisoner or detainee or the
use of substandard or inadequate penal facilities under subhuman conditions shall be dealt with by law.
Section 20. No person shall be imprisoned for debt or non-payment of a poll tax.
Section 21. No person shall be twice put in jeopardy of punishment for the same offense. If an act is punished by a law
and an ordinance, conviction or acquittal under either shall constitute a bar to another prosecution for the same act.
Section 22. No ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted.
ARTICLE IV
CITIZENSHIP
1. Those who are citizens of the Philippines at the time of the adoption of this Constitution;
2. Those whose fathers or mothers are citizens of the Philippines;
3. Those born before January 17, 1973, of Filipino mothers, who elect Philippine Citizenship upon reaching the
age of majority; and
4. Those who are naturalized in the accordance with law.
Section 2. Natural-born citizens are those who are citizens of the Philippines from birth without having to perform any
act to acquire or perfect their Philippine citizenship. Those who elect Philippine citizenship in accordance with paragraph
(3), Section 1 hereof shall be deemed natural-born citizens.
Section 4. Citizens of the Philippines who marry aliens shall retain their citizenship, unless by their act or omission they
are deemed, under the law to have renounced it.
Section 5. Dual allegiance of citizens is inimical to the national interest and shall be dealt with by law.

ARTICLE V
SUFFRAGE
Section 1. Suffrage may be exercised by all citizens of the Philippines, not otherwise disqualified by law, who are at
least eighteen years of age, and who shall have resided in the Philippines for at least one year and in the place wherein
they propose to vote, for at least six months immediately preceding the election. No literacy, property, or other
substantive requirement shall be imposed on the exercise of suffrage.
Section 2. The Congress shall provide a system for securing the secrecy and sanctity of the ballot as well as a system for
absentee voting by qualified Filipinos abroad.
The Congress shall also design a procedure for the disabled and the illiterates to vote without the assistance of other
persons. Until then, they shall be allowed to vote under existing laws and such rules as the Commission on Elections
may promulgate to protect the secrecy of the ballot.
ARTICLE VI
THE LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT
Section 1. The legislative power shall be vested in the Congress of the Philippines which shall consist of a Senate and a
House of Representatives, except to the extent reserved to the people by the provision on initiative and referendum.
Section 2. The Senate shall be composed of twenty-four Senators who shall be elected at large by the qualified voters of
the Philippines, as may be provided by law.
Section 3. No person shall be a Senator unless he is a natural-born citizen of the Philippines and, on the day of the
election, is at least thirty-five years of age, able to read and write, a registered voter, and a resident of the Philippines for
not less than two years immediately preceding the day of the election.
Section 4. The term of office of the Senators shall be six years and shall commence, unless otherwise provided by law, at
noon on the thirtieth day of June next following their election. No Senator shall serve for more than two consecutive
terms. Voluntary renunciation of the office for any length of time shall not be considered as an interruption in the
continuity of his service for the full term of which he was elected.
Section 5.
1. The House of Representatives shall be composed of not more than two hundred and fifty members, unless
otherwise fixed by law, who shall be elected from legislative districts apportioned among the provinces, cities,
and the Metropolitan Manila area in accordance with the number of their respective inhabitants, and on the basis
of a uniform and progressive ratio, and those who, as provided by law, shall be elected through a party-list
system of registered national, regional, and sectoral parties or organizations.
2. The party-list representatives shall constitute twenty per centum of the total number of representatives including
those under the party list. For three consecutive terms after the ratification of this Constitution, one-half of the
seats allocated to party-list representatives shall be filled, as provided by law, by selection or election from the
labor, peasant, urban poor, indigenous cultural communities, women, youth, and such other sectors as may be
provided by law, except the religious sector.
3. Each legislative district shall comprise, as far as practicable, contiguous, compact, and adjacent territory. Each
city with a population of at least two hundred fifty thousand, or each province, shall have at least one
representative.
4. Within three years following the return of every census, the Congress shall make a reapportionment of
legislative districts based on the standards provided in this section.
Section 6. No person shall be a Member of the House of Representatives unless he is a natural-born citizen of the
Philippines and, on the day of the election, is at least twenty-five years of age, able to read and write, and, except the
party-list representatives, a registered voter in the district in which he shall be elected, and a resident thereof for a period
of not less than one year immediately preceding the day of the election.
Section 7. The Members of the House of Representatives shall be elected for a term of three years which shall begin,

unless otherwise provided by law, at noon on the thirtieth day of June next following their election. No Member of the
House of Representatives shall serve for more than three consecutive terms. Voluntary renunciation of the office for any
length of time shall not be considered as an interruption in the continuity of his service for the full term for which he was
elected.
Section 8. Unless otherwise provided by law, the regular election of the Senators and the Members of the House of
Representatives shall be held on the second Monday of May.
Section 9. In case of vacancy in the Senate or in the House of Representatives, a special election may be called to fill
such vacancy in the manner prescribed by law, but the Senator or Member of the House of Representatives thus elected
shall serve only for the unexpired term.
Section 10. The salaries of Senators and Members of the House of Representatives shall be determined by law. No
increase in said compensation shall take effect until after the expiration of the full term of all the Members of the Senate
and the House of Representatives approving such increase.
Section 11. A Senator or Member of the House of Representatives shall, in all offenses punishable by not more than six
years imprisonment, be privileged from arrest while the Congress is in session. No Member shall be questioned nor be
held liable in any other place for any speech or debate in the Congress or in any committee thereof.
Section 12. All Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives shall, upon assumption of office, make a full
disclosure of their financial and business interests. They shall notify the House concerned of a potential conflict of
interest that may arise from the filing of a proposed legislation of which they are authors.
Section 13. No Senator or Member of the House of Representatives may hold any other office or employment in the
Government, or any subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including government-owned or controlled
corporations or their subsidiaries, during his term without forfeiting his seat. Neither shall he be appointed to any office
which may have been created or the emoluments thereof increased during the term for which he was elected.
Section 14. No Senator or Member of the House of Representatives may personally appear as counsel before any court
of justice or before the Electoral Tribunals, or quasi-judicial and other administrative bodies. Neither shall he, directly or
indirectly, be interested financially in any contract with, or in any franchise or special privilege granted by the
Government, or any subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including any government-owned or controlled
corporation, or its subsidiary, during his term of office. He shall not intervene in any matter before any office of the
Government for his pecuniary benefit or where he may be called upon to act on account of his office.
Section 15. The Congress shall convene once every year on the fourth Monday of July for its regular session, unless a
different date is fixed by law, and shall continue to be in session for such number of days as it may determine until thirty
days before the opening of its next regular session, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays. The President
may call a special session at any time.
Section 16.
1. The Senate shall elect its President and the House of Representatives, its Speaker, by a majority vote of all its
respective Members. Each House shall choose such other officers as it may deem necessary.
2. A majority of each House shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may adjourn from day
to day and may compel the attendance of absent Members in such manner, and under such penalties, as such
House may provide.
3. Each House may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its Members for disorderly behavior, and, with
the concurrence of two-thirds of all its Members, suspend or expel a Member. A penalty of suspension, when
imposed, shall not exceed sixty days.
4. Each House shall keep a Journal of its proceedings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting such
parts as may, in its judgment, affect national security; and the yeas and nays on any question shall, at the request
of one-fifth of the Members present, be entered in the Journal. Each House shall also keep a Record of its
proceedings.
5. Neither House during the sessions of the Congress shall, without the consent of the other, adjourn for more than
three days, nor to any other place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.

Section 17. The Senate and the House of Representatives shall each have an Electoral Tribunal which shall be the sole
judge of all contests relating to the election, returns, and qualifications of their respective Members. Each Electoral
Tribunal shall be composed of nine Members, three of whom shall be Justices of the Supreme Court to be designated by
the Chief Justice, and the remaining six shall be Members of the Senate or the House of Representatives, as the case may
be, who shall be chosen on the basis of proportional representation from the political parties and the parties or
organizations registered under the party-list system represented therein. The senior Justice in the Electoral Tribunal shall
be its Chairman.
Section 18. There shall be a Commission on Appointments consisting of the President of the Senate, as ex officio
Chairman, twelve Senators, and twelve Members of the House of Representatives, elected by each House on the basis of
proportional representation from the political parties and parties or organizations registered under the party-list system
represented therein. The chairman of the Commission shall not vote, except in case of a tie. The Commission shall act on
all appointments submitted to it within thirty session days of the Congress from their submission. The Commission shall
rule by a majority vote of all the Members.
Section 19. The Electoral Tribunals and the Commission on Appointments shall be constituted within thirty days after
the Senate and the House of Representatives shall have been organized with the election of the President and the
Speaker. The Commission on Appointments shall meet only while the Congress is in session, at the call of its Chairman
or a majority of all its Members, to discharge such powers and functions as are herein conferred upon it.
Section 20. The records and books of accounts of the Congress shall be preserved and be open to the public in
accordance with law, and such books shall be audited by the Commission on Audit which shall publish annually an
itemized list of amounts paid to and expenses for each Member.
Section 21. The Senate or the House of Representatives or any of its respective committees may conduct inquiries in aid
of legislation in accordance with its duly published rules of procedure. The rights of persons appearing in, or affected by,
such inquiries shall be respected.
Section 22. The heads of departments may, upon their own initiative, with the consent of the President, or upon the
request of either House, as the rules of each House shall provide, appear before and be heard by such House on any
matter pertaining to their departments. Written questions shall be submitted to the President of the Senate or the Speaker
of the House of Representatives at least three days before their scheduled appearance. Interpellations shall not be limited
to written questions, but may cover matters related thereto. When the security of the State or the public interest so
requires and the President so states in writing, the appearance shall be conducted in executive session.
Section 23.
1. The Congress, by a vote of two-thirds of both Houses in joint session assembled, voting separately, shall have
the sole power to declare the existence of a state of war.
2. In times of war or other national emergency, the Congress may, by law, authorize the President, for a limited
period and subject to such restrictions as it may prescribe, to exercise powers necessary and proper to carry out
a declared national policy. Unless sooner withdrawn by resolution of the Congress, such powers shall cease
upon the next adjournment thereof.
Section 24. All appropriation, revenue or tariff bills, bills authorizing increase of the public debt, bills of local
application, and private bills, shall originate exclusively in the House of Representatives, but the Senate may propose or
concur with amendments.
Section 25.
1. The Congress may not increase the appropriations recommended by the President for the operation of the
Government as specified in the budget. The form, content, and manner of preparation of the budget shall be
prescribed by law.
2. No provision or enactment shall be embraced in the general appropriations bill unless it relates specifically to
some particular appropriation therein. Any such provision or enactment shall be limited in its operation to the
appropriation to which it relates.
3. The procedure in approving appropriations for the Congress shall strictly follow the procedure for approving
appropriations for other departments and agencies.

4. A special appropriations bill shall specify the purpose for which it is intended, and shall be supported by funds
actually available as certified by the National Treasurer, or to be raised by a corresponding revenue proposal
therein.
5. No law shall be passed authorizing any transfer of appropriations; however, the President, the President of the
Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, and the heads of
Constitutional Commissions may, by law, be authorized to augment any item in the general appropriations law
for their respective offices from savings in other items of their respective appropriations.
6. Discretionary funds appropriated for particular officials shall be disbursed only for public purposes to be
supported by appropriate vouchers and subject to such guidelines as may be prescribed by law.
7. If, by the end of any fiscal year, the Congress shall have failed to pass the general appropriations bill for the
ensuing fiscal year, the general appropriations law for the preceding fiscal year shall be deemed re-enacted and
shall remain in force and effect until the general appropriations bill is passed by the Congress.
Section 26.
1. Every bill passed by the Congress shall embrace only one subject which shall be expressed in the title thereof.
2. No bill passed by either House shall become a law unless it has passed three readings on separate days, and
printed copies thereof in its final form have been distributed to its Members three days before its passage,
except when the President certifies to the necessity of its immediate enactment to meet a public calamity or
emergency. Upon the last reading of a bill, no amendment thereto shall be allowed, and the vote thereon shall be
taken immediately thereafter, and the yeas and nays entered in the Journal.
Section 27.
1. Every bill passed by the Congress shall, before it becomes a law, be presented to the President. If he approves
the same he shall sign it; otherwise, he shall veto it and return the same with his objections to the House where
it originated, which shall enter the objections at large in its Journal and proceed to reconsider it. If, after such
reconsideration, two-thirds of all the Members of such House shall agree to pass the bill, it shall be sent,
together with the objections, to the other House by which it shall likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by
two-thirds of all the Members of that House, it shall become a law. In all such cases, the votes of each House
shall be determined by yeas or nays, and the names of the Members voting for or against shall be entered in its
Journal. The President shall communicate his veto of any bill to the House where it originated within thirty days
after the date of receipt thereof, otherwise, it shall become a law as if he had signed it.
2. The President shall have the power to veto any particular item or items in an appropriation, revenue, or tariff
bill, but the veto shall not affect the item or items to which he does not object.
Section 28.
1. The rule of taxation shall be uniform and equitable. The Congress shall evolve a progressive system of taxation.
2. The Congress may, by law, authorize the President to fix within specified limits, and subject to such limitations
and restrictions as it may impose, tariff rates, import and export quotas, tonnage and wharfage dues, and other
duties or imposts within the framework of the national development program of the Government.
3. Charitable institutions, churches and personages or convents appurtenant thereto, mosques, non-profit
cemeteries, and all lands, buildings, and improvements, actually, directly, and exclusively used for religious,
charitable, or educational purposes shall be exempt from taxation.
4. No law granting any tax exemption shall be passed without the concurrence of a majority of all the Members of
the Congress.
Section 29.
1. No money shall be paid out of the Treasury except in pursuance of an appropriation made by law.
2. No public money or property shall be appropriated, applied, paid, or employed, directly or indirectly, for the
use, benefit, or support of any sect, church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of religion, or of any
priest, preacher, minister, other religious teacher, or dignitary as such, except when such priest, preacher,

minister, or dignitary is assigned to the armed forces, or to any penal institution, or government orphanage or
leprosarium.
3. All money collected on any tax levied for a special purpose shall be treated as a special fund and paid out for
such purpose only. If the purpose for which a special fund was created has been fulfilled or abandoned, the
balance, if any, shall be transferred to the general funds of the Government.
Section 30. No law shall be passed increasing the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court as provided in this
Constitution without its advice and concurrence.
Section 31. No law granting a title of royalty or nobility shall be enacted.
Section 32. The Congress shall, as early as possible, provide for a system of initiative and referendum, and the
exceptions therefrom, whereby the people can directly propose and enact laws or approve or reject any act or law or part
thereof passed by the Congress or local legislative body after the registration of a petition therefor signed by at least ten
per centum of the total number of registered voters, of which every legislative district must be represented by at least
three per centum of the registered voters thereof.
ARTICLE VII
EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT
Section 1. The executive power shall be vested in the President of the Philippines.
Section 2. No person may be elected President unless he is a natural-born citizen of the Philippines, a registered voter,
able to read and write, at least forty years of age on the day of the election, and a resident of the Philippines for at least
ten years immediately preceding such election.
Section 3. There shall be a Vice-President who shall have the same qualifications and term of office and be elected with,
and in the same manner, as the President. He may be removed from office in the same manner as the President.
The Vice-President may be appointed as a Member of the Cabinet. Such appointment requires no confirmation.
Section 4. The President and the Vice-President shall be elected by direct vote of the people for a term of six years which
shall begin at noon on the thirtieth day of June next following the day of the election and shall end at noon of the same
date, six years thereafter. The President shall not be eligible for any re-election. No person who has succeeded as
President and has served as such for more than four years shall be qualified for election to the same office at any time.
No Vice-President shall serve for more than two successive terms. Voluntary renunciation of the office for any length of
time shall not be considered as an interruption in the continuity of the service for the full term for which he was elected.
Unless otherwise provided by law, the regular election for President and Vice-President shall be held on the second
Monday of May.
The returns of every election for President and Vice-President, duly certified by the board of canvassers of each province
or city, shall be transmitted to the Congress, directed to the President of the Senate. Upon receipt of the certificates of
canvass, the President of the Senate shall, not later than thirty days after the day of the election, open all the certificates
in the presence of the Senate and the House of Representatives in joint public session, and the Congress, upon
determination of the authenticity and due execution thereof in the manner provided by law, canvass the votes.
The person having the highest number of votes shall be proclaimed elected, but in case two or more shall have an equal
and highest number of votes, one of them shall forthwith be chosen by the vote of a majority of all the Members of both
Houses of the Congress, voting separately.
The Congress shall promulgate its rules for the canvassing of the certificates.
The Supreme Court, sitting en banc, shall be the sole judge of all contests relating to the election, returns, and
qualifications of the President or Vice-President, and may promulgate its rules for the purpose.
Section 5. Before they enter on the execution of their office, the President, the Vice-President, or the Acting President
shall take the following oath or affirmation:
"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfill my duties as President (or

Vice-President or Acting President) of the Philippines, preserve and defend its Constitution, execute its
laws, do justice to every man, and consecrate myself to the service of the Nation. So help me God." (In
case of affirmation, last sentence will be omitted.)
Section 6. The President shall have an official residence. The salaries of the President and Vice-President shall be
determined by law and shall not be decreased during their tenure. No increase in said compensation shall take effect until
after the expiration of the term of the incumbent during which such increase was approved. They shall not receive during
their tenure any other emolument from the Government or any other source.
Section 7. The President-elect and the Vice President-elect shall assume office at the beginning of their terms.
If the President-elect fails to qualify, the Vice President-elect shall act as President until the President-elect shall have
qualified.
If a President shall not have been chosen, the Vice President-elect shall act as President until a President shall have been
chosen and qualified.
If at the beginning of the term of the President, the President-elect shall have died or shall have become permanently
disabled, the Vice President-elect shall become President.
Where no President and Vice-President shall have been chosen or shall have qualified, or where both shall have died or
become permanently disabled, the President of the Senate or, in case of his inability, the Speaker of the House of
Representatives, shall act as President until a President or a Vice-President shall have been chosen and qualified.
The Congress shall, by law, provide for the manner in which one who is to act as President shall be selected until a
President or a Vice-President shall have qualified, in case of death, permanent disability, or inability of the officials
mentioned in the next preceding paragraph.
Section 8. In case of death, permanent disability, removal from office, or resignation of the President, the Vice-President
shall become the President to serve the unexpired term. In case of death, permanent disability, removal from office, or
resignation of both the President and Vice-President, the President of the Senate or, in case of his inability, the Speaker of
the House of Representatives, shall then act as President until the President or Vice-President shall have been elected and
qualified.
The Congress shall, by law, provide who shall serve as President in case of death, permanent disability, or resignation of
the Acting President. He shall serve until the President or the Vice-President shall have been elected and qualified, and
be subject to the same restrictions of powers and disqualifications as the Acting President.
Section 9. Whenever there is a vacancy in the Office of the Vice-President during the term for which he was elected, the
President shall nominate a Vice-President from among the Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives who
shall assume office upon confirmation by a majority vote of all the Members of both Houses of the Congress, voting
separately.
Section 10. The Congress shall, at ten o'clock in the morning of the third day after the vacancy in the offices of the
President and Vice-President occurs, convene in accordance with its rules without need of a call and within seven days,
enact a law calling for a special election to elect a President and a Vice-President to be held not earlier than forty-five
days nor later than sixty days from the time of such call. The bill calling such special election shall be deemed certified
under paragraph 2, Section 26, Article V1 of this Constitution and shall become law upon its approval on third reading
by the Congress. Appropriations for the special election shall be charged against any current appropriations and shall be
exempt from the requirements of paragraph 4, Section 25, Article V1 of this Constitution. The convening of the Congress
cannot be suspended nor the special election postponed. No special election shall be called if the vacancy occurs within
eighteen months before the date of the next presidential election.
Section 11. Whenever the President transmits to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of
Representatives his written declaration that he is unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office, and until he
transmits to them a written declaration to the contrary, such powers and duties shall be discharged by the Vice-President
as Acting President.
Whenever a majority of all the Members of the Cabinet transmit to the President of the Senate and to the Speaker of the
House of Representatives their written declaration that the President is unable to discharge the powers and duties of his

office, the Vice-President shall immediately assume the powers and duties of the office as Acting President.
Thereafter, when the President transmits to the President of the Senate and to the Speaker of the House of
Representatives his written declaration that no inability exists, he shall reassume the powers and duties of his office.
Meanwhile, should a majority of all the Members of the Cabinet transmit within five days to the President of the Senate
and to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, their written declaration that the President is unable to discharge the
powers and duties of his office, the Congress shall decide the issue. For that purpose, the Congress shall convene, if it is
not in session, within forty-eight hours, in accordance with its rules and without need of call.
If the Congress, within ten days after receipt of the last written declaration, or, if not in session, within twelve days after
it is required to assemble, determines by a two-thirds vote of both Houses, voting separately, that the President is unable
to discharge the powers and duties of his office, the Vice-President shall act as President; otherwise, the President shall
continue exercising the powers and duties of his office.
Section 12. In case of serious illness of the President, the public shall be informed of the state of his health. The
members of the Cabinet in charge of national security and foreign relations and the Chief of Staff of the Armed Forces of
the Philippines, shall not be denied access to the President during such illness.
Section 13. The President, Vice-President, the Members of the Cabinet, and their deputies or assistants shall not, unless
otherwise provided in this Constitution, hold any other office or employment during their tenure. They shall not, during
said tenure, directly or indirectly, practice any other profession, participate in any business, or be financially interested in
any contract with, or in any franchise, or special privilege granted by the Government or any subdivision, agency, or
instrumentality thereof, including government-owned or controlled corporations or their subsidiaries. They shall strictly
avoid conflict of interest in the conduct of their office.
The spouse and relatives by consanguinity or affinity within the fourth civil degree of the President shall not, during his
tenure, be appointed as Members of the Constitutional Commissions, or the Office of the Ombudsman, or as Secretaries,
Undersecretaries, chairmen or heads of bureaus or offices, including government-owned or controlled corporations and
their subsidiaries.
Section 14. Appointments extended by an Acting President shall remain effective, unless revoked by the elected
President, within ninety days from his assumption or reassumption of office.
Section 15. Two months immediately before the next presidential elections and up to the end of his term, a President or
Acting President shall not make appointments, except temporary appointments to executive positions when continued
vacancies therein will prejudice public service or endanger public safety.
Section 16. The President shall nominate and, with the consent of the Commission on Appointments, appoint the heads
of the executive departments, ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls, or officers of the armed forces from the
rank of colonel or naval captain, and other officers whose appointments are vested in him in this Constitution. He shall
also appoint all other officers of the Government whose appointments are not otherwise provided for by law, and those
whom he may be authorized by law to appoint. The Congress may, by law, vest the appointment of other officers lower
in rank in the President alone, in the courts, or in the heads of departments, agencies, commissions, or boards.
The President shall have the power to make appointments during the recess of the Congress, whether voluntary or
compulsory, but such appointments shall be effective only until disapproved by the Commission on Appointments or
until the next adjournment of the Congress.
Section 17. The President shall have control of all the executive departments, bureaus, and offices. He shall ensure that
the laws be faithfully executed.
Section 18. The President shall be the Commander-in-Chief of all armed forces of the Philippines and whenever it
becomes necessary, he may call out such armed forces to prevent or suppress lawless violence, invasion or rebellion. In
case of invasion or rebellion, when the public safety requires it, he may, for a period not exceeding sixty days, suspend
the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus or place the Philippines or any part thereof under martial law. Within forty-
eight hours from the proclamation of martial law or the suspension of the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus, the
President shall submit a report in person or in writing to the Congress. The Congress, voting jointly, by a vote of at least
a majority of all its Members in regular or special session, may revoke such proclamation or suspension, which
revocation shall not be set aside by the President. Upon the initiative of the President, the Congress may, in the same
manner, extend such proclamation or suspension for a period to be determined by the Congress, if the invasion or

rebellion shall persist and public safety requires it.

The Congress, if not in session, shall, within twenty-four hours following such proclamation or suspension, convene in
accordance with its rules without need of a call.
The Supreme Court may review, in an appropriate proceeding filed by any citizen, the sufficiency of the factual basis of
the proclamation of martial law or the suspension of the privilege of the writ or the extension thereof, and must
promulgate its decision thereon within thirty days from its filing.
A state of martial law does not suspend the operation of the Constitution, nor supplant the functioning of the civil courts
or legislative assemblies, nor authorize the conferment of jurisdiction on military courts and agencies over civilians
where civil courts are able to function, nor automatically suspend the privilege of the writ.
The suspension of the privilege of the writ shall apply only to persons judicially charged for rebellion or offenses
inherent in or directly connected with invasion.
During the suspension of the privilege of the writ, any person thus arrested or detained shall be judicially charged within
three days, otherwise he shall be released.
Section 19. Except in cases of impeachment, or as otherwise provided in this Constitution, the President may grant
reprieves, commutations, and pardons, and remit fines and forfeitures, after conviction by final judgment.
He shall also have the power to grant amnesty with the concurrence of a majority of all the Members of the Congress.
Section 20. The President may contract or guarantee foreign loans on behalf of the Republic of the Philippines with the
prior concurrence of the Monetary Board, and subject to such limitations as may be provided by law. The Monetary
Board shall, within thirty days from the end of every quarter of the calendar year, submit to the Congress a complete
report of its decision on applications for loans to be contracted or guaranteed by the Government or government-owned
and controlled corporations which would have the effect of increasing the foreign debt, and containing other matters as
may be provided by law.
Section 21. No treaty or international agreement shall be valid and effective unless concurred in by at least two-thirds of
all the Members of the Senate.
Section 22. The President shall submit to the Congress, within thirty days from the opening of every regular session as
the basis of the general appropriations bill, a budget of expenditures and sources of financing, including receipts from
existing and proposed revenue measures.
Section 23. The President shall address the Congress at the opening of its regular session. He may also appear before it
at any other time.
ARTICLE VIII
JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT
Section 1. The judicial power shall be vested in one Supreme Court and in such lower courts as may be established by
law.
Judicial power includes the duty of the courts of justice to settle actual controversies involving rights which are legally
demandable and enforceable, and to determine whether or not there has been a grave abuse of discretion amounting to
lack or excess of jurisdiction on the part of any branch or instrumentality of the Government.
Section 2. The Congress shall have the power to define, prescribe, and apportion the jurisdiction of the various courts but
may not deprive the Supreme Court of its jurisdiction over cases enumerated in Section 5 hereof.
No law shall be passed reorganizing the Judiciary when it undermines the security of tenure of its Members.
Section 3. The Judiciary shall enjoy fiscal autonomy. Appropriations for the Judiciary may not be reduced by the
legislature below the amount appropriated for the previous year and, after approval, shall be automatically and regularly
released.
Section 4.

1. The Supreme Court shall be composed of a Chief Justice and fourteen Associate Justices. It may sit en banc or
in its discretion, in division of three, five, or seven Members. Any vacancy shall be filled within ninety days
from the occurrence thereof.
2. All cases involving the constitutionality of a treaty, international or executive agreement, or law, which shall be
heard by the Supreme Court en banc, and all other cases which under the Rules of Court are required to be heard
en banc, including those involving the constitutionality, application, or operation of presidential decrees,
proclamations, orders, instructions, ordinances, and other regulations, shall be decided with the concurrence of a
majority of the Members who actually took part in the deliberations on the issues in the case and voted thereon.
3. Cases or matters heard by a division shall be decided or resolved with the concurrence of a majority of the
Members who actually took part in the deliberations on the issues in the case and voted thereon, and in no case
without the concurrence of at least three of such Members. When the required number is not obtained, the case
shall be decided en banc: Provided, that no doctrine or principle of law laid down by the court in a decision
rendered en banc or in division may be modified or reversed except by the court sitting en banc.
Section 5. The Supreme Court shall have the following powers:
1. Exercise original jurisdiction over cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls, and over
petitions for certiorari, prohibition, mandamus, quo warranto, and habeas corpus.
2. Review, revise, reverse, modify, or affirm on appeal or certiorari, as the law or the Rules of Court may provide,
final judgments and orders of lower courts in:
a. All cases in which the constitutionality or validity of any treaty, international or executive agreement,
law, presidential decree, proclamation, order, instruction, ordinance, or regulation is in question.
b. All cases involving the legality of any tax, impost, assessment, or toll, or any penalty imposed in
relation thereto.
c. All cases in which the jurisdiction of any lower court is in issue.
d. All criminal cases in which the penalty imposed is reclusion perpetua or higher.
e. All cases in which only an error or question of law is involved.
3. Assign temporarily judges of lower courts to other stations as public interest may require. Such temporary
assignment shall not exceed six months without the consent of the judge concerned.
4. Order a change of venue or place of trial to avoid a miscarriage of justice.
5. Promulgate rules concerning the protection and enforcement of constitutional rights, pleading, practice, and
procedure in all courts, the admission to the practice of law, the integrated bar, and legal assistance to the under-
privileged. Such rules shall provide a simplified and inexpensive procedure for the speedy disposition of cases,
shall be uniform for all courts of the same grade, and shall not diminish, increase, or modify substantive rights.
Rules of procedure of special courts and quasi-judicial bodies shall remain effective unless disapproved by the
Supreme Court.
6. Appoint all officials and employees of the Judiciary in accordance with the Civil Service Law.
Section 6. The Supreme Court shall have administrative supervision over all courts and the personnel thereof.
Section 7.
1. No person shall be appointed Member of the Supreme Court or any lower collegiate court unless he is a natural-
born citizen of the Philippines. A Member of the Supreme Court must be at least forty years of age, and must
have been for fifteen years or more, a judge of a lower court or engaged in the practice of law in the Philippines.
2. The Congress shall prescribe the qualifications of judges of lower courts, but no person may be appointed judge
thereof unless he is a citizen of the Philippines and a member of the Philippine Bar.
3. A Member of the Judiciary must be a person of proven competence, integrity, probity, and independence.
Section 8.

1. A Judicial and Bar Council is hereby created under the supervision of the Supreme Court composed of the Chief
Justice as ex officio Chairman, the Secretary of Justice, and a representative of the Congress as ex officio
Members, a representative of the Integrated Bar, a professor of law, a retired Member of the Supreme Court, and
a representative of the private sector.
2. The regular members of the Council shall be appointed by the President for a term of four years with the
consent of the Commission on Appointments. Of the Members first appointed, the representative of the
Integrated Bar shall serve for four years, the professor of law for three years, the retired Justice for two years,
and the representative of the private sector for one year.
3. The Clerk of the Supreme Court shall be the Secretary ex officio of the Council and shall keep a record of its
proceedings.
4. The regular Members of the Council shall receive such emoluments as may be determined by the Supreme
Court. The Supreme Court shall provide in its annual budget the appropriations for the Council.
5. The Council shall have the principal function of recommending appointees to the judiciary. It may exercise such
other functions and duties as the Supreme Court may assign to it.
Section 9. The Members of the Supreme Court and judges of lower courts shall be appointed by the President from a list
of at least three nominees preferred by the Judicial and Bar Council for every vacancy. Such appointments need no
confirmation.
For the lower courts, the President shall issued the appointment within ninety days from the submission of the list.
Section 10. The salary of the Chief Justice and of the Associate Justices of the Supreme Court, and of judges of lower
courts shall be fixed by law. During the continuance in office, their salary shall not be decreased.
Section 11. The Members of the Supreme Court and judges of the lower court shall hold office during good behavior
until they reach the age of seventy years or become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office. The Supreme
Court en banc shall have the power to discipline judges of lower courts, or order their dismissal by a vote of majority of
the Members who actually took part in the deliberations on the issues in the case and voted in thereon.
Section 12. The Members of the Supreme Court and of other courts established by law shall not be designated to any
agency performing quasi-judicial or administrative function.
Section 13. The conclusions of the Supreme Court in any case submitted to it for the decision en banc or in division shall
be reached in consultation before the case the case assigned to a Member for the writing of the opinion of the Court. A
certification to this effect signed by the Chief Justice shall be issued and a copy thereof attached to the record of the case
and served upon the parties. Any Member who took no part, or dissented, or abstained from a decision or resolution must
state the reason therefor. The same requirements shall be observed by all lower collegiate court.
Section 14. No decision shall be rendered by any court without expressing therein clearly and distinctly the facts and the
law on which it is based.
No petition for review or motion for reconsideration of a decision of the court shall be refused due course or denied
without stating the legal basis therefor.
Section 15.
1. All cases or matters filed after the effectivity of this Constitution must be decided or resolved within twenty-
four months from date of submission for the Supreme Court, and, unless reduced by the Supreme Court, twelve
months for all lower collegiate courts, and three months for all other lower courts.
2. A case or matter shall be deemed submitted for decision or resolution upon the filing of the last pleading, brief,
or memorandum required by the Rules of Court or by the court itself.
3. Upon the expiration of the corresponding period, a certification to this effect signed by the Chief Justice or the
presiding judge shall forthwith be issued and a copy thereof attached to the record of the case or matter, and
served upon the parties. The certification shall state why a decision or resolution has not been rendered or issued
within said period.
4. Despite the expiration of the applicable mandatory period, the court, without prejudice to such responsibility as

may have been incurred in consequence thereof, shall decide or resolve the case or matter submitted thereto for
determination, without further delay.
Section 16. The Supreme Court shall, within thirty days from the opening of each regular session of the Congress,
submit to the President and the Congress an annual report on the operations and activities of the Judiciary.
ARTICLE IX
CONSTITUTIONAL COMMISSION
A. COMMON PROVISIONS
Section 1. The Constitutional Commissions, which shall be independent, are the Civil Service Commission, the
Commission on Elections, and the Commission on Audit.
Section 2. No member of a Constitutional Commission shall, during his tenure, hold any other office or employment.
Neither shall he engage in the practice of any profession or in the active management or control of any business which,
in any way, may be affected by the functions of his office, nor shall he be financially interested, directly or indirectly, in
any contract with, or in any franchise or privilege granted by the Government, any of its subdivisions, agencies, or
instrumentalities, including government-owned or controlled corporations or their subsidiaries.
Section 3. The salary of the Chairman and the Commissioners shall be fixed by law and shall not be decreased during
their tenure.
Section 4. The Constitutional Commissions shall appoint their officials and employees in accordance with law.
Section 5. The Commission shall enjoy fiscal autonomy. Their approved annual appropriations shall be automatically
and regularly released.
Section 6. Each Commission en banc may promulgate its own rules concerning pleadings and practice before it or before
any of its offices. Such rules, however, shall not diminish, increase, or modify substantive rights.
Section 7. Each Commission shall decide by a majority vote of all its Members, any case or matter brought before it
within sixty days from the date of its submission for decision or resolution. A case or matter is deemed submitted for
decision or resolution upon the filing of the last pleading, brief, or memorandum required by the rules of the Commission
or by the Commission itself. Unless otherwise provided by this Constitution or by law, any decision, order, or ruling of
each Commission may be brought to the Supreme Court on certiorari by the aggrieved party within thirty days from
receipt of a copy thereof.
Section 8. Each Commission shall perform such other functions as may be provided by law.
B. THE CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
Section 1.
1. The civil service shall be administered by the Civil Service Commission composed of a Chairman and two
Commissioners who shall be natural-born citizens of the Philippines and, at the time of their appointment, at
least thirty-five years of age, with proven capacity for public administration, and must not have been candidates
for any elective position in the elections immediately preceding their appointment.
2. The Chairman and the Commissioners shall be appointed by the President with the consent of the Commission
on Appointments for a term of seven years without reappointment. Of those first appointed, the Chairman shall
hold office for seven years, a Commissioner for five years, and another Commissioner for three years, without
reappointment. Appointment to any vacancy shall be only for the unexpired term of the predecessor. In no case
shall any Member be appointed or designated in a temporary or acting capacity.
Section 2.
1. The civil service embraces all branches, subdivisions, instrumentalities, and agencies of the Government,
including government-owned or controlled corporations with original charters.
2. Appointments in the civil service shall be made only according to merit and fitness to be determined, as far as
practicable, and, except to positions which are policy-determining, primarily confidential, or highly technical,

by competitive examination.
3. No officer or employee of the civil service shall be removed or suspended except for cause provided by law.
4. No officer or employee in the civil service shall engage, directly or indirectly, in any electioneering or partisan
political campaign.
5. The right to self-organization shall not be denied to government employees.
6. Temporary employees of the Government shall be given such protection as may be provided by law.
Section 3. The Civil Service Commission, as the central personnel agency of the Government, shall establish a career
service and adopt measures to promote morale, efficiency, integrity, responsiveness, progressiveness, and courtesy in the
civil service. It shall strengthen the merit and rewards system, integrate all human resources development programs for
all levels and ranks, and institutionalize a management climate conducive to public accountability. It shall submit to the
President and the Congress an annual report on its personnel programs.
Section 4. All public officers and employees shall take an oath or affirmation to uphold and defend this Constitution.
Section 5. The Congress shall provide for the standardization of compensation of government officials and employees,
including those in government-owned or controlled corporations with original charters, taking into account the nature of
the responsibilities pertaining to, and the qualifications required for, their positions.
Section 6. No candidate who has lost in any election, shall within one year after such election, be appointed to any office
in the Government or any Government-owned or controlled corporations or in any of their subsidiaries.
Section 7. No elective official shall be eligible for appointment or designation in any capacity to any public office or
position during his tenure.
Unless otherwise allowed by law or by the primary functions of his position, no appointive official shall hold any other
office or employment in the Government or any subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, including Government-
owned or controlled corporations or their subsidiaries.
Section 8. No elective or appointive public officer or employee shall receive additional, double, or indirect
compensation, unless specifically authorized by law, nor accept without the consent of the Congress, any present,
emolument, office, or title of any kind from any foreign government.
Pensions or gratuities shall not be considered as additional, double, or indirect compensation.
C. THE COMMISSION ON ELECTIONS
Section 1.
1. There shall be a Commission on Elections composed of a Chairman and six Commissioners who shall be
natural-born citizens of the Philippines and, at the time of their appointment, at least thirty-five years of age,
holders of a college degree, and must not have been candidates for any elective positions in the immediately
preceding elections. However, a majority thereof, including the Chairman, shall be members of the Philippine
Bar who have been engaged in the practice of law for at least ten years.
on Appointments for a term of seven years without reappointment. Of those first appointed, three Members shall
hold office for seven years, two Members for five years, and the last Members for three years, without
reappointment. Appointment to any vacancy shall be only for the unexpired term of the predecessor. In no case
shall any Member be appointed or designated in a temporary or acting capacity.
Section 2. The Commission on Elections shall exercise the following powers and functions:
1. Enforce and administer all laws and regulations relative to the conduct of an election, plebiscite, initiative,
referendum, and recall.
2. Exercise exclusive original jurisdiction over all contests relating to the elections, returns, and qualifications of
all elective regional, provincial, and city officials, and appellate jurisdiction over all contests involving elective
municipal officials decided by trial courts of general jurisdiction, or involving elective barangay officials
decided by trial courts of limited jurisdiction.

Decisions, final orders, or rulings of the Commission on election contests involving elective municipal and
barangay offices shall be final, executory, and not appealable.
3. Decide, except those involving the right to vote, all questions affecting elections, including determination of the
number and location of polling places, appointment of election officials and inspectors, and registration of
voters.
4. Deputize, with the concurrence of the President, law enforcement agencies and instrumentalities of the
Government, including the Armed Forces of the Philippines, for the exclusive purpose of ensuring free, orderly,
honest, peaceful, and credible elections.
5. Register, after sufficient publication, political parties, organizations, or coalitions which, in addition to other
requirements, must present their platform or program of government; and accredit citizens' arms of the
Commission on Elections. Religious denominations and sects shall not be registered. Those which seek to
achieve their goals through violence or unlawful means, or refuse to uphold and adhere to this Constitution, or
which are supported by any foreign government shall likewise be refused registration.
Financial contributions from foreign governments and their agencies to political parties, organizations,
coalitions, or candidates related to elections, constitute interference in national affairs, and, when accepted, shall
be an additional ground for the cancellation of their registration with the Commission, in addition to other
penalties that may be prescribed by law.
6. File, upon a verified complaint, or on its own initiative, petitions in court for inclusion or exclusion of voters;
investigate and, where appropriate, prosecute cases of violations of election laws, including acts or omissions
constituting election frauds, offenses, and malpractices.
7. Recommend to the Congress effective measures to minimize election spending, including limitation of places
where propaganda materials shall be posted, and to prevent and penalize all forms of election frauds, offenses,
malpractices, and nuisance candidacies.
8. Recommend to the President the removal of any officer or employee it has deputized, or the imposition of any
other disciplinary action, for violation or disregard of, or disobedience to, its directive, order, or decision.
9. Submit to the President and the Congress, a comprehensive report on the conduct of each election, plebiscite,
initiative, referendum, or recall.
Section 3. The Commission on Elections may sit en banc or in two divisions, and shall promulgate its rules of procedure
in order to expedite disposition of election cases, including pre- proclamation controversies. All such election cases shall
be heard and decided in division, provided that motions for reconsideration of decisions shall be decided by the
Commission en banc.
Section 4. The Commission may, during the election period, supervise or regulate the enjoyment or utilization of all
franchises or permits for the operation of transportation and other public utilities, media of communication or
information, all grants, special privileges, or concessions granted by the Government or any subdivision, agency, or
instrumentality thereof, including any government-owned or controlled corporation or its subsidiary. Such supervision or
regulation shall aim to ensure equal opportunity, time, and space ,and the right to reply, including reasonable, equal rates
therefor, for public information campaigns and forums among candidates in connection with the objective of holding
free, orderly, honest, peaceful, and credible elections.
Section 5. No pardon, amnesty, parole, or suspension of sentence for violation of election laws, rules, and regulations
shall be granted by the President without the favorable recommendation of the Commission.
Section 6. A free and open party system shall be allowed to evolve according to the free choice of the people, subject to
the provisions of this Article.
Section 7. No votes cast in favor of a political party, organization, or coalition shall be valid, except for those registered
under the party-list system as provided in this Constitution.
Section 8. Political parties, or organizations or coalitions registered under the party-list system, shall not be represented
in the voters' registration boards, boards of election inspectors, boards of canvassers, or other similar bodies. However,
they shall be entitled to appoint poll watchers in accordance with law.

Section 9. Unless otherwise fixed by the Commission in special cases, the election period shall commence ninety days
before the day of election and shall end thirty days thereafter.
Section 10. Bona fide candidates for any public office shall be free from any form of harassment and discrimination.
Section 11. Funds certified by the Commission as necessary to defray the expenses for holding regular and special
elections, plebiscites, initiatives, referenda, and recalls, shall be provided in the regular or special appropriations and,
once approved, shall be released automatically upon certification by the Chairman of the Commission
D. THE COMMISSION ON AUDIT
Section 1.
1. There shall be a Commission on Audit composed of a Chairman and two Commissioners, who shall be natural-
born citizens of the Philippines and, at the time of their appointment, at least thirty-five years of age, Certified
Public Accountants with not less than ten years of auditing experience, or members of the Philippine Bar who
have been engaged in the practice of law for at least ten years, and must not have been candidates for any
elective position in the elections immediately preceding their appointment. At no time shall all Members of the
Commission belong to the same profession.
on Appointments for a term of seven years without reappointment. Of those first appointed, the Chairman shall
hold office for seven years, one Commissioner for five years, and the other Commissioner for three years,
without reappointment. Appointment to any vacancy shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term of the
predecessor. In no case shall any Member be appointed or designated in a temporary or acting capacity.
Section 2.
1. The Commission on Audit shall have the power, authority, and duty to examine, audit, and settle all accounts
pertaining to the revenue and receipts of, and expenditures or uses of funds and property, owned or held in trust
by, or pertaining to, the Government, or any of its subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities, including
government-owned or controlled corporations with original charters, and on a post- audit basis:
a. constitutional bodies, commissions and offices that have been granted fiscal autonomy under this
Constitution;
b. autonomous state colleges and universities;
c. other government-owned or controlled corporations and their subsidiaries; and
d. such non-governmental entities receiving subsidy or equity, directly or indirectly, from or through the
Government, which are required by law or the granting institution to submit to such audit as a
condition of subsidy or equity. However, where the internal control system of the audited agencies is
inadequate, the Commission may adopt such measures, including temporary or special pre-audit, as are
necessary and appropriate to correct the deficiencies. It shall keep the general accounts of the
Government and, for such period as may be provided by law, preserve the vouchers and other
supporting papers pertaining thereto.
2. The Commission shall have exclusive authority, subject to the limitations in this Article, to define the scope of
its audit and examination, establish the techniques and methods required therefor, and promulgate accounting
and auditing rules and regulations, including those for the prevention and disallowance of irregular,
unnecessary, excessive, extravagant, or unconscionable expenditures or uses of government funds and
properties.
Section 3. No law shall be passed exempting any entity of the Government or its subsidiaries in any guise whatever, or
any investment of public funds, from the jurisdiction of the Commission on Audit.
Section 4. The Commission shall submit to the President and the Congress, within the time fixed by law, an annual
report covering the financial condition and operation of the Government, its subdivisions, agencies, and
instrumentalities, including government-owned or controlled corporations, and non-governmental entities subject to its
audit, and recommend measures necessary to improve their effectiveness and efficiency. It shall submit such other
reports as may be required by law.

ARTICLE X
LOCAL GOVERNMENT
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. The territorial and political subdivisions of the Republic of the Philippines are the provinces, cities,
municipalities, and barangays. There shall be autonomous regions in Muslim Mindanao and the Cordilleras as
hereinafter provided.
Section 2. The territorial and political subdivisions shall enjoy local autonomy.
Section 3. The Congress shall enact a local government code which shall provide for a more responsive and accountable
local government structure instituted through a system of decentralization with effective mechanisms of recall, initiative,
and referendum, allocate among the different local government units their powers, responsibilities, and resources, and
provide for the qualifications, election, appointment and removal, term, salaries, powers and functions and duties of local
officials, and all other matters relating to the organization and operation of the local units.
Section 4. The President of the Philippines shall exercise general supervision over local governments. Provinces with
respect to component cities and municipalities, and cities and municipalities with respect to component barangays, shall
ensure that the acts of their component units are within the scope of their prescribed powers and functions.
Section 5. Each local government unit shall have the power to create its own sources of revenues and to levy taxes, fees
and charges subject to such guidelines and limitations as the Congress may provide, consistent with the basic policy of
local autonomy. Such taxes, fees, and charges shall accrue exclusively to the local governments.
Section 6. Local government units shall have a just share, as determined by law, in the national taxes which shall be
automatically released to them.
Section 7. Local governments shall be entitled to an equitable share in the proceeds of the utilization and development of
the national wealth within their respective areas, in the manner provided by law, including sharing the same with the
inhabitants by way of direct benefits.
Section 8. The term of office of elective local officials, except barangay officials, which shall be determined by law, shall
be three years and no such official shall serve for more than three consecutive terms. Voluntary renunciation of the office
for any length of time shall not be considered as an interruption in the continuity of his service for the full term for which
he was elected.
Section 9. Legislative bodies of local governments shall have sectoral representation as may be prescribed by law.
Section 10. No province, city, municipality, or barangay may be created, divided, merged, abolished, or its boundary
substantially altered, except in accordance with the criteria established in the local government code and subject to
approval by a majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite in the political units directly affected.
Section 11. The Congress may, by law, create special metropolitan political subdivisions, subject to a plebiscite as set
forth in Section 10 hereof. The component cities and municipalities shall retain their basic autonomy and shall be entitled
to their own local executive and legislative assemblies. The jurisdiction of the metropolitan authority that will thereby be
created shall be limited to basic services requiring coordination.
Section 12. Cities that are highly urbanized, as determined by law, and component cities whose charters prohibit their
voters from voting for provincial elective officials, shall be independent of the province. The voters of component cities
within a province, whose charters contain no such prohibition, shall not be deprived of their right to vote for elective
provincial officials.
Section 13. Local government units may group themselves, consolidate or coordinate their efforts, services, and
resources for purposes commonly beneficial to them in accordance with law.
Section 14. The President shall provide for regional development councils or other similar bodies composed of local
government officials, regional heads of departments and other government offices, and representatives from non-
governmental organizations within the regions for purposes of administrative decentralization to strengthen the

autonomy of the units therein and to accelerate the economic and social growth and development of the units in the
region.
AUTONOMOUS REGIONS
Section 15. There shall be created autonomous regions in Muslim Mindanao and in the Cordilleras consisting of
provinces, cities, municipalities, and geographical areas sharing common and distinctive historical and cultural heritage,
economic and social structures, and other relevant characteristics within the framework of this Constitution and the
national sovereignty as well as territorial integrity of the Republic of the Philippines.
Section 16. The President shall exercise general supervision over autonomous regions to ensure that laws are faithfully
executed.
Section 17. All powers, functions, and responsibilities not granted by this Constitution or by law to the autonomous
regions shall be vested in the National Government.
Section 18. The Congress shall enact an organic act for each autonomous region with the assistance and participation of
the regional consultative commission composed of representatives appointed by the President from a list of nominees
from multi-sectoral bodies. The organic act shall define the basic structure of government for the region consisting of the
executive department and legislative assembly, both of which shall be elective and representative of the constituent
political units. The organic acts shall likewise provide for special courts with personal, family, and property law
jurisdiction consistent with the provisions of this Constitution and national laws.
The creation of the autonomous region shall be effective when approved by majority of the votes cast by the constituent
units in a plebiscite called for the purpose, provided that only provinces, cities, and geographic areas voting favorably in
such plebiscite shall be included in the autonomous region.
Section 19. The first Congress elected under this Constitution shall, within eighteen months from the time of
organization of both Houses, pass the organic acts for the autonomous regions in Muslim Mindanao and the Cordilleras.
Section 20. Within its territorial jurisdiction and subject to the provisions of this Constitution and national laws, the
organic act of autonomous regions shall provide for legislative powers over:
1. Administrative organization;
2. Creation of sources of revenues;
3. Ancestral domain and natural resources;
4. Personal, family, and property relations;
5. Regional urban and rural planning development;
6. Economic, social, and tourism development;
7. Educational policies;
8. Preservation and development of the cultural heritage; and
9. Such other matters as may be authorized by law for the promotion of the general welfare of the people of the
region.
Section 21. The preservation of peace and order within the regions shall be the responsibility of the local police agencies
which shall be organized, maintained, supervised, and utilized in accordance with applicable laws. The defense and
security of the regions shall be the responsibility of the National Government.
ARTICLE XI
ACCOUNTABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICERS
Section 1. Public office is a public trust. Public officers and employees must, at all times, be accountable to the people,
serve them with utmost responsibility, integrity, loyalty, and efficiency; act with patriotism and justice, and lead modest
lives.
Section 2. The President, the Vice-President, the Members of the Supreme Court, the Members of the Constitutional
Commissions, and the Ombudsman may be removed from office on impeachment for, and conviction of, culpable
violation of the Constitution, treason, bribery, graft and corruption, other high crimes, or betrayal of public trust. All
other public officers and employees may be removed from office as provided by law, but not by impeachment.

Section 3.
1. The House of Representatives shall have the exclusive power to initiate all cases of impeachment.
2. A verified complaint for impeachment may be filed by any Member of the House of Representatives or by any
citizen upon a resolution or endorsement by any Member thereof, which shall be included in the Order of
Business within ten session days, and referred to the proper Committee within three session days thereafter. The
Committee, after hearing, and by a majority vote of all its Members, shall submit its report to the House within
sixty session days from such referral, together with the corresponding resolution. The resolution shall be
calendared for consideration by the House within ten session days from receipt thereof.
3. A vote of at least one-third of all the Members of the House shall be necessary either to affirm a favorable
resolution with the Articles of Impeachment of the Committee, or override its contrary resolution. The vote of
each Member shall be recorded.
4. In case the verified complaint or resolution of impeachment is filed by at least one-third of all the Members of
the House, the same shall constitute the Articles of Impeachment, and trial by the Senate shall forthwith
proceed.
5. No impeachment proceedings shall be initiated against the same official more than once within a period of one
year.
6. The Senate shall have the sole power to try and decide all cases of impeachment. When sitting for that purpose,
the Senators shall be on oath or affirmation. When the President of the Philippines is on trial, the Chief Justice
of the Supreme Court shall preside, but shall not vote. No person shall be convicted without the concurrence of
two-thirds of all the Members of the Senate.
7. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than removal from office and disqualification to hold
any office under the Republic of the Philippines, but the party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject
to prosecution, trial, and punishment, according to law.
8. The Congress shall promulgate its rules on impeachment to effectively carry out the purpose of this section.
Section 4. The present anti-graft court known as the Sandiganbayan shall continue to function and exercise its
jurisdiction as now or hereafter may be provided by law.
Section 5. There is hereby created the independent Office of the Ombudsman, composed of the Ombudsman to be
known as Tanodbayan, one overall Deputy and at least one Deputy each for Luzon, Visayas, and Mindanao. A separate
Deputy for the military establishment may likewise be appointed.
Section 6. The officials and employees of the Office of the Ombudsman, other than the Deputies, shall be appointed by
the Ombudsman, according to the Civil Service Law.
Section 7. The existing Tanodbayan shall hereafter be known as the Office of the Special Prosecutor. It shall continue to
function and exercise its powers as now or hereafter may be provided by law, except those conferred on the Office of the
Ombudsman created under this Constitution.
Section 8. The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall be natural-born citizens of the Philippines, and at the time of their
appointment, at least forty years old, of recognized probity and independence, and members of the Philippine Bar, and
must not have been candidates for any elective office in the immediately preceding election. The Ombudsman must have,
for ten years or more, been a judge or engaged in the practice of law in the Philippines.
During their tenure, they shall be subject to the same disqualifications and prohibitions as provided for in Section 2 of
Article 1X-A of this Constitution.
Section 9. The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall be appointed by the President from a list of at least six nominees
prepared by the Judicial and Bar Council, and from a list of three nominees for every vacancy thereafter. Such
appointments shall require no confirmation. All vacancies shall be filled within three months after they occur.
Section 10. The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall have the rank of Chairman and Members, respectively, of the
Constitutional Commissions, and they shall receive the same salary which shall not be decreased during their term of
office.

Section 11. The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall serve for a term of seven years without reappointment. They shall
not be qualified to run for any office in the election immediately succeeding their cessation from office.
Section 12. The Ombudsman and his Deputies, as protectors of the people, shall act promptly on complaints filed in any
form or manner against public officials or employees of the Government, or any subdivision, agency or instrumentality
thereof, including government-owned or controlled corporations, and shall, in appropriate cases, notify the complainants
of the action taken and the result thereof.
Section 13. The Office of the Ombudsman shall have the following powers, functions, and duties:
1. Investigate on its own, or on complaint by any person, any act or omission of any public official, employee,
office or agency, when such act or omission appears to be illegal, unjust, improper, or inefficient.
2. Direct, upon complaint or at its own instance, any public official or employee of the Government, or any
subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, as well as of any government-owned or controlled corporation
with original charter, to perform and expedite any act or duty required by law, or to stop, prevent, and correct
any abuse or impropriety in the performance of duties.
3. Direct the officer concerned to take appropriate action against a public official or employee at fault, and
recommend his removal, suspension, demotion, fine, censure, or prosecution, and ensure compliance therewith.
4. Direct the officer concerned, in any appropriate case, and subject to such limitations as may be provided by law,
to furnish it with copies of documents relating to contracts or transactions entered into by his office involving
the disbursement or use of public funds or properties, and report any irregularity to the Commission on Audit
for appropriate action.
5. Request any government agency for assistance and information necessary in the discharge of its responsibilities,
and to examine, if necessary, pertinent records and documents.
6. Publicize matters covered by its investigation when circumstances so warrant and with due prudence.
7. Determine the causes of inefficiency, red tape, mismanagement, fraud, and corruption in the Government and
make recommendations for their elimination and the observance of high standards of ethics and efficiency.
8. Promulgate its rules of procedure and exercise such other powers or perform such functions or duties as may be
provided by law.
Section 14. The Office of the Ombudsman shall enjoy fiscal autonomy. Its approved annual appropriations shall be
automatically and regularly released.
Section 15. The right of the State to recover properties unlawfully acquired by public officials or employees, from them
or from their nominees or transferees, shall not be barred by prescription, laches, or estoppel.
Section 16. No loan, guaranty, or other form of financial accommodation for any business purpose may be granted,
directly or indirectly, by any government-owned or controlled bank or financial institution to the President, the Vice-
President, the Members of the Cabinet, the Congress, the Supreme Court, and the Constitutional Commissions, the
Ombudsman, or to any firm or entity in which they have controlling interest, during their tenure.
Section 17. A public officer or employee shall, upon assumption of office and as often thereafter as may be required by
law, submit a declaration under oath of his assets, liabilities, and net worth. In the case of the President, the Vice-
President, the Members of the Cabinet, the Congress, the Supreme Court, the Constitutional Commissions and other
constitutional offices, and officers of the armed forces with general or flag rank, the declaration shall be disclosed to the
public in the manner provided by law.
Section 18. Public officers and employees owe the State and this Constitution allegiance at all times and any public
officer or employee who seeks to change his citizenship or acquire the status of an immigrant of another country during
his tenure shall be dealt with by law.
ARTICLE XII
NATIONAL ECONOMY AND PATRIMONY

Section 1. The goals of the national economy are a more equitable distribution of opportunities, income, and wealth; a
sustained increase in the amount of goods and services produced by the nation for the benefit of the people; and an
expanding productivity as the key to raising the quality of life for all, especially the underprivileged.
The State shall promote industrialization and full employment based on sound agricultural development and agrarian
reform, through industries that make full of efficient use of human and natural resources, and which are competitive in
both domestic and foreign markets. However, the State shall protect Filipino enterprises against unfair foreign
competition and trade practices.
In the pursuit of these goals, all sectors of the economy and all region s of the country shall be given optimum
opportunity to develop. Private enterprises, including corporations, cooperatives, and similar collective organizations,
shall be encouraged to broaden the base of their ownership.
Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential
energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the
exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and
utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly
undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with
Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least 60 per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such
agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and
under such terms and conditions as may provided by law. In cases of water rights for irrigation, water supply, fisheries,
or industrial uses other than the development of waterpower, beneficial use may be the measure and limit of the grant.
The State shall protect the nations marine wealth in its archipelagic waters, territorial sea, and exclusive economic zone,
and reserve its use and enjoyment exclusively to Filipino citizens.
The Congress may, by law, allow small-scale utilization of natural resources by Filipino citizens, as well as cooperative
fish farming, with priority to subsistence fishermen and fish workers in rivers, lakes, bays, and lagoons.
The President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving either technical or financial
assistance for large-scale exploration, development, and utilization of minerals, petroleum, and other mineral oils
according to the general terms and conditions provided by law, based on real contributions to the economic growth and
general welfare of the country. In such agreements, the State shall promote the development and use of local scientific
and technical resources.
The President shall notify the Congress of every contract entered into in accordance with this provision, within thirty
days from its execution.
Section 3. Lands of the public domain are classified into agricultural, forest or timber, mineral lands and national parks.
Agricultural lands of the public domain may be further classified by law according to the uses to which they may be
devoted. Alienable lands of the public domain shall be limited to agricultural lands. Private corporations or associations
may not hold such alienable lands of the public domain except by lease, for a period not exceeding twenty-five years,
renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and not to exceed one thousand hectares in area. Citizens of the
Philippines may lease not more than five hundred hectares, or acquire not more than twelve hectares thereof, by
purchase, homestead, or grant.
Taking into account the requirements of conservation, ecology, and development, and subject to the requirements of
agrarian reform, the Congress shall determine, by law, the size of lands of the public domain which may be acquired,
developed, held, or leased and the conditions therefor.
Section 4. The Congress shall, as soon as possible, determine, by law, the specific limits of forest lands and national
parks, marking clearly their boundaries on the ground. Thereafter, such forest lands and national parks shall be conserved
and may not be increased nor diminished, except by law. The Congress shall provide for such period as it may determine,
measures to prohibit logging in endangered forests and watershed areas.
Section 5. The State, subject to the provisions of this Constitution and national development policies and programs, shall
protect the rights of indigenous cultural communities to their ancestral lands to ensure their economic, social, and
cultural well-being.
The Congress may provide for the applicability of customary laws governing property rights or relations in determining

the ownership and extent of ancestral domain.

Section 6. The use of property bears a social function, and all economic agents shall contribute to the common good.
Individuals and private groups, including corporations, cooperatives, and similar collective organizations, shall have the
right to own, establish, and operate economic enterprises, subject to the duty of the State to promote distributive justice
and to intervene when the common good so demands.
Section 7. Save in cases of hereditary succession, no private lands shall be transferred or conveyed except to individuals,
corporations, or associations qualified to acquire or hold lands of the public domain.
Section 8. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7 of this Article, a natural-born citizen of the Philippines who has
lost his Philippine citizenship may be a transferee of private lands, subject to limitations provided by law.
Section 9. The Congress may establish an independent economic and planning agency headed by the President, which
shall, after consultations with the appropriate public agencies, various private sectors, and local government units,
recommend to Congress, and implement continuing integrated and coordinated programs and policies for national
development.
Until the Congress provides otherwise, the National Economic and Development Authority shall function as the
independent planning agency of the government.
Section 10. The Congress shall, upon recommendation of the economic and planning agency, when the national interest
dictates, reserve to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital
is owned by such citizens, or such higher percentage as Congress may prescribe, certain areas of investments. The
Congress shall enact measures that will encourage the formation and operation of enterprises whose capital is wholly
owned by Filipinos.
In the grant of rights, privileges, and concessions covering the national economy and patrimony, the State shall give
preference to qualified Filipinos.
The State shall regulate and exercise authority over foreign investments within its national jurisdiction and in accordance
with its national goals and priorities.
granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the
Philippines, at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens; nor shall such franchise, certificate, or
authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be
granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the
common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The
participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their
proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be
Section 12. The State shall promote the preferential use of Filipino labor, domestic materials and locally produced goods,
and adopt measures that help make them competitive.
Section 13. The State shall pursue a trade policy that serves the general welfare and utilizes all forms and arrangements
of exchange on the basis of equality and reciprocity.
Section 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs,
professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be
promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.
The practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.
Section 15. The Congress shall create an agency to promote the viability and growth of cooperatives as instruments for
social justice and economic development.
Section 16. The Congress shall not, except by general law, provide for the formation, organization, or regulation of
private corporations. Government-owned or controlled corporations may be created or established by special charters in
the interest of the common good and subject to the test of economic viability.
Section 17. In times of national emergency, when the public interest so requires, the State may, during the emergency

and under reasonable terms prescribed by it, temporarily take over or direct the operation of any privately-owned public
utility or business affected with public interest.
Section 18. The State may, in the interest of national welfare or defense, establish and operate vital industries and, upon
payment of just compensation, transfer to public ownership utilities and other private enterprises to be operated by the
Government.
Section 19. The State shall regulate or prohibit monopolies when the public interest so requires. No combinations in
restraint of trade or unfair competition shall be allowed.
Section 20. The Congress shall establish an independent central monetary authority, the members of whose governing
board must be natural-born Filipino citizens, of known probity, integrity, and patriotism, the majority of whom shall
come from the private sector. They shall also be subject to such other qualifications and disabilities as may be prescribed
by law. The authority shall provide policy direction in the areas of money, banking, and credit. It shall have supervision
over the operations of banks and exercise such regulatory powers as may be provided by law over the operations of
finance companies and other institutions performing similar functions.
Until the Congress otherwise provides, the Central Bank of the Philippines operating under existing laws, shall function
as the central monetary authority.
Section 21. Foreign loans may only be incurred in accordance with law and the regulation of the monetary authority.
Information on foreign loans obtained or guaranteed by the Government shall be made available to the public.
Section 22. Acts which circumvent or negate any of the provisions of this Article shall be considered inimical to the
national interest and subject to criminal and civil sanctions, as may be provided by law.
ARTICLE XIII
SOCIAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN RIGHTS
Section 1. The Congress shall give highest priority to the enactment of measures that protect and enhance the right of all
the people to human dignity, reduce social, economic, and political inequalities, and remove cultural inequities by
equitably diffusing wealth and political power for the common good.
To this end, the State shall regulate the acquisition, ownership, use, and disposition of property and its increments.
Section 2. The promotion of social justice shall include the commitment to create economic opportunities based on
freedom of initiative and self-reliance.
LABOR
Section 3. The State shall afford full protection to labor, local and overseas, organized and unorganized, and promote full
employment and equality of employment opportunities for all.
It shall guarantee the rights of all workers to self-organization, collective bargaining and negotiations, and peaceful
concerted activities, including the right to strike in accordance with law. They shall be entitled to security of tenure,
humane conditions of work, and a living wage. They shall also participate in policy and decision-making processes
affecting their rights and benefits as may be provided by law.
The State shall promote the principle of shared responsibility between workers and employers and the preferential use of
voluntary modes in settling disputes, including conciliation, and shall enforce their mutual compliance therewith to foster
industrial peace.
The State shall regulate the relations between workers and employers, recognizing the right of labor to its just share in
the fruits of production and the right of enterprises to reasonable returns to investments, and to expansion and growth.
AGRARIAN AND NATURAL RESOURCES REFORM
Section 4. The State shall, by law, undertake an agrarian reform program founded on the right of farmers and regular
farmworkers who are landless, to own directly or collectively the lands they till or, in the case of other farmworkers, to
receive a just share of the fruits thereof. To this end, the State shall encourage and undertake the just distribution of all
agricultural lands, subject to such priorities and reasonable retention limits as the Congress may prescribe, taking into

account ecological, developmental, or equity considerations, and subject to the payment of just compensation. In
determining retention limits, the State shall respect the right of small landowners. The State shall further provide
incentives for voluntary land-sharing.
Section 5. The State shall recognize the right of farmers, farmworkers, and landowners, as well as cooperatives, and
other independent farmers' organizations to participate in the planning, organization, and management of the program,
and shall provide support to agriculture through appropriate technology and research, and adequate financial, production,
marketing, and other support services.
Section 6. The State shall apply the principles of agrarian reform or stewardship, whenever applicable in accordance
with law, in the disposition or utilization of other natural resources, including lands of the public domain under lease or
concession suitable to agriculture, subject to prior rights, homestead rights of small settlers, and the rights of indigenous
communities to their ancestral lands. The State may resettle landless farmers and farmworkers in its own agricultural
estates which shall be distributed to them in the manner provided by law.
Section 7. The State shall protect the rights of subsistence fishermen, especially of local communities, to the preferential
use of the communal marine and fishing resources, both inland and offshore. It shall provide support to such fishermen
through appropriate technology and research, adequate financial, production, and marketing assistance, and other
services. The State shall also protect, develop, and conserve such resources. The protection shall extend to offshore
fishing grounds of subsistence fishermen against foreign intrusion. Fishworkers shall receive a just share from their labor
in the utilization of marine and fishing resources.
Section 8. The State shall provide incentives to landowners to invest the proceeds of the agrarian reform program to
promote industrialization, employment creation, and privatization of public sector enterprises. Financial instruments used
as payment for their lands shall be honored as equity in enterprises of their choice.
URBAN LAND REFORM AND HOUSING
Section 9. The State shall, by law, and for the common good, undertake, in cooperation with the private sector, a
continuing program of urban land reform and housing which will make available at affordable cost, decent housing and
basic services to under-privileged and homeless citizens in urban centers and resettlement areas. It shall also promote
adequate employment opportunities to such citizens. In the implementation of such program the State shall respect the
rights of small property owners.
Section 10. Urban or rural poor dwellers shall not be evicted nor their dwelling demolished, except in accordance with
law and in a just and humane manner.
No resettlement of urban or rural dwellers shall be undertaken without adequate consultation with them and the
communities where they are to be relocated.
HEALTH
Section 11. The State shall adopt an integrated and comprehensive approach to health development which shall endeavor
to make essential goods, health and other social services available to all the people at affordable cost. There shall be
priority for the needs of the under-privileged, sick, elderly, disabled, women, and children. The State shall endeavor to
provide free medical care to paupers.
Section 12. The State shall establish and maintain an effective food and drug regulatory system and undertake
appropriate health, manpower development, and research, responsive to the country's health needs and problems.
Section 13. The State shall establish a special agency for disabled person for their rehabilitation, self-development, and
self-reliance, and their integration into the mainstream of society.
WOMEN
Section 14. The State shall protect working women by providing safe and healthful working conditions, taking into
account their maternal functions, and such facilities and opportunities that will enhance their welfare and enable them to
realize their full potential in the service of the nation.
ROLE AND RIGHTS OF PEOPLE'S ORGANIZATIONS
Section 15. The State shall respect the role of independent people's organizations to enable the people to pursue and

protect, within the democratic framework, their legitimate and collective interests and aspirations through peaceful and
lawful means.
People's organizations are bona fide associations of citizens with demonstrated capacity to promote the public interest
and with identifiable leadership, membership, and structure.
Section 16. The right of the people and their organizations to effective and reasonable participation at all levels of social,
political, and economic decision-making shall not be abridged. The State shall, by law, facilitate the establishment of
adequate consultation mechanisms.
HUMAN RIGHTS
Section 17.
1. There is hereby created an independent office called the Commission on Human Rights.
2. The Commission shall be composed of a Chairman and four Members who must be natural-born citizens of the
Philippines and a majority of whom shall be members of the Bar. The term of office and other qualifications and
disabilities of the Members of the Commission shall be provided by law.
3. Until this Commission is constituted, the existing Presidential Committee on Human Rights shall continue to
exercise its present functions and powers.
4. The approved annual appropriations of the Commission shall be automatically and regularly released.
Section 18. The Commission on Human Rights shall have the following powers and functions:
1. Investigate, on its own or on complaint by any party, all forms of human rights violations involving civil and
political rights;
2. Adopt its operational guidelines and rules of procedure, and cite for contempt for violations thereof in
accordance with the Rules of Court;
3. Provide appropriate legal measures for the protection of human rights of all persons within the Philippines, as
well as Filipinos residing abroad, and provide for preventive measures and legal aid services to the under-
privileged whose human rights have been violated or need protection;
4. Exercise visitorial powers over jails, prisons, or detention facilities;
5. Establish a continuing program of research, education, and information to enhance respect for the primacy of
human rights;
6. Recommend to Congress effective measures to promote human rights and to provide for compensation to
victims of violations of human rights, or their families;
7. Monitor the Philippine Government's compliance with international treaty obligations on human rights;
8. Grant immunity from prosecution to any person whose testimony or whose possession of documents or other
evidence is necessary or convenient to determine the truth in any investigation conducted by it or under its
authority;
9. Request the assistance of any department, bureau, office, or agency in the performance of its functions;
10. Appoint its officers and employees in accordance with law; and
11. Perform such other duties and functions as may be provided by law.
Section 19. The Congress may provide for other cases of violations of human rights that should fall within the authority
of the Commission, taking into account its recommendations.
ARTICLE XIV
EDUCATION, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, ARTS, CULTURE AND SPORTS

EDUCATION
Section 1. The State shall protect and promote the right of all citizens to quality education at all levels, and shall take
appropriate steps to make such education accessible to all.
Section 2. The State shall:
1. Establish, maintain, and support a complete, adequate, and integrated system of education relevant to the needs
of the people and society;
2. Establish and maintain, a system of free public education in the elementary and high school levels. Without
limiting the natural rights of parents to rear their children, elementary education is compulsory for all children
of school age;
3. Establish and maintain a system of scholarship grants, student loan programs, subsidies, and other incentives
which shall be available to deserving students in both public and private schools, especially to the under-
privileged;
4. Encourage non-formal, informal, and indigenous learning systems, as well as self-learning, independent, and
out-of-school study programs particularly those that respond to community needs; and
5. Provide adult citizens, the disabled, and out-of-school youth with training in civics, vocational efficiency, and
other skills.
Section 3.
1. All educational institutions shall include the study of the Constitution as part of the curricula.
2. They shall inculcate patriotism and nationalism, foster love of humanity, respect for human rights, appreciation
of the role of national heroes in the historical development of the country, teach the rights and duties of
citizenship, strengthen ethical and spiritual values, develop moral character and personal discipline, encourage
critical and creative thinking, broaden scientific and technological knowledge, and promote vocational
efficiency.
3. At the option expressed in writing by the parents or guardians, religion shall be allowed to be taught to their
children or wards in public elementary and high schools within the regular class hours by instructors designated
or approved by the religious authorities of the religion to which the children or wards belong, without additional
cost to the Government.
Section 4.
1. The State recognizes the complementary roles of public and private institutions in the educational system and
shall exercise reasonable supervision and regulation of all educational institutions.
2. Educational institutions, other than those established by religious groups and mission boards, shall be owned
solely by citizens of the Philippines or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of the capital of
which is owned by such citizens. The Congress may, however, require increased Filipino equity participation in
all educational institutions. The control and administration of educational institutions shall be vested in citizens
of the Philippines.
No educational institution shall be established exclusively for aliens and no group of aliens shall comprise more
than one-third of the enrollment in any school. The provisions of this sub section shall not apply to schools
established for foreign diplomatic personnel and their dependents and, unless otherwise provided by law, for
other foreign temporary residents.
3. All revenues and assets of non-stock, non-profit educational institutions used actually, directly, and exclusively
for educational purposes shall be exempt from taxes and duties. Upon the dissolution or cessation of the
corporate existence of such institutions, their assets shall be disposed of in the manner provided by law.
Proprietary educational institutions, including those cooperatively owned, may likewise be entitled to such
exemptions, subject to the limitations provided by law, including restrictions on dividends and provisions for
reinvestment.

4. Subject to conditions prescribed by law, all grants, endowments, donations, or contributions used actually,
directly, and exclusively for educational purposes shall be exempt from tax.
Section 5.
1. the State shall take into account regional and sectoral needs and conditions and shall encourage local planning
in the development of educational policies and programs.
2. Academic freedom shall be enjoyed in all institutions of higher learning.
3. Every citizen has a right to select a profession or course of study, subject to fair, reasonable, and equitable
admission and academic requirements.
4. The State shall enhance the right of teachers to professional advancement. Non-teaching academic and non-
academic personnel shall enjoy the protection of the State.
5. The State shall assign the highest budgetary priority to education and ensure that teaching will attract and retain
its rightful share of the best available talents through adequate remuneration and other means of job satisfaction
and fulfillment.
LANGUAGE
Section 6. The national language of the Philippines is Filipino. As it evolves, it shall be further developed and enriched
on the basis of existing Philippine and other languages.
Subject to provisions of law and as the Congress may deem appropriate, the Government shall take steps to initiate and
sustain the use of Filipino as a medium of official communication and as language of instruction in the educational
system.
Section 7. For purposes of communication and instruction, the official languages of the Philippines are Filipino and,
until otherwise provided by law, English.
The regional languages are the auxiliary official languages in the regions and shall serve as auxiliary media of instruction
therein.
Spanish and Arabic shall be promoted on a voluntary and optional basis.
Section 8. This Constitution shall be promulgated in Filipino and English and shall be translated into major regional
languages, Arabic, and Spanish.
Section 9. The Congress shall establish a national language commission composed of representatives of various regions
and disciplines which shall undertake, coordinate, and promote researches for the development, propagation, and
preservation of Filipino and other languages.
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Section 10. Science and technology are essential for national development and progress. The State shall give priority to
research and development, invention, innovation, and their utilization; and to science and technology education, training,
and services. It shall support indigenous, appropriate, and self-reliant scientific and technological capabilities, and their
application to the country's productive systems and national life.
Section 11. The Congress may provide for incentives, including tax deductions, to encourage private participation in
programs of basic and applied scientific research. Scholarships, grants-in-aid, or other forms of incentives shall be
provided to deserving science students, researchers, scientists, inventors, technologists, and specially gifted citizens.
Section 12. The State shall regulate the transfer and promote the adaptation of technology from all sources for the
national benefit. It shall encourage the widest participation of private groups, local governments, and community-based
organizations in the generation and utilization of science and technology.
Section 13. The State shall protect and secure the exclusive rights of scientists, inventors, artists, and other gifted citizens
to their intellectual property and creations, particularly when beneficial to the people, for such period as may be provided
by law.
ARTS AND CULTURE

Section 14. The State shall foster the preservation, enrichment, and dynamic evolution of a Filipino national culture
based on the principle of unity in diversity in a climate of free artistic and intellectual expression.
Section 15. Arts and letters shall enjoy the patronage of the State. The State shall conserve, promote, and popularize the
nation's historical and cultural heritage and resources, as well as artistic creations.
Section 16. All the country's artistic and historic wealth constitutes the cultural treasure of the nation and shall be under
the protection of the State which may regulate its disposition.
Section 17. The State shall recognize, respect, and protect the rights of indigenous cultural communities to preserve and
develop their cultures, traditions, and institutions. It shall consider these rights in the formulation of national plans and
policies.
Section 18.
1. The State shall ensure equal access to cultural opportunities through the educational system, public or private
cultural entities, scholarships, grants and other incentives, and community cultural centers, and other public
venues.
2. The State shall encourage and support researches and studies on the arts and culture.
SPORTS
Section 19.
1. The State shall promote physical education and encourage sports programs, league competitions, and amateur
sports, including training for international competitions, to foster self-discipline, teamwork, and excellence for
the development of a healthy and alert citizenry.
2. All educational institutions shall undertake regular sports activities throughout the country in cooperation with
athletic clubs and other sectors.
ARTICLE XV
THE FAMILY
Section 1. The State recognizes the Filipino family as the foundation of the nation. Accordingly, it shall strengthen its
solidarity and actively promote its total development.
Section 2. Marriage, as an inviolable social institution, is the foundation of the family and shall be protected by the State.
Section 3. The State shall defend:
1. The right of spouses to found a family in accordance with their religious convictions and the demands of
responsible parenthood;
2. The right of children to assistance, including proper care and nutrition, and special protection from all forms of
neglect, abuse, cruelty, exploitation and other conditions prejudicial to their development;
The right of the family to a family living wage and income; and
3. The right of families or family associations to participate in the planning and implementation of policies and
programs that affect them.
Section 4. The family has the duty to care for its elderly members but the State may also do so through just programs of
social security.
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. The flag of the Philippines shall be red, white, and blue, with a sun and three stars, as consecrated and
honored by the people and recognized by law.

Section 2. The Congress may, by law, adopt a new name for the country, a national anthem, or a national seal, which
shall all be truly reflective and symbolic of the ideals, history, and traditions of the people. Such law shall take effect
only upon its ratification by the people in a national referendum.
Section 3. The State may not be sued without its consent.
Section 4. The Armed Forces of the Philippines shall be composed of a citizen armed force which shall undergo military
training and serve as may be provided by law. It shall keep a regular force necessary for the security of the State.
Section 5.
1. All members of the armed forces shall take an oath or affirmation to uphold and defend this Constitution.
2. The State shall strengthen the patriotic spirit and nationalist consciousness of the military, and respect for
people's rights in the performance of their duty.
3. Professionalism in the armed forces and adequate remuneration and benefits of its members shall be a prime
concern of the State. The armed forces shall be insulated from partisan politics. No member of the military shall
engage, directly or indirectly, in any partisan political activity, except to vote.
4. No member of the armed forces in the active service shall, at any time, be appointed or designated in any
capacity to a civilian position in the Government, including government-owned or controlled corporations or
any of their subsidiaries.
5. Laws on retirement of military officers shall not allow extension of their service.
6. The officers and men of the regular force of the armed forces shall be recruited proportionately from all
provinces and cities as far as practicable.
7. The tour of duty of the Chief of Staff of the armed forces shall not exceed three years. However, in times of war
or other national emergency declared by the Congress, the President may extend such tour of duty.
Section 6. The State shall establish and maintain one police force, which shall be national in scope and civilian in
character, to be administered and controlled by a national police commission. The authority of local executives over the
police units in their jurisdiction shall be provided by law.
Section 7. The State shall provide immediate and adequate care, benefits, and other forms of assistance to war veterans
and veterans of military campaigns, their surviving spouses and orphans. Funds shall be provided therefor and due
consideration shall be given them in the disposition of agricultural lands of the public domain and, in appropriate cases,
in the utilization of natural resources.
Section 8. The State shall, from time to time, review to increase the pensions and other benefits due to retirees of both
the government and the private sectors.
Section 9. The State shall protect consumers from trade malpractices and from substandard or hazardous products.
Section 10. The State shall provide the policy environment for the full development of Filipino capability and the
emergence of communication structures suitable to the needs and aspirations of the nation and the balanced flow of
information into, out of, and across the country, in accordance with a policy that respects the freedom of speech and of
the press.
Section 11.
1. The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations,
cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens.
The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so
requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed.
2. The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of
consumers and the promotion of the general welfare.
Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is
owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry.

The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their
proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be
Section 12. The Congress may create a consultative body to advise the President on policies affecting indigenous
cultural communities, the majority of the members of which shall come from such communities.
ARTICLE XVII
AMENDMENTS OR REVISIONS
Section 1. Any amendment to, or revision of, this Constitution may be proposed by:
1. The Congress, upon a vote of three-fourths of all its Members; or
2. A constitutional convention.
Section 2. Amendments to this Constitution may likewise be directly proposed by the people through initiative upon a
petition of at least twelve per centum of the total number of registered voters, of which every legislative district must be
represented by at least three per centum of the registered voters therein. No amendment under this section shall be
authorized within five years following the ratification of this Constitution nor oftener than once every five years
thereafter.
The Congress shall provide for the implementation of the exercise of this right.
Section 3. The Congress may, by a vote of two-thirds of all its Members, call a constitutional convention, or by a
majority vote of all its Members, submit to the electorate the question of calling such a convention.
Section 4.Any amendment to, or revision of, this Constitution under Section 1 hereof shall be valid when ratified by a
majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite which shall be held not earlier than sixty days nor later than ninety days after the
approval of such amendment or revision.
Any amendment under Section 2 hereof shall be valid when ratified by a majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite which
shall be held not earlier than sixty days nor later than ninety days after the certification by the Commission on Elections
of the sufficiency of the petition.
ARTICLE XVIII
Section 1. The first elections of Members of the Congress under this Constitution shall be held on the second Monday of
May, 1987.
The first local elections shall be held on a date to be determined by the President, which may be simultaneous with the
election of the Members of the Congress. It shall include the election of all Members of the city or municipal councils in
the Metropolitan Manila area.
Section 2. The Senators, Members of the House of Representatives, and the local officials first elected under this
Constitution shall serve until noon of June 30, 1992.
Of the Senators elected in the elections in 1992, the first twelve obtaining the highest number of votes shall serve for six
years and the remaining twelve for three years.
Section 3. All existing laws, decrees, executive orders, proclamations, letters of instructions, and other executive
issuances not inconsistent with this Constitution shall remain operative until amended, repealed, or revoked.
Section 4. All existing treaties or international agreements which have not been ratified shall not be renewed or extended
without the concurrence of at least two-thirds of all the Members of the Senate.
Section 5. The six-year term of the incumbent President and Vice-President elected in the February 7, 1986 election is,
for purposes of synchronization of elections, hereby extended to noon of June 30, 1992.
The first regular elections for the President and Vice-President under this Constitution shall be held on the second

Monday of May, 1992.

Section 6. The incumbent President shall continue to exercise legislative powers until the first Congress is convened.
Section 7. Until a law is passed, the President may fill by appointment from a list of nominees by the respective sectors,
the seats reserved for sectoral representation in paragraph (2), Section 5 of Article V1 of this Constitution.
Section 8. Until otherwise provided by the Congress, the President may constitute the Metropolitan Manila Authority to
be composed of the heads of all local government units comprising the Metropolitan Manila area.
Section 9. A sub-province shall continue to exist and operate until it is converted into a regular province or until its
component municipalities are reverted to the mother province.
Section 10. All courts existing at the time of the ratification of this Constitution shall continue to exercise their
jurisdiction, until otherwise provided by law. The provisions of the existing Rules of Court, judiciary acts, and
procedural laws not inconsistent with this Constitution shall remain operative unless amended or repealed by the
Supreme Court or the Congress.
Section 11. The incumbent Members of the Judiciary shall continue in office until they reach the age of seventy years or
become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office or are removed for cause.
Section 12. The Supreme Court shall, within one year after the ratification of this Constitution, adopt a systematic plan
to expedite the decision or resolution of cases or matters pending in the Supreme Court or the lower courts prior to the
effectivity of this Constitution. A similar plan shall be adopted for all special courts and quasi-judicial bodies.
Section 13. The legal effect of the lapse, before the ratification of this Constitution, of the applicable period for the
decision or resolution of the cases or matters submitted for adjudication by the courts, shall be determined by the
Supreme Court as soon as practicable.
Section 14. The provisions of paragraphs (3) and (4), Section 15 of Article VIII of this Constitution shall apply to cases
or matters filed before the ratification of this Constitution, when the applicable period lapses after such ratification.
Section 15. The incumbent Members of the Civil Service Commission, the Commission on Elections, and the
Commission on Audit shall continue in office for one year after the ratification of this Constitution, unless they are
sooner removed for cause or become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office or appointed to a new term
thereunder. In no case shall any Member serve longer than seven years including service before the ratification of this
Constitution.
Section 16. Career civil service employees separated from the service not for cause but as a result of the reorganization
pursuant to Proclamation No. 3 dated March 25, 1986 and the reorganization following the ratification of this
Constitution shall be entitled to appropriate separation pay and to retirement and other benefits accruing to them under
the laws of general application in force at the time of their separation. In lieu thereof, at the option of the employees, they
may be considered for employment in the Government or in any of its subdivisions, instrumentalities, or agencies,
including government-owned or controlled corporations and their subsidiaries. This provision also applies to career
officers whose resignation, tendered in line with the existing policy, had been accepted.
Section 17. Until the Congress provides otherwise, the President shall receive an annual salary of three hundred
thousand pesos; the Vice-President, the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the
Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, two hundred forty thousand pesos each; the Senators, the Members of the House of
Representatives, the Associate Justices of the Supreme Court, and the Chairmen of the Constitutional Commissions, two
hundred four thousand pesos each; and the Members of the Constitutional Commissions, one hundred eighty thousand
pesos each.
Section 18. At the earliest possible time, the Government shall increase the salary scales of the other officials and
employees of the National Government.
Section 19. All properties, records, equipment, buildings, facilities, and other assets of any office or body abolished or
reorganized under Proclamation No. 3 dated March 25, 1986 or this Constitution shall be transferred to the office or body
to which its powers, functions, and responsibilities substantially pertain.
Section 20. The first Congress shall give priority to the determination of the period for the full implementation of free
public secondary education.

Section 21. The Congress shall provide efficacious procedures and adequate remedies for the reversion to the State of all
lands of the public domain and real rights connected therewith which were acquired in violation of the Constitution or
the public land laws, or through corrupt practices. No transfer or disposition of such lands or real rights shall be allowed
until after the lapse of one year from the ratification of this Constitution.
Section 22. At the earliest possible time, the Government shall expropriate idle or abandoned agricultural lands as may
be defined by law, for distribution to the beneficiaries of the agrarian reform program.
Section 23. Advertising entities affected by paragraph (2), Section 11 of Article XV1 of this Constitution shall have five
years from its ratification to comply on a graduated and proportionate basis with the minimum Filipino ownership
requirement therein.
Section 24. Private armies and other armed groups not recognized by duly constituted authority shall be dismantled. All
paramilitary forces including Civilian Home Defense Forces not consistent with the citizen armed force established in
this Constitution, shall be dissolved or, where appropriate, converted into the regular force.
Section 25. After the expiration in 1991 of the Agreement between the Republic of the Philippines and the United States
of America concerning military bases, foreign military bases, troops, or facilities shall not be allowed in the Philippines
except under a treaty duly concurred in by the Senate and, when the Congress so requires, ratified by a majority of the
votes cast by the people in a national referendum held for that purpose, and recognized as a treaty by the other
contracting State.
Section 26. The authority to issue sequestration or freeze orders under Proclamation No. 3 dated March 25, 1986 in
relation to the recovery of ill-gotten wealth shall remain operative for not more than eighteen months after the ratification
of this Constitution. However, in the national interest, as certified by the President, the Congress may extend such period.
A sequestration or freeze order shall be issued only upon showing of a prima facie case. The order and the list of the
sequestered or frozen properties shall forthwith be registered with the proper court. For orders issued before the
ratification of this Constitution, the corresponding judicial action or proceeding shall be filed within six months from its
ratification. For those issued after such ratification, the judicial action or proceeding shall be commenced within six
months from the issuance thereof.
The sequestration or freeze order is deemed automatically lifted if no judicial action or proceeding is commenced as
herein provided.
Section 27. This Constitution shall take effect immediately upon its ratification by a majority of the votes cast in a
plebiscite held for the purpose and shall supersede all previous Constitutions.
The foregoing proposed Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines was approved by the Constitutional Commission
of 1986 on the twelfth day of October, Nineteen hundred and eighty-six, and accordingly signed on the fifteenth day of
October, Nineteen hundred and eighty-six at the Plenary Hall, National Government Center, Quezon City, by the
Commissioners whose signatures are hereunder affixed.
Adopted:
President : Cecilia Munoz Palma
Vice-President
: Ambrosio B. Padilla
Floor Leader : Napoleon G. Rama

Assistant Floor
: Ahmad Domocao Alonto
Leaders
: Jose D. Calderon
Yusuf R. Abubakar Felicitas S. Aquino

Adolfo S. Azcuna Teodoro C. Bacani
Jose F. S. Bengzon, Jr. Ponciano L. Bennagen
Joaquin G. Bernas Florangel Rosario Braid

Crispino M. de Castro Jose C. Colayco

Roberto R. Concepcion Hilario G. Davide, Jr.
Vicente B. Foz Edmundo G. Garcia
Jose Luis Martin C. Gascon Serafin V.C. Guingona
Alberto M. K. Jamir Jose B. Laurel, Jr.
Eulogio R. Lerum Regalado E. Maambong
Christian S. Monsod Teodulo C. Natividad
Ma. Teresa F. Nieva Jose N. Nolledo
Blas F. Ople Minda Luz M. Quesada
Florenz D. Regalado Rustico F. de los Reyes, Jr.
Cirilo A. Rigos Francisco A. Rodrigo
Ricardo J. Romulo Decoroso R. Rosales
Rene V. Sarmiento Jose E. Suarez
Lorenzo M. Sumulong Jaime S. L. Tadeo
Christine O. Tan Gregorio J. Tingson
Efrain B. Trenas Lugum L. Uka
Wilfrido V. Villacorta Bernardo M. Villegas
Attested by :
Flerida Ruth P. Romero

Secretary-General
ORDINANCE
APPORTIONING THE SEATS OF THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
OF THE CONGRESS OF THE PHILIPPINES TO THE DIFFERENT LEGISLATIVE DISTRICTS
IN PROVINCES AND CITIES AND THE METROPOLITAN MANILA AREA
Section 1. For purposes of the election of Members of the House of Representatives of the First Congress of the
Philippines under the Constitution proposed by the 1986 Constitutional Commission and subsequent elections, and until
otherwise provided by law, the Members thereof shall be elected from legislative districts apportioned among the
provinces, cities, and the Metropolitan Manila Area as follows:
Metropolitan Manila Area
MANILA, six (6) -

First District: Barangays Nos.1-146,
• N-City Boundary between Manila and Caloocan;
• E - From Estero de Sunog Apog going South to Estero de Vitas up to the bridge spanning Juan Luna
Street, eastward to Tayuman Street up to the Railroad Tracks along Dagupan Street,thence southward to
Claro M. Recto Avenue;
• SE - From point Claro M. Recto Avenue extending westward to Manila Bay;
• W - Manila Bay northward to City boundary between Manila and Caloocan.
Second District: Barangays Nos. 147-267,
• N - City boundary between Manila and Caloocan;

• E - From end of Rizal Avenue Extension extending southward to Railroad Tracks at Antipolo Street;
from corner Antipolo Street and Rizal Avenue on southern side of Railroad Tracks extending westward
to Estero de San Lazaro, southward along Estero de San Lazaro up to corner of C. M. Recto Avenue
westward to bridge spanning Claro M. Recto at Estero de la Reina;
• W - Estero de la Reina to Estero de Vitas to Estero Sunog Apog to City boundary between Manila and
Caloocan;
Third District: Barangays Nos. 268-394,
• N - City boundary between Manila and Caloocan;
• E - A. Bonifacio Street extending southward to Dimasalang, to Anda-lucia, Claro M. Recto Avenue
eastward to Estero de San Miguel ending at Pasig River;
• S - Mouth of Estero de San Miguel at Pasig River, westward to Del Pan Bridge, thence to Del Pan
Street;
• W - Del Pan Street northward up to Claro M. Recto Extension to Estero de San Lazaro, northward to
Antipolo Street, eastward to Rizal Avenue Extension, northward to boundary between Manila and
Caloocan;
Fourth District: Barangays Nos. 395 - 586,
• SW - Estero de San Miguel up to Mendiola Bridge, thence to C. M. Recto Avenue to Quezon
Boulevard;
• W - Quezon Boulevard, Andalucia, Dimasalang up to boundary between Manila and Quezon City;
• NE - City boundary between Manila and Quezon City up to Ramon Magsaysay Boulevard; SE -
Ramon Magsaysay Boulevard up to V. Mapa Street;
• S - Ramon Magsaysay Boulevard up to point Estero de San Miguel where Ramon Magsaysay
Boulevard spans Estero de San Miguel;
Fifth District: Barangays Nos. 649-828,
• N - Mouth of Pasig River inland to point Paz M. Guanzon Street extending to Estero de Pandacan;
• NE - Estero de Pandacan up to Pedro Gil Street to Tejeron Street up to boundary of Manila and Makati;
• SE - City boundary between Manila and Makati up to Estero de Tripa de Gallina;
• S - City boundary between Pasay and Manila down to Roxas Boulevard up to edge of reclaimed areas
westward to Manila Bay;
• W - Manila Bay up to mouth of Pasig River,
Sixth District: Barangays Nos. 587-648; and 829-905
• N - Starting from point which is mouth of Estero de San Miguel going eastward to Mendiola Bridge,
following line along Estero de San Miguel up to point where Ramon Magsaysay Boulevard eastward to
City boundary between Manila and Quezon Cityl;
• NE - City boundary up to point city boundary of Manila, San Juan and Quezon City;
• E - Manila-San Juan-Mandaluyong-Makati boundaries up to Tejeron Street;
• SE - Tejeron Street to Pedro Gil Street up to bridge spanning Estero de Pandacan;
• SW & W - Estero de Pandacan going northward to Paz M. Guanzon Street, then northward on Paz M.
Guazon Street up to Pasig River to mouth of Estero de San Miguel on Pasig River.
QUEZON CITY, four (4)

First District :
• Barangays Del Monte,
• Paltok,
• Bungad,
• San Antonio,
• Katipunan,
• Veterans Village,
• Talayan,
• Damayan,
• Mariblo,
• Paraiso,
• Sta. Cruz,
• Nayong Kanluran,
• Philam,
• West Triangle,
• N.S. Amoranto,
• San Isidro Labrador,
• Sta. Teresita,
• Salvacion,
• Maharlika,
• St. Peter,
• Lourdes,
• Sto. Domingo,
• Sienna,
• San Jose,
• Manresa,
• Pag-ibig sa Nayon,
• Balingasa,
• Masambong,
• Damar,
• Bahay Toro,
• St. Cristo,
• Ramon Magsaysay,
• Project 6,
• Vasra, Alicia,
• and Bagong Pag-asa;
Second District:
• Barangays Fairview,
• New Era,
• Holy Spirit,
• Batasan Hills,
• Commonwealth,
• Payatas,
• Bagong Silangan,
• Sauyo,
• Talipapa,
• Bagbag,
• San Bartolome,
• Sta. Lucia,

• Gulod,
• Novaliches Proper,
• San Agustin,
• Nagkaisang Nayon,
• Sta. Monica,
• Kaligayahan,
• Pasong Putik,
• Apolonio Samson,
• Unang Sigaw,
• Tandang Sora,
• Pasong Tamo,
• Culiat,
• Baesa,
• Capri,
• Balumbato, and
• Sangandaan:
Third District :
• Barangays E. Rodriguez,
• Silangan,
• Quirino 3-A,
• Duyan-Duyan,
• Quirino 3-B,
• Amihan,
• Socorro,
• San Roque,
• Manga,
• Zobel Dioquino,
• Tagumpay,
• Aguinaldo, Escopa 1,
• Escopa 2,
• Escopa 3,
• Escopa 4,
• West Kamias,
• East Kamias,
• Quirino 2 A,
• Quririno 2 B,
• Quirino 2 C,
• Ugong Norte,
• Bagumbayan, Libis,
• Villa Maria Clara,
• Masagana,
• Milagrosa,
• Marilag,
• Bagumbayan,
• Loyola Heights,
• Pansol, and
• Matandang Balara;
Fourth District:
• Barangays Bagong Lipunan,

• Kaunlaran,
• San Martin,
• Immaculate Concepcion,
• South Triangle,
• Sacred Heart,
• Laging Handa,
• Paligsahan,
• Obrero,
• Roxas, Kamuning,
• Kanluran,
• Kamuning Silangan,
• Tatalon,
• Don Manuel,
• Dona Josefa,
• San Isidro,
• Dona Aurora,
• Santo Nino,
• Santol,
• Dona Imelda,
• Kristong Hari,
• Kalusugan,
• Damayang Lagi,
• Mariana,
• Valencia,
• Horseshoe,
• Pinagkaisahan,
• San Vicente,
• U.P. Campus,
• Krus Na Ligas,
• Central,
• Old Capital Site,
• U.P. Village,
• Teacher's East,
• Teacher's West,
• Sikatuna,
• Malaya,
• Pinahan, and
• Botocan
CALOOCAN CITY, two (2) -
First District : 70 Barangays;
• All of Caloocan North EDSA;
Second District: 118 Barangays;
• All of Caloocan South EDSA.
PASAY CITY, one (1)
MALABON and NAVOTAS, one (1)
SAN JUAN and MANDALUYONG, one (1)

MARIKINA, one (1)

MAKATI, one (1)
PASIG, one (1) PARANAQUE, one (1)
LAS PINAS and MUNTINGLUPA, one (1)
PATEROS and TAGUIG, one (1)
VALENZUELA, one (1)
MEMBERS OF THE CONSTITUTIONAL COMMISSION [CON COM]
WHICH DRAFTED THE
1987 CONSTITUTION OF THE PHILIPPINES
President : Cecilia Munoz Palma

Vice-President
: Ambrosio B. Padilla
Floor Leader : Napoleon G. Rama

Assistant Floor
: Ahmad Domocao Alonto
Leaders
: Jose D. Calderon
Yusuf R. Abubakar Felicitas S. Aquino

Adolfo S. Azcuna Teodoro C. Bacani
Jose F. S. Bengzon, Jr. Ponciano L. Bennagen
Joaquin G. Bernas Florangel Rosario Braid
Crispino M. de Castro Jose C. Colayco
Roberto R. Concepcion Hilario G. Davide, Jr.
Vicente B. Foz Edmundo G. Garcia
Jose Luis Martin C. Gascon Serafin V.C. Guingona
Alberto M. K. Jamir Jose B. Laurel, Jr.
Eulogio R. Lerum Regalado E. Maambong
Christian S. Monsod Teodulo C. Natividad
Ma. Teresa F. Nieva Jose N. Nolledo
Blas F. Ople Minda Luz M. Quesada
Florenz D. Regalado Rustico F. de los Reyes, Jr.
Cirilo A. Rigos Francisco A. Rodrigo
Ricardo J. Romulo Decoroso R. Rosales
Rene V. Sarmiento Jose E. Suarez
Lorenzo M. Sumulong Jaime S. L. Tadeo
Christine O. Tan Gregorio J. Tingson
Efrain B. Trenas Lugum L. Uka
Wilfrido V. Villacorta Bernardo M. Villegas
Attested by :
Flerida Ruth P. Romero

Secretary-General

Law Compilation, Consti 1, Chapter 2 Syllabus (2011)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Law Compilation, Consti 1, Chapter 2 Syllabus (2011)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Law Compilation

Michael Vernon Guerrero Mendiola

Collection shared under Creative Commons Attribution-

Some Rights Reserved.

1899 Malolos Constitution …......... 1

Proclamation 58 (1987) …......... 101

This collection contains twelve (12) legal documents,

Berne Guerrero entered AUSL in June 2002

For a copy of the original text, see

The President of the Council,

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 1 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 2 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 3 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 4 )

by the vote taken by him in the discharge of his office.

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 5 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 6 )

Secretaries of the Government.

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 7 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 8 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 9 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 10 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 11 )

For a copy of the original text, see

INSTRUCTIONS OF THE PRESIDENT

Hon. WILLIAM H. TAFT,

EXECUTIVE MANSION, April 7, 1900.

The SECRETARY OF WAR,

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 12 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 13 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 14 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 15 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 16 )

For a copy of the original text, see

THE PHILIPPINE BILL OF JULY 1, 1902

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 17 )

That no law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be enacted.

That no person shall be imprisoned for debt.

That no ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted.

That the rule of taxation in said Islands shall be uniform.

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 18 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 19 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 20 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 21 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 22 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 23 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 24 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 25 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 26 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 27 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 28 )

Municipal Bonds for Public Improvements

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 29 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 30 )

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 31 )

of this Act relating to coinage.

Bureau of Insular Affairs

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 32 )

Approved: July 1, 1902.

(Draft) First Edition, 2011 ( Annex II - 33 )

For a copy of the original text, see

August 29, 1916

[Public, No. 240]

Section 1.―The Philippines